TECHNICAL 020EN

INTRODUCTION

The Company 07
The automation of buildings 09
The KNX standard 10
The advantages 12
The Ekinex ® devices 15
 TECHNICAL020EN

4
 03 18 179 239 241 251 255 261 271 273 278
Introduction Wall-mounting devices Rail-mounting devices Accessories Supervision Tools Sales kit Technical section General terms of sale Index (codes) Index (description)

We believe We want
in technology that makes life easier. to combine technology and design.
We develop devices that make everyday gestures easier. To give life to something unique that combines
Our scenario is the whole world. two seemingly distant worlds.

5
 TECHNICAL020EN

6
 03 18 179 239 241 251 255 261 271 273 278
Introduction Wall-mounting devices Rail-mounting devices Accessories Supervision Tools Sales kit Technical section General terms of sale Index (codes) Index (description)

The Company
Technology meets design. Our devices are developed and manufactured in Italy.
We offer a form without ever leaving aside its content. We present a product with Ekinex® has created a line of objects that encloses the essence of the Made in Italy:
a strong technological content which is also cutting edge from an aesthetic point design, attention to detail, technological innovation and advancement. Designed for
of view. Design becomes the driving force behind technology, the key to opening a global market, Ekinex® products are an expression of the new Italian tradition,
our doors to the world of smart homes. We use the potential of the KNX system to which combines the attention of craftsmanship in the creation of the product to
guarantee high quality standards for a project we have called Ekinex®. high technological levels. Ekinex® supports the idea of a design that is not just an
aesthetic exercise, but one that understands, as fundamental factors, ease of use,
immediate understanding of the function and the balanced and intelligent application
of technology.

7
 TECHNICAL020EN

8
 03 18 179 239 241 251 255 261 271 273 278
Introduction Wall-mounting devices Rail-mounting devices Accessories Supervision Tools Sales kit Technical section General terms of sale Index (codes) Index (description)

The automation of buildings

Ekinex® is an intelligent system for controlling homes and buildings, The scalability, typical of Ekinex® building control systems, even allows to start
developed in accordance with the open KNX standard. Having an Ekinex® off with a basic equipment, both in terms of functions and devices, which may be
system means to increase comfort and safety, reduce energy consumption extended at a later stage, depending on individual requirements, the location’s
and raise the long-term value of a building using products characterized by infill and economic availability. The investment is quickly paid back, and is
fine aesthetics and a great simplicity of use. protected in time. Thanks to the native openness and interoperability of the KNX
Setting up an Ekinex® system is easy: a signal network is arranged at project standard, the system can even integrate functions that may not be available within
level, reaching all those areas where commands, sensors or loads to be system- the Ekinex® range of products.
controlled are expected. The arrangement, achieved by means of a simple signal
cable, represents an authentic network for the exchange of information between
Ekinex® devices.

9
 TECHNICAL020EN

The KNX standard

Great developments in the field of home and building automation were made The vitality of KNX proposals is witnessed by the sustained expansion of the
possible especially thanks to an open, modular and interoperable standard like KNX. association, seeing the entry of manufacturers, coming from many different areas,
This innovative standard was born from the merging of three European systems and from the tens of thousands of technicians who chose it to specialize in the field
(EIB, BatiBUS and EHS), developed and brought to the market in the early 90’s. of building automation.
The diffusion of the system was facilitated by an intense work of cooperation at
normative level in the standard committee at European level. For this reason, too, Achievable savings with the adoption of the KNX system for Home &
KNX is a standard characterized by a total conformity with norm EN Building control:
50090 on electronic systems for the control of homes and buildings (HBES, Home
and Building Electronic Systems). 40% over shutters control
The twenty-year presence on the market of this standard offers the best guarantee 50% over individual ambient control
in terms of reliability and consolidation of the technology used. The openness of the 60% over ambient lighting control
standard and that of the KNX Association, on the other hand, ensure availability of 60% over ventilation control
products in the long run and a constant development, both in terms of technology and
offering of products, functions and applications.
10
 03 18 179 239 241 251 255 261 271 273 278
Introduction Wall-mounting devices Rail-mounting devices Accessories Supervision Tools Sales kit Technical section General terms of sale Index (codes) Index (description)

495 MEMBERS
30 YEARS OF EXPERIENCE
45 NATIONAL GROUPS
8000 PRODUCTS
90455 PARTNERS IN 168 COUNTRIES
500 TRAINING CENTRES IN 72 COUNTRIES

For customers, the variety and availability of KNX products has no

comparison in other technological areas, and the system openness translates
into the highest free choice, thereby avoiding the disadvantageous dependence
of having to buy from a single supplier. Thanks to the modularity of the system, a
project can be extended in time, starting with a basic configuration and adding more
functions later. The native interoperability of KNX products is fundamental
to technicians, as it allows to design a system by always choosing the most
suitable technical options, reducing compromise and ties caused by isolated systems
which do not converse with one another. Moreover, the system offers new
professional opportunities to designers and system integrators, making The KNX standard is entirely compliant with
norm EN 50090 on HBES (Home and Building
it possible to receive a consistent and high-level technical training and Electronic Systems) systems)
become certified KNX Partners.

11
 TECHNICAL020EN

Designer
The advantages • Compliant, open, interoperable system
• Can be used in all types of buildings, from small residential to large service
Design, realize and use a home & building control plant with the KNX industry ones
system has many advantages. • Devices, from over 300 manufacturers, communicating between each other
in native mode
• Constant expansion of available functions and applications
• System design by means of standard software (ETS),
manufacturer-independent
• Easy realization of commands, controls, supervisions and displays
• Wide availability of complex logic
• Interfacing towards numerous other systems, protocols and standards
• Simple logic connections between functions and devices
• Large choice of device parametrizing options based on single requirements
• Reduction of building’s fire load
• Certified training, standardized and available worldwide

12
 03 18 179 239 241 251 255 261 271 273 278
Introduction Wall-mounting devices Rail-mounting devices Accessories Supervision Tools Sales kit Technical section General terms of sale Index (codes) Index (description)

Installer User
• Reduced device assembly and cabling times • Large choice of products
• Unique, fast connection system (cable and bus terminal block) • High comfort, great operation safety
for all manufactures • More information, verification of own consumption habits
• High quality and reliability of products (consolidated system) • Coordinated working of all building systems
• Configuration and service commissioning by means of standard, • Multifunctional deployment of several devices
manufacturer-independent software (ETS) • System scalability and modularity
• Speed and flexibility in the expansion and the modification of use • Easy upgrading, without needing interventions on cabling nor masonry works
• Remote access for maintenance and diagnosis interventions • Independence from single manufacturer
• More efficient building energy class (as per EN 15232)
• Reduction of cables needed for command, control and distribution circuits
• Easy system adaptations in case of changing needs
• Certified training, standardized and available worldwide
• Time-protected investment (open system)
• Opportunities for professional advancements
• Building increase in value
• Access to the world of innovative systems

13
 TECHNICAL020EN

14
 03 18 179 239 241 251 255 261 271 273 278
Introduction Wall-mounting devices Rail-mounting devices Accessories Supervision Tools Sales kit Technical section General terms of sale Index (codes) Index (description)

The Ekinex® devices

The range of Ekinex® KNX devices includes system devices, devices dedicated to single application functions
and accessories. System devices allow basic operation of the bus system, while the devices dedicated to single application
functions are developed specifically to execute the command, control and/or monitoring the technical systems in the building,
like lighting, heating or shading.

They include switching, control and display units, sensors and actuators, etc. Each device is fitted internally with a
communication module linking to the KNX bus. All devices are realized in multiple mounting versions (protruding or
recessed walls, electric cabinets or panels on DIN rails as per EN 60715) in accordance with their destination of use and
with the main installation modality. The KNX certification guarantees the interoperability among the devices of different KNX
manufacturers. The entire procedure is disciplined by the certification system developed by the KNX Association and is based
on conformity tests carried out by third-party laboratories. The tests verify that the devices support the KNX protocol and that
any information is coded in accordance with KNX specifications

The presence of a KNX trademark on Ekinex® devices is a guarantee for the customer:

• Ekinex® respects the quality management system in accordance with ISO 9001;
• The devices are compliant with the European norm EN 50090-2-2, concerning fundamental aspects
like electromagnetic compatibility, electrical safety and environmental conditions of use;
• They comply with indications in volumes 3 and 6 of KNX specifications;
• They comply with KNX interoperability requirements concerning standardized data type and functional blocks.

15
WALL-MOUNTING DEVICES
20venti series 19
Pushbuttons 31

FF series 41
Pushbuttons 55
Room thermostats 63
Touch&See displays 71

Sensors 75
Movement sensor 76
Presence sensor 77

71 series 81
Pushbuttons 95
Room thermostats 103
Multisensors 106

Access control 111

Card reader 112
Card holder 113
Cards programmer and accédo software 114
Tosibox® 116

Rockers 118
Sockets 125
Plates and frames 131
Colour solutions 153
Fenix NTM® 154
Orders and symbols 155
 20
VENTI

WALL-MOUNTING DEVICES
SERIES

Deep 22
Surface 24
20
21
 TECHNICAL020EN

20venti - Deep Intuition, flexibility and continuous growth. 20venti series in its Deep version
represents an evolution of the compact and essential design of 71 series, enriched
WALL-MOUNTING DEVICES - 20VENTI SERIES with new features that facilitate the recognition of functions from the first use. The
materials used are plastic, metal and the nanotechnological Fenix NTM®.

Available colour solutions

Deep Surface

Plate
Plastic • -
Metal • •
Fenix NTM® • •
Rockers Plastic • •
For more information see page 153

22
 03 18 179 239 241 251 255 261 271 273 278
Introduction Wall-mounting devices Rail-mounting devices Accessories Supervision Tools Sales kit Technical section General terms of sale Index (codes) Index (description)

30 x 60 mm
45 x 45 mm
55 x 55 mm
60 x 60 mm

87 x 87 x 9 mm 87 x 87 x 9 mm 87 x 87 x 9 mm 87 x 87 x 9 mm 87 x 87 x 9 mm

45 x 45 mm 45 x 45 mm
68 x 45 mm 55 x 55 mm 55 x 55 mm 55 x 55 mm
55 x 55 mm 55 x 55 mm
60 x 60 mm 60 x 60 mm 60 x 60 mm 60 x 60 mm
60 x 60 mm 60 x 60 mm

128 x 87 x 9 mm 158 x 87 x 9 mm 229 x 87 x 9 mm

3 windows 55 x 55 x 55 mm or 3 windows 60 x 60 x 60 mm

23
 TECHNICAL020EN

20venti - Surface Essentiality and functionality in a single product. 20venti series in its Surface
version represents an evolution of the compact and essential design of 71 series but
WALL-MOUNTING DEVICES - 20VENTI SERIES is enriched with new features that make it easier to recognize the functions of the
keyboard from the first use. KNX technology combined with a range of metal and
Fenix NTM® finishes make the Surface 20venti series a contemporary proposal that
finds its place in home, office and hotel settings.

Available colour solutions

Deep Surface

Plate
Plastic • -
Metal • •
Fenix NTM® • •
Rockers Plastic • •
For more information see page 153

24
 03 18 179 239 241 251 255 261 271 273 278
Introduction Wall-mounting devices Rail-mounting devices Accessories Supervision Tools Sales kit Technical section General terms of sale Index (codes) Index (description)

98 x 98 x 3 mm 98 x 98 x 3 mm 98 x 98 x 3 mm 98 x 98 x 3 mm

30 x 60 mm
45 x 45 mm 45 x 45 mm
45 x 45 mm 68 x 45 mm
55 x 55 mm 55 x 55 mm
55 x 55 mm 60 x 60 mm
60 x 60 mm 60 x 60 mm
60 x 60 mm

98 x 98 x 3 mm 133 x 98 x 3 mm 168 x 98 x 3 mm

25
 TECHNICAL020EN

p
r

q l

h
b
m

k
g

a
f

e j
b

Pushbuttons 20venti series with backlit text/symbols and proximity sensor (4/8 rockers)

Description Code Page Description Code Page

a) Pushbuttons 20venti series with backlit text/symbols j) Rectangular rockers (8) EK-T4R-20-BS... 118
EK-E20-TP-4TS-P 32
and proximity sensor 4 rockers k) Metal mounting support EK-SMQ-71 151

b) Pushbuttons 20venti series with backlit text/symbols l) Metal mounting support with adapter** EK-SMR-71 151
EK-E20-TP-8T-P 33
and proximity sensor 8 rockers m) Adapter for square Surface plate EK-TAS-Q-...-NF 141

c) Square plate Surface series (60 x 60 mm window) EK-SQS-... 141 n) Adapter for square plate ‘NF and Deep series EK-TAQ-...-NF 134-137

d) Square plate Surface series (30 x 60 mm window) EK-SQT-... 141 o) Adapter for rectangular plate ‘NF and Deep series EK-TAR-...-NF 135-139

e) Square plate Deep series (30 x 60 mm window) EK-DQT-... 137 p) Adapter for Surface rectangular plate EK-TAS-R-... 142

f) Square plate Deep series (60 x 60 mm window) EK-DQS-... 137 q) Round flush-mounting box not delivered by Ekinex ®
-

g) Rectangular plate Deep series (60 x 60 mm window) EK-DRS-... 138 r) Square flush-mounting box not delivered by Ekinex® -

h) Rectangular plate Surface series (60 x 60 mm window) EK-SRS-... 142 s) Rectangular flush-mounting box (3 modules) not delivered by Ekinex ®
-

i) Rectangular rockers (4) EK-T4R-20-BS... 118 **) Included with the purchase of the related 20venti series pushbutton

26
 03 18 179 239 241 251 255 261 271 273 278
Introduction Wall-mounting devices Rail-mounting devices Accessories Supervision Tools Sales kit Technical section General terms of sale Index (codes) Index (description)

p
r

q l

h
b
m

k
g

a
f

e j
b

Pushbuttons 20venti series with led (4/8 rockers)

Description Code Page Description Code Page

a) Pushbuttons 20venti series with led 4 rockers EK-E20-TP-4LS 34 j) Rectangular rockers (8) EK-T4R-20-BL... 118

b) Pushbuttons 20venti series with led 8 rockers EK-E20-TP-8L 35 k) Metal mounting support EK-SMQ-71 151

c) Square plate Surface series (60 x 60 mm window) EK-SQS-... 141 l) Metal mounting support with adapter** EK-SMR-71 151

d) Square plate Surface series (30 x 60 mm window) EK-SQT-... 141 m) Adapter for square Surface plate EK-TAS-Q-...-NF 141

e) Square plate Deep series (30 x 60 mm window) EK-DQT-... 137 n) Adapter for square plate ‘NF and Deep series EK-TAQ-...-NF 134-137

f) Square plate Deep series (60 x 60 mm window) EK-DQS-... 137 o) Adapter for rectangular plate ‘NF and Deep series EK-TAR-...-NF 135-139

g) Rectangular plate Deep series (60 x 60 mm window) EK-DRS-... 138 p) Adapter for Surface rectangular plate EK-TAS-R-... 142

h) Rectangular plate Surface series (60 x 60 mm window) EK-SRS-... 142 q) Round flush-mounting box not delivered by Ekinex ®
-

i) Rectangular rockers (4) EK-T4R-20-BL... 118 r) Square flush-mounting box not delivered by Ekinex® -

s) Rectangular flush-mounting box (3 modules) not delivered by Ekinex ®

-

**) Included with the purchase of the related 20venti series pushbutton

27
 TECHNICAL020EN

p
r

q l

h
b
m

k
g

a
f

e j
b

Pushbuttons 20venti series with backlit text/symbols and proximity sensor (5/10 rockers)

Description Code Page Description Code Page

a) Pushbuttons 20venti series with backlit text/symbols i) Rectangular rockers(6) EK-T4R-20-BS...

EK-E20-TP-5TS-P 36 118
and proximity sensor 5 rockers Square rockers (4) EK-T2Q-20-BS...

b) Pushbuttons 20venti series with backlit text/symbols k) Metal mounting support EK-SMQ-71 151
EK-E20-TP-10T-P 37
and proximity sensor 10 rockers l) Metal mounting support with adapter** EK-SMR-71 151

c) Square plate Surface series (60 x 60 mm window) EK-SQS-... 141 m) Adapter for square Surface plate EK-TAS-Q-...-NF 141

d) Square plate Surface series (30 x 60 mm window) EK-SQT-... 141 n) Adapter for square plate ‘NF and Deep series EK-TAQ-...-NF 134-137

e) Square plate Deep series (30 x 60 mm window) EK-DQT-... 137 o) Adapter for rectangular plate ‘NF and Deep series EK-TAR-...-NF 135-139

f) Square plate Deep series (60 x 60 mm window) EK-DQS-... 137 p) Adapter for Surface rectangular plate EK-TAS-R-... 142

g) Rectangular plate Deep series (60 x 60 mm window) EK-DRS-... 138 q) Round flush-mounting box not delivered by Ekinex® -

h) Rectangular plate Surface series (60 x 60 mm window) EK-SRS-... 142 r) Square flush-mounting box not delivered by Ekinex® -

i) Rectangular rockers(3) EK-T4R-20-BS... s) Rectangular flush-mounting box (3 modules) not delivered by Ekinex® -
118
Square rockers (2) EK-T2Q-20-BS... **) Included with the purchase of the related 20venti series pushbutton

28
 03 18 179 239 241 251 255 261 271 273 278
Introduction Wall-mounting devices Rail-mounting devices Accessories Supervision Tools Sales kit Technical section General terms of sale Index (codes) Index (description)

p
r

q l

h
b
m

k
g

a
f

e j
b

Pushbuttons 20venti series with led (5/10 rockers)

Description Code Page Description Code Page

a) Pushbuttons 20venti series with led 5 rockers EK-E20-TP-5LS 38 i) Rectangular rockers(6) EK-T4R-20-BL...
118
b) Pushbuttons 20venti series with led 10 rockers EK-E20-TP-10L 39 Square rockers (4) EK-T2Q-20-BS...

c) Square plate Surface series (60 x 60 mm window) EK-SQS-... 141 k) Metal mounting support EK-SMQ-71 151

d) Square plate Surface series (30 x 60 mm window) EK-SQT-... 141 l) Metal mounting support with adapter** EK-SMR-71 151

e) Square plate Deep series (30 x 60 mm window) EK-DQT-... 137 m) Adapter for square Surface plate EK-TAS-Q-...-NF 141

f) Square plate Deep series (60 x 60 mm window) EK-DQS-... 137 n) Adapter for square plate ‘NF and Deep series EK-TAQ-...-NF 134-137

g) Rectangular plate Deep series (60 x 60 mm window) EK-DRS-... 138 o) Adapter for rectangular plate ‘NF and Deep series EK-TAR-...-NF 135-139

h) Rectangular plate Surface series (60 x 60 mm window) EK-SRS-... 142 p) Adapter for Surface rectangular plate EK-TAS-R-... 142

i) Rectangular rockers(3) EK-T4R-20-BL... q) Round flush-mounting box not delivered by Ekinex® -

118
Square rockers (2) EK-T2Q-20-BS... r) Square flush-mounting box not delivered by Ekinex® -

s) Rectangular flush-mounting box (3 modules) not delivered by Ekinex® -

**) Included with the purchase of the related 20venti series pushbutton

29
 TECHNICAL020EN

30
 03 18 179 239 241 251 255 261 271 273 278
Introduction Wall-mounting devices Rail-mounting devices Accessories Supervision Tools Sales kit Technical section General terms of sale Index (codes) Index (description)

Pushbuttons - 20venti series

WALL-MOUNTING DEVICES

A wider range of combinations and features. The Ekinex® 20venti pushbuttons’ series controls offer the possibility of numerous variants to meet the most
The 20venti series pushbuttons are available on Deep
and Surface plates with 4 or 8 rockers modularity
diverse requirements. The basis is represented by the pushbutton that contains a KNX communication module
and built-in RGB LEDs to create any colour shade. inside. The EK-E20-TP-... (a, b) is suitable both for mounting on a round (q) or square (r) wall-mounting box with
Buttons with 5 or 10 rockers modularity are also fixing holes with 60 mm centre distance, and for mounting (b) on a 3-place Italian standard (s) rectangular wall-
available for dimming lights or managing shutters.
mounting box with fixing holes with 83.5 mm centre distance. Each pushbutton is supplied with a metal mounting
bracket (k, l) which, if necessary, can also be ordered separately; a plastic adapter and a bus line connection
terminal complete the supply.

The button must be completed with the buttons and a plate from the Deep or Surface series (c, d, e, f, g, h). The
buttons are available in rectangular shape (i, j), in plastic material. The button has integrated RGB LEDs that can
be freely programmed: for example, for status indication or as a night orientation light. The device also offers
the function of a room thermostat, thanks to the integrated temperature sensor. The integrated proximity sensor
(optional in the LED version) ensures maximum readability when using the push-button panel and allows visual
comfort during the night.

The devices are configured and commissioned using the ETS® software; the relevant application programs can
be downloaded from www.ekinex.com.

31
 TECHNICAL020EN

4/8-fold pushbutton with backlit

text/symbols and proximity
sensor - 20venti series
WALL-MOUNTING DEVICES

Description Products included

The Ekinex® 20venti series 4/8-fold pushbutton is used for on/off control of utility Delivery includes a terminal block for connection to the bus, a metal support for
devices, dimming of luminaires, control of motorized drives for roller shutters or installation onto round or square mounting box (fixing holes 60 mm apart), a plastic
other programmable control functions. Thanks to the integrated temperature sensor, adapter and two pairs of fixing screws.
the button can act as a temperature controller for a room or zone. RGB LED for each
rocker. The switch has an integrated KNX bus communication module and is designed Accessories
for installation in a flush-mounted wall box. The following accessories are available to be ordered separately:
• 4 or 8 rectangular 30 x 15 mm plastic rockers with or without backlit
Main features text/symbol (page 118)
• 4/8 fold version (possibility to configure up to 4 or 8 independent functions) • square plate of the Deep and Surface series with 30 x 60 mm or 60 x 60 mm
• RGB LED for each freely programmable rocker window (page 137, 141)
• Integrated temperature sensor
• Integrated proximity sensor
• Room thermostat function
• Plastic casing
• Connection to bus line with KNX terminal block
• Wall-mounting installation on round or square wall box
• IP20 protection degree (installed) Dimensions [mm]
33
80 26 7
Technical data
• 30 Vdc power supply by KNX bus
80

43

Order information Configuration and commissioning

Code LED colours Mounting Rockers By means of ETS4 2.0 software (or later versions)
Application program: APEKE20TP##.knxprod
EK-E20-TP-4TS-P RGB without frame 4 left with backlit text/symbols
(## = version, download from www.ekinex.com)
EK-E20-TP-4TD-P RGB without frame 4 right with backlit text/symbols

EK-E20-TP-8T-P RGB without frame 8 with backlit text/symbols

Documentation

For more information, see the STEKE20TP_EN.pdf,

technical sheet available for download from www.ekinex.com

32
 03 18 179 239 241 251 255 261 271 273 278
Introduction Wall-mounting devices Rail-mounting devices Accessories Supervision Tools Sales kit Technical section General terms of sale Index (codes) Index (description)

8-fold pushbutton with backlit

text/symbols and proximity
sensor for rectangular
wall-box - 20venti series
WALL-MOUNTING DEVICES

Description Products included

The Ekinex® 20venti series 8-fold pushbutton is used for on/off control of utility Delivery includes a terminal block for connection to the bus, a metal support for
devices, dimming of luminaires, control of motorized drives for roller shutters or installation onto round or square (fixing holes 60 mm apart) or rectangular 3 seater
other programmable control functions. Thanks to the integrated temperature sensor, mounting box according to the Italian installation standard provided (fixing holes
the button can act as a temperature controller for a room or zone. RGB LED for each 83,5 mm apart), a rectangular adapter and two pairs of fixing screws.
rocker. The switch has an integrated KNX bus communication module and is designed
for installation in a flush-mounted wall box. Accessories
The following accessories are available to be ordered separately:
Main features • 8 rectangular 30 x 15 mm plastic rockers with or without backlit text/symbol
• 8 fold version (possibility to configure up to 8 independent functions) (page 118)
• RGB LED for each freely programmable rocker • square plate of the Deep and Surface series with 60 x 60 mm window
• Integrated temperature sensor (page 138, 142)
• Integrated proximity sensor
• Room thermostat function
• Plastic casing
• Connection to bus line with KNX terminal block
• Wall-mounting installation on round, square or rectangular wall box
• IP20 protection degree (installed)
Dimensions [mm]
Technical data
33
120 26 7
• 30 Vdc power supply by KNX bus
43
80

Order information Configuration and commissioning

Code LED colours Mounting Rockers By means of ETS4 2.0 software (or later versions)
Application program: APEKE20TP##.knxprod
EK-E20-TP-8T-P-R RGB without frame 8 with backlit text/symbols
(## = version, download from www.ekinex.com)

Documentation

For more information, see the STEKE20TP_EN.pdf,

technical sheet available for download from www.ekinex.com

33
 TECHNICAL020EN

4/8-fold pushbutton with led

20venti series
WALL-MOUNTING DEVICES

Description Products included

The Ekinex® 20venti series 4/8-fold pushbutton is used for on/off control of utility Delivery includes a terminal block for connection to the bus, a metal support for
devices, dimming of luminaires, control of motorized drives for roller shutters or installation onto round or square mounting box (fixing holes 60 mm apart), a plastic
other programmable control functions. Thanks to the integrated temperature sensor, adapter and two pairs of fixing screws.
the button can act as a temperature controller for a room or zone. RGB LED for each
rocker. The switch has an integrated KNX bus communication module and is designed Accessories
for installation in a flush-mounted wall box. The following accessories are available to be ordered separately:
• 4 or 8 rectangular 30 x 15 mm plastic rockers with or without backlit led (page 118)
Main features • square plate of the Deep and Surface series with 30 x 60 mm or 60 x 60 mm
• 4/8 fold version (possibility to configure up to 4 or 8 independent functions) window (page 137, 141)
• RGB LED for each freely programmable rocker
• Integrated temperature sensor
• Room thermostat function
• Plastic casing
• Connection to bus line with KNX terminal block
• Wall-mounting installation on round or square wall box
• IP20 protection degree (installed)
Dimensions [mm]
Technical data 33
80 26 7
• 30 Vdc power supply by KNX bus
80

43

Order information Configuration and commissioning

Code LED colours Mounting Rockers By means of ETS4 2.0 software (or later versions)
Application program: APEKE20TP##.knxprod
EK-E20-TP-4LS RGB without frame 4 left with led
(## = version, download from www.ekinex.com)
EK-E20-TP-4LD RGB without frame 4 right with led

EK-E20-TP-8L RGB without frame 8 with led

Documentation

For more information, see the STEKE20TP_EN.pdf,

technical sheet available for download from www.ekinex.com

34
 03 18 179 239 241 251 255 261 271 273 278
Introduction Wall-mounting devices Rail-mounting devices Accessories Supervision Tools Sales kit Technical section General terms of sale Index (codes) Index (description)

8-fold pushbutton with led

for rectangular wall-box
20venti series
WALL-MOUNTING DEVICES

Description Products included

The Ekinex® 20venti series 8-fold pushbutton is used for on/off control of utility Delivery includes a terminal block for connection to the bus, a metal support for
devices, dimming of luminaires, control of motorized drives for roller shutters or installation onto round or square (fixing holes 60 mm apart) or rectangular 3 seater
other programmable control functions. Thanks to the integrated temperature sensor, mounting box according to the Italian installation standard provided (fixing holes
the button can act as a temperature controller for a room or zone. RGB LED for each 83,5 mm apart), a rectangular adapter and two pairs of fixing screws.
rocker. The switch has an integrated KNX bus communication module and is designed
for installation in a flush-mounted wall box. Accessories
The following accessories are available to be ordered separately:
Main features • 8 rectangular 30 x 15 mm plastic rockers with or without backlit led (page 118)
• 8 fold version (possibility to configure up to 8 independent functions) • square plate of the Deep and Surface series with 60 x 60 mm window
• RGB LED for each freely programmable rocker (page 138, 142)
• Integrated temperature sensor
• Room thermostat function
• Plastic casing
• Connection to bus line with KNX terminal block
• Wall-mounting installation on round, square or rectangular wall box
• IP20 protection degree (installed)

Technical data Dimensions [mm]

33
• 30 Vdc power supply by KNX bus 120 26 7
43
80

Order information Configuration and commissioning

Code LED colours Mounting Rockers By means of ETS4 2.0 software (or later versions)
Application program: APEKE20TP##.knxprod
EK-E20-TP-8L-R RGB without frame 8 with led
(## = version, download from www.ekinex.com)

Documentation

For more information, see the STEKE20TP_EN.pdf,

technical sheet available for download from www.ekinex.com

35
 TECHNICAL020EN

10-fold pushbutton with backlit

text/symbols and proximity
sensor - 20venti series
WALL-MOUNTING DEVICES

Description Products included

The Ekinex® 20venti series 5/10-fold pushbutton is used for on/off control of utility Delivery includes a terminal block for connection to the bus, a metal support for
devices, dimming of luminaires, control of motorized drives for roller shutters or installation onto round or square mounting box (fixing holes 60 mm apart), a plastic
other programmable control functions. Thanks to the integrated temperature sensor, adapter and two pairs of fixing screws.
the button can act as a temperature controller for a room or zone. RGB LED for each
rocker. The switch has an integrated KNX bus communication module and is designed Accessories
for installation in a flush-mounted wall box. The following accessories are available to be ordered separately:
• 3 or 6 rectangular 30 x 15 mm plastic rockers with or without backlit text/symbol
Main features and 2 or 4 square 15 x 15 mm plastic rockers with or without backlit symbol
• 5/10 fold version (possibility to configure up to 3 or 6 independent functions (page 118)
plus 2 or 4 paired keys for adjustments) • square plate of the Deep and Surface series with 30 x 60 mm or 60 x 60 mm
• RGB LED for each freely programmable rocker window (page 137, 141)
• Integrated temperature sensor
• Integrated proximity sensor
• Room thermostat function
• Plastic casing
• Connection to bus line with KNX terminal block
• Wall-mounting installation on round or square wall box Dimensions [mm]
• IP20 protection degree (installed)
33
80 26 7

Technical data
• 30 Vdc power supply by KNX bus
80

43

Order information Configuration and commissioning

Code LED colours Mounting Rockers By means of ETS4 2.0 software (or later versions)
3 left with backlit text/symbols Application program: APEKE20TP##.knxprod
EK-E20-TP-5TS-P RGB without frame (## = version, download from www.ekinex.com)
2 left with backlit symbols
3 right with backlit text/symbols
EK-E20-TP-5TD-P RGB without frame
2 right with backlit symbols
6 with backlit text/symbols
EK-E20-TP-10T-P RGB without frame Documentation
4 with backlit symbols
For more information, see the STEKE20TP_EN.pdf,
technical sheet available for download from www.ekinex.com

36
 03 18 179 239 241 251 255 261 271 273 278
Introduction Wall-mounting devices Rail-mounting devices Accessories Supervision Tools Sales kit Technical section General terms of sale Index (codes) Index (description)

10-fold pushbutton with backlit

text/symbols and proximity
sensor for rectangular
wall-box - 20venti series
WALL-MOUNTING DEVICES

Description Products included

The Ekinex® 20venti series 10-fold pushbutton is used for on/off control of utility Delivery includes a terminal block for connection to the bus, a metal support for
devices, dimming of luminaires, control of motorized drives for roller shutters or installation onto round or square (fixing holes 60 mm apart) or rectangular 3 seater
other programmable control functions. Thanks to the integrated temperature sensor, mounting box according to the Italian installation standard provided (fixing holes
the button can act as a temperature controller for a room or zone. RGB LED for each 83,5 mm apart), a rectangular adapter and two pairs of fixing screws.
rocker. The switch has an integrated KNX bus communication module and is designed
for installation in a flush-mounted wall box. Accessories
The following accessories are available to be ordered separately:
Main features • 6 rectangular 30 x 15 mm plastic rockers with or without backlit text/symbol
• 10 fold version (possibility to configure up to 6 independent functions and 4 square 15 x 15 mm plastic rockers with or without backlit symbol (page 118)
plus 4 paired keys for adjustments) • square plate of the Deep and Surface series with 60 x 60 mm window
• RGB LED for each freely programmable rocker (page 138, 142)
• Integrated temperature sensor
• Integrated proximity sensor
• Room thermostat function
• Plastic casing
• Connection to bus line with KNX terminal block
• Wall-mounting installation on round, square or rectangular wall box
• IP20 protection degree (installed) Dimensions [mm]
33
120 26 7
Technical data
• 30 Vdc power supply by KNX bus
43
80

Order information Configuration and commissioning

Code LED colours Mounting Rockers By means of ETS4 2.0 software (or later versions)
6 with backlit text/symbols Application program: APEKE20TP##.knxprod
EK-E20-TP-10T-P-R RGB without frame (## = version, download from www.ekinex.com)
4 with backlit symbols

Documentation

For more information, see the STEKE20TP_EN.pdf,

technical sheet available for download from www.ekinex.com

37
 TECHNICAL020EN

5/10-fold pushbutton with led

20venti series
WALL-MOUNTING DEVICES

Description Products included

The Ekinex® 20venti series 5/10-fold pushbutton is used for on/off control of utility Delivery includes a terminal block for connection to the bus, a metal support for
devices, dimming of luminaires, control of motorized drives for roller shutters or installation onto round or square mounting box (fixing holes 60 mm apart), a plastic
other programmable control functions. Thanks to the integrated temperature sensor, adapter and two pairs of fixing screws.
the button can act as a temperature controller for a room or zone. RGB LED for each
rocker. The switch has an integrated KNX bus communication module and is designed Accessories
for installation in a flush-mounted wall box. The following accessories are available to be ordered separately:
• 3 or 6 rectangular 30 x 15 mm plastic rockers with or without backlit led and
Main features 2 or 4 square 15 x 15 mm plastic rockers with or without backlit symbol (page 118)
• 5/10 fold version (possibility to configure up to 3 or 6 independent functions • square plate of the Deep and Surface series with 30 x 60 mm or 60 x 60 mm
plus 2 or 4 paired keys for adjustments) window (page 137, 141)
• RGB LED for each freely programmable rocker
• Integrated temperature sensor
• Room thermostat function
• Plastic casing
• Connection to bus line with KNX terminal block
• Wall-mounting installation on round or square wall box
• IP20 protection degree (installed) Dimensions [mm]
33
80 26 7
Technical data
• 30 Vdc power supply by KNX bus
80

43

Order information Configuration and commissioning

Code LED colours Mounting Rockers By means of ETS4 2.0 software (or later versions)
3 left with led Application program: APEKE20TP##.knxprod
EK-E20-TP-5LS RGB without frame (## = version, download from www.ekinex.com)
2 left with backlit symbols
3 right with led
EK-E20-TP-5LD RGB without frame
2 right with backlit symbols
6 with led
EK-E20-TP-10L RGB without frame Documentation
4 with backlit symbols
For more information, see the STEKE20TP_EN.pdf,
technical sheet available for download from www.ekinex.com

38
 03 18 179 239 241 251 255 261 271 273 278
Introduction Wall-mounting devices Rail-mounting devices Accessories Supervision Tools Sales kit Technical section General terms of sale Index (codes) Index (description)

10-fold pushbutton with led

for rectangular wall-box
20venti series
WALL-MOUNTING DEVICES

Description Products included

The Ekinex® 20venti series 10-fold pushbutton is used for on/off control of utility Delivery includes a terminal block for connection to the bus, a metal support for
devices, dimming of luminaires, control of motorized drives for roller shutters or installation onto round or square (fixing holes 60 mm apart) or rectangular 3 seater
other programmable control functions. Thanks to the integrated temperature sensor, mounting box according to the Italian installation standard provided (fixing holes
the button can act as a temperature controller for a room or zone. RGB LED for each 83,5 mm apart), a rectangular adapter and two pairs of fixing screws.
rocker. The switch has an integrated KNX bus communication module and is designed
for installation in a flush-mounted wall box. Accessories
The following accessories are available to be ordered separately:
Main features • 6 rectangular 30 x 15 mm plastic rockers with or without backlit led and 4 square
• 10 fold version (possibility to configure up to 6 independent functions 15 x 15 mm plastic rockers with or without backlit symbol (page 118)
plus 4 paired keys for adjustments) • square plate of the Deep and Surface series with 60 x 60 mm window
• RGB LED for each freely programmable rocker (page 138, 142)
• Integrated temperature sensor
• Room thermostat function
• Plastic casing
• Connection to bus line with KNX terminal block
• Wall-mounting installation on round, square or rectangular wall box
• IP20 protection degree (installed)
Dimensions [mm]
33
Technical data 120 26 7
• 30 Vdc power supply by KNX bus
43
80

Order information Configuration and commissioning

Code LED colours Mounting Rockers By means of ETS4 2.0 software (or later versions)
6 with led Application program: APEKE20TP##.knxprod
EK-E20-TP-10L-R RGB without frame (## = version, download from www.ekinex.com)
4 with backlit symbols

Documentation

For more information, see the STEKE20TP_EN.pdf,

technical sheet available for download from www.ekinex.com

39
 FF
WALL-MOUNTING DEVICES
SERIES

Form 34
Flank 36
‘NF 38
Deep 40
Surface 42
42
43
 TECHNICAL020EN

FF - Form Simple and linear. An essential form that suggests an idea of reliability and rigour.
The line Form of the FF series has a plastic or metal range of pushbuttons, touch-
WALL-MOUNTING DEVICES - FF SERIES displays, plates for sockets and integrated LEDs with adjustable light intensity in
blue/green or white/red colour combinations. The different finishes can be freely
combined with each other.

Available colour solutions

Form Flank ‘NF Deep Surface

Plastic • • • - -
Metal • • • • •
Fenix NTM® • - • • •
For more information see page 153

44
 03 18 179 239 241 251 255 261 271 273 278
Introduction Wall-mounting devices Rail-mounting devices Accessories Supervision Tools Sales kit Technical section General terms of sale Index (codes) Index (description)

86 x 86 x 8 mm 86 x 86 x 8 mm 86 x 86 x 8 mm 126 x 86 x 8 mm

45 x 45 mm 45 x 45 mm 45 x 45 mm
68 x 45 mm
55 x 55 mm 55 x 55 mm 55 x 55 mm
60 x 60 mm
60 x 60 mm 60 x 60 mm 60 x 60 mm

86 x 86 x 8 mm 126 x 86 x 8 mm 156 x 86 x 8 mm

45
 TECHNICAL020EN

FF - Flank Minimal and rigorous. The simplicity of the shapes makes it adaptable to any
setting. Distinguishable by its characteristic side edges, the Flank line of the FF
WALL-MOUNTING DEVICES - FF SERIES series has plastic or metal pushbuttons, thermostats and plates for sockets in many
colours, which can be freely combined according to your taste and needs.

Available colour solutions

Form Flank ‘NF Deep Surface

Plastic • • • - -
Metal • • • • •
Fenix NTM® • - • • •
For more information see page 153

46
 03 18 179 239 241 251 255 261 271 273 278
Introduction Wall-mounting devices Rail-mounting devices Accessories Supervision Tools Sales kit Technical section General terms of sale Index (codes) Index (description)

94 x 80 x 8 mm 94 x 80 x 8 mm 94 x 80 x 8 mm 134 x 80 x 8 mm

45 x 45 mm 45 x 45 mm 45 x 45 mm
68 x 45 mm
55 x 55 mm 55 x 55 mm 55 x 55 mm
60 x 60 mm
60 x 60 mm 60 x 60 mm 60 x 60 mm

94 x 80 x 8 mm 134 x 80 x 8 mm 165 x 80 x 8 mm

47
 TECHNICAL020EN

FF - ‘NF Essential geometry in forms and a decisive trait. More than ever less is more.
The range of pushbutton controls of the FF ‘NF series and its accessories offer the
WALL-MOUNTING DEVICES - FF SERIES possibility to create numerous variants to meet the most different needs. Finishes in
plastic, metal or Fenix NTM® for switches, thermostats and frameless sockets.

Available colour solutions

Form Flank ‘NF Deep Surface

Plastic • • • - -
Metal • • • • •
Fenix NTM® • - • • •
For more information see page 153

48
 03 18 179 239 241 251 255 261 271 273 278
Introduction Wall-mounting devices Rail-mounting devices Accessories Supervision Tools Sales kit Technical section General terms of sale Index (codes) Index (description)

80 x 80 x 8 mm 80 x 80 x 8 mm 80 x 80 x 8 mm

45 x 45 mm 45 x 45 mm 45 x 45 mm
68 x 45 mm
55 x 55 mm 55 x 55 mm 55 x 55 mm
60 x 60 mm
60 x 60 mm 60 x 60 mm 60 x 60 mm

80 x 80 x 8 mm 120 x 80 x 8 mm 151 x 80 x 8 mm

49
 TECHNICAL020EN

FF - Deep Versatile and suitable for any setting. The Deep line of the FF series has
plastic, metal and Fenix NTM® pushbuttons, thermostats and plates for sockets in
WALL-MOUNTING DEVICES - FF SERIES numerous colours and sizes and integrated LEDs with adjustable light intensity in
blue/green or white/red colour combinations. Versatile and compact, it lends itself
to various combinations and matches all interior designs

Available colour solutions

Form Flank ‘NF Deep* Surface

Plastic • • • - -
Metal • • • • •
Fenix NTM® • - • • •
For more information see page 153
*) In the FF-Deep we suggest the use of the pushbuttons and room thermostats of the FF-’NF series

50
 03 18 179 239 241 251 255 261 271 273 278
Introduction Wall-mounting devices Rail-mounting devices Accessories Supervision Tools Sales kit Technical section General terms of sale Index (codes) Index (description)

45 x 45 mm
55 x 55 mm
60 x 60 mm

80 x 80 x 8 mm 80 x 80 x 8 mm 80 x 80 x 8 mm 87 x 87 x 9 mm

45 x 45 mm 45 x 45 mm
68 x 45 mm 55 x 55 mm 55 x 55 mm 55 x 55 mm
55 x 55 mm 55 x 55 mm
60 x 60 mm 60 x 60 mm 60 x 60 mm 60 x 60 mm
60 x 60 mm 60 x 60 mm

128 x 87 x 9 mm 158 x 87 x 9 mm 229 x 87 x 9 mm

3 windows 55 x 55 x 55 mm or 3 windows 60 x 60 x 60 mm

51
 TECHNICAL020EN

FF - Surface Compact and essential. Creates a continuum with the wall in a few millimetres
of thickness. The Surface line of the FF series brushes the surfaces to create an
WALL-MOUNTING DEVICES - FF SERIES effect of uniformity between button and wall. Declined in two materials with a
strong personality, metal and Fenix NTM®, finds its ideal place in all the rooms of
the contemporary home.

Available colour solutions

Form Flank ‘NF Deep Surface*

Plastic • • • - -
Metal • • • • •
Fenix NTM® • - • • •
For more information see page 153
*) In the FF-Surface we suggest the use of the pushbuttons and room thermostats of the FF-’NF
series

52
 03 18 179 239 241 251 255 261 271 273 278
Introduction Wall-mounting devices Rail-mounting devices Accessories Supervision Tools Sales kit Technical section General terms of sale Index (codes) Index (description)

80 x 80 x 8 mm 80 x 80 x 8 mm 80 x 80 x 8 mm

45 x 45 mm 45 x 45 mm 45 x 45 mm
68 x 45 mm
55 x 55 mm 55 x 55 mm 55 x 55 mm
60 x 60 mm
60 x 60 mm 60 x 60 mm 60 x 60 mm

98 x 98 x 3 mm 133 x 98 x 3 mm 168 x 98 x 3 mm

53
 TECHNICAL020EN

c n

b
f
m

i a

Pushbuttons FF series

Description Code Page Description Code Page

a) 4-fold pushbutton and room thermostat FF series EK-ED2-TP-... or EK-E32-TP-... 56-57 i) Square frame Flank series EK-FLQ-... 132

b) 6-fold pushbutton FF series EK-EH2-TP-... 58 l) Square frame Form series EK-FOQ-... 131

c) Round flush-mounting box not delivered by Ekinex® - m) Rectangular frame Flank series EK-FLR-... 132

d) Square flush-mounting box not delivered by Ekinex® - n) Rectangular frame Form series EK-FOR-... 131

e) Rectangular flush-mounting box (3 modules) not delivered by Ekinex® - o) Rectangular vertical rockers EK-TRV-... 119

f) Metal mounting support EK-SMQ-71 151 p) Square rockers EK-TQQ-... 119

g) Metal mounting support EK-SMR-71 151 q) Rectangular horizontal rockers EK-TRO-... 119

54
 03 18 179 239 241 251 255 261 271 273 278
Introduction Wall-mounting devices Rail-mounting devices Accessories Supervision Tools Sales kit Technical section General terms of sale Index (codes) Index (description)

Pushbuttons - FF series
WALL-MOUNTING DEVICES

Four or six channels, square or rectangular keys, The Ekinex® pushbuttons of FF series range and related accessories offer the possibility to realize several
with or without frame, with or without LED, with
or without temperature sensor and thermostat
variations that will satisfy the most diverse needs. The base is represented by the 4-fold (EK-ED2-TP and EK-
function. Choose the combination that best suits E32-TP) and 6-fold (EK-EH2-TP) pushbuttons; each one is fitted with a KNX communication module. The 4-fold
your needs of style and features. pushbutton (a) is suitable for mounting into a flush mounting box, either round (c) or square (d), provided with
fixing holes 60 mm apart, while the 6-fold version (b) is also ideal for mounting into a rectangular wall mounting
box 3 seater (e) according to the Italian installation standard provided with fixing holes 83,5 mm apart. Each
device is supplied with its relative metal support (f, g) which, in case of necessity, can also be ordered separately.
A terminal block complete the supply.

The pushbuttons must be finished off with an operation surface (rockers) and a frame. The rockers are available
in square (p) and rectangular (o, q) shapes, plastic material, aluminium or Fenix NTM®, in several colour and
finishing variations. The rockers can be personalized with symbols and texts, so to make their function immediately
understandable. Versions EK-ED2-TP and EK-EH2-TP have integrated LEDs which can be programmed freely: as
an example, as a status feedback or as an orientation light at night time. Two colour combinations are available
for the LEDs: blue / green or red / white. The same versions also offer a room thermostat function, thanks to
the integrated temperature sensor. The frames, square (i, l) and rectangular (m, n), are available in two stylish
alternatives (Form and Flank) and are available in plastic material or aluminium. The ‘NF version of the 4-fold
pushbutton is mounted without frame and is provided with a side profile in white or black colour.

The pushbuttons simply get connected to the unique signal bus cable and do not require auxiliary power supply;
the devices are supplied at SELV (Safety Extra Low Voltage) voltage, thus offering a much higher safety level than
traditional commands. The configuration and commissioning is carried out by means of the ETS® software. The
related application programs can be downloaded from the www.ekinex.com website.

55
 TECHNICAL020EN

4-fold basic
pushbutton - FF series
WALL-MOUNTING DEVICES

Description Technical data

The 4-fold pushbutton of Ekinex® FF series commands loads on/off switching, controls • 30 Vdc power supply through KNX bus
the dimming of lighting devices, controls motor drives for shutters or executes any • Current consumption from bus < 15 mA
other programmable command and control function. The device integrates a KNX
bus communication module and is intended for mounting onto a wall mounting box; Products included
it is supplied by a SELV voltage directly from the KNX bus and does not require any Delivery includes a terminal block for connection to the bus, a metal support for
auxiliary power supply. installation onto round or square mounting box (fixing holes 60 mm apart) and two
pairs of fixing screws.
Main features
• 4-fold (possibility to configure up to 8 independent functions) Accessories
• Plastic casing The following accessories are available to be ordered separately:
• Wall-mounting installation • square or rectangular rockers (page 119)
• Connection to bus line with KNX terminal block • square frame of Form (page 131) or Flank (page 132) series
• Frontal programming pushbutton and LED
• IP20 protection degree (installed)
• Weight 80 g (with mounting support)

Dimensions [mm]
19
82 12.5 6.5
79

43

Order information Configuration and commissioning

Code Mounting Side profile By means of ETS4 2.0 software (or later versions)
with square frame of Application program: APEKE32TP##.knxprod
EK-E32-TP (## = version, downloadable from www.ekinex.com)
Form or Flank series black
EK-E32-TP-NF without frame
EK-E32-TP-NFW (‘NF series) white
Documentation
Also available in multiple pack of 8 pcs.
For more information, see the STEKE32TP_EN.pdf,
technical sheet available for download from www.ekinex.com

56
 03 18 179 239 241 251 255 261 271 273 278
Introduction Wall-mounting devices Rail-mounting devices Accessories Supervision Tools Sales kit Technical section General terms of sale Index (codes) Index (description)

4-fold pushbutton and room

thermostat - FF series
WALL-MOUNTING DEVICES

Description Technical data

The 4-fold pushbutton of Ekinex® FF series commands loads on/off switching, • 30 Vdc power supply through KNX bus
controls the dimming of lighting devices, controls motor drives for shutters or • Current consumption from bus < 15 mA
executes any other programmable command and control function. Thanks to the
integrated temperature sensor, the pushbutton can work as a thermostat for a room Products included
or a zone. The LEDs can be chosen in the colour combinations blue / green or white Delivery includes a terminal block for connection to the bus, a metal support for
/ red. The device integrates a KNX bus communication module and is intended for installation onto round or square mounting box (fixing holes 60 mm apart) and two
mounting onto a wall mounting box; it is supplied by a SELV voltage directly from the pairs of fixing screws.
KNX bus and does not require any auxiliary power supply.
Accessories
Main features The following accessories are available to be ordered separately:
• 4-fold (possibility to configure up to 8 independent functions) • square or rectangular rockers (page 119)
• 4 freely programmable LEDs for each channel • square frame of Form (page 131) or Flank (page 132) series
• 2 colour combination available for the LEDs (blue/green or red/white)
• Integrated temperature sensor
• Room thermostat function
• Plastic casing
• Wall-mounting installation on round or square wall box Dimensions [mm]
• Connection to bus line with KNX terminal block 19

• Frontal programming pushbutton and LED

82 12.5 6.5

• IP20 protection degree (installed)

• Weight 80 g (with mounting support)
79

43

Order information Configuration and commissioning

Code LED colours Mounting Side profile By means of ETS4 2.0 software (or later versions)
Application program: APEKED2TP##.knxprod
EK-ED2-TP blue / green with square frame of (## = version, downloadable from www.ekinex.com)
EK-ED2-TP-RW red / white Form or Flank series
black
EK-ED2-TP-BG-NF blue / green

EK-ED2-TP-RW-NF red / white without frame Documentation

EK-ED2-TP-BG-NFW blue / green (‘NF series)

For more information, see the STEKED2TP_EN.pdf,
white technical sheet available for download from www.ekinex.com
EK-ED2-TP-RW-NFW red / white

Also available in multiple pack of 8 pcs.

57
 TECHNICAL020EN

6-fold pushbutton - FF series

WALL-MOUNTING DEVICES

Description Technical data

The 6-fold pushbutton of Ekinex® FF series commands loads on/off switching, • 30 Vdc power supply through KNX bus
controls the dimming of lighting devices, controls motor drives for shutters or • Current consumption from bus < 15 mA
executes any other programmable command and control function. Thanks to the
integrated temperature sensor, the pushbutton can send the room temperature value Products included
on the bus to other KNX devices. The LEDs can be chosen in the colour combinations Delivery includes a terminal block for connection to the bus, a metal support for
blue / green or white / red. The device integrates a KNX bus communication module installation onto round or square mounting box (fixing holes 60 mm apart) or
and is intended for mounting onto a wall mounting box; it is supplied by a SELV rectangular mounting box (fixing holes 83,5 mm apart) and two pairs of fixing
voltage directly from the KNX bus and does not require any auxiliary power supply. screws.

Main features Accessories

• 6-fold (possibility to configure up to 12 independent functions) The following accessories are available to be ordered separately:
• 4 freely programmable LEDs for each channel • square rockers (page 120)
• 2 colour combination available for the LEDs (blue/green or red/white) • rectangular frame of Form (page 131) or Flank (page 132) series
• Integrated temperature sensor
• Plastic casing
• Wall-mounting installation on round, square or rectangular wall box
• Connection to bus line with KNX terminal block Dimensions [mm]
• Rear programming pushbutton and LED 19

• IP20 protection degree (installed) 122 12.5 6.5

• Weight 75 g (with mounting support)

43
78

Order information Configuration and commissioning

Code LED colours Mounting By means of ETS4 2.0 software (or later versions)
Application program: APEKEH2TP##.knxprod
EK-EH2-TP blue / green with rectangular frame (## = version, downloadable from www.ekinex.com)
EK-EH2-TP-RW red / white of Form or Flank series

Documentation

For more information, see the STEKEH2TP_EN.pdf,

technical sheet available for download from www.ekinex.com

58
59
 TECHNICAL020EN

Room thermostats Aesthetics and functionality conjugated according to the Ekinex® style.
The room temperature controls of the FF series contain the characteristics of a product
WALL-MOUNTING DEVICES - FF SERIES with a strong technological footprint combined with a focus on aesthetic component.
Available in different models, integrated LEDs and two custom keys, the Ekinex® room
controllers are with their high performance able to meet the most different needs.

Available colour solutions

Form Flank ‘NF Deep* Surface*

Plastic • • • - -
Metal • • • • •
Fenix NTM® • - • • •
For more information see page 153
*) In the FF-Deep and Surface we suggest the use of the room thermostats of the FF-’NF series

60
 03 18 179 239 241 251 255 261 271 273 278
Introduction Wall-mounting devices Rail-mounting devices Accessories Supervision Tools Sales kit Technical section General terms of sale Index (codes) Index (description)

86 x 86 x 8 mm 94 x 86 x 8 mm 80 x 80 x 8 mm
Form Flank ‘NF - Deep - Surface

61
 TECHNICAL020EN

a
f

Room thermostats FF series

Description Code Page

a) Room thermostat FF series EK-EP2-TP-... or EK-EQ2-TP-... 64-65

b) Set 2 rockers for thermostat FF series EK-TQQ-...-EP2 121

c) Round flush-mounting box not delivered by Ekinex ®

-

d) Square flush-mounting box not delivered by Ekinex® -

e) Metal mounting support EK-SMQ 151

f) Square frame of Flank series EK-FLQ-... 132

g) Square frame of Form series EK-FOQ-... 131

62
 03 18 179 239 241 251 255 261 271 273 278
Introduction Wall-mounting devices Rail-mounting devices Accessories Supervision Tools Sales kit Technical section General terms of sale Index (codes) Index (description)

Room thermostats - FF series

WALL-MOUNTING DEVICES

Form, Flank, ‘NF. The Ekinex® thermostats of FF series range and related accessories offer the possibility to realize several
Three different variations for
a room temperature control
variations that will satisfy the most diverse needs. The base is represented by the thermostats EK-EP2-TP and
device with unique performance. EK-EQ2-TP (with relative humidity sensor); each one integrates a KNX communication module. The device (a) is
suitable for mounting into a flush mounting box, either round (c) or square (d), provided with fixing holes 60 mm
apart. Each thermostat is delivered with its relative metal support (e) which, in case of necessity, can also be
ordered separately. A terminal block completes the delivery.

The pushbuttons must be finished off with an operation surface (rockers) and a frame. The rockers are available in
square shape, plastic material, aluminium or Fenix NTM® in several colour and finishing variations. A special set
includes two customized rockers (b) with symbols for the thermostat functions. Each thermostat has integrated
LEDs which can be programmed freely: as an example, as a status feedback or as an orientation light at night
time. Two colour combinations are available for the LEDs: blue / green or red / white. The square frames are
available in two stylish alternatives, Form (g) and Flank (f), and share the same choice of materials, colours and
finishings as for rockers. The ‘NF version of the thermostat is mounted without frame and is provided with a side
profile in white or black colour.

The thermostats simply get connected to the unique signal bus cable and do not require auxiliary power supply;
the devices are powered at SELV (Safety Extra Low Voltage) voltage, thus offering a much higher safety level than
traditional commands. The configuration and commissioning is carried out by means of the ETS® software. The
related application programs can be downloaded from the www.ekinex.com website.

63
 TECHNICAL020EN

Easy room thermostat - FF series

WALL-MOUNTING DEVICES

Description Technical data

The Ekinex® Easy room thermostat FF-series is a digital electronic thermostat with a • 30 Vdc power supply through KNX bus
user-friendly interface for the end user and system integrator. While using a single • Current consumption from bus < 13 mA
differentiated set point for heating and cooling with only one on/off operating mode,
the unit allows the control of terminals with one or two stages (such as radiators, Products included
floor and ceiling radiant panels, etc.) and fan-coil units with 2 or 4 pipe hydraulic Delivery includes a terminal block for connection to the bus, a metal support for
supply. The product is equipped with an LCD display with adjustable back-lighting, installation onto round or square mounting box (fixing holes 60 mm apart) and two
a sensor for room temperature measurement and two freely configurable inputs. pairs of fixing screws.
The indicator LEDs can be chosen in blue/green or white/red colour combinations.
The device has an integrated KNX bus communication module and is designed for Accessories
installation in a flush-mounted wall box; it is powered by the KNX bus and requires The following accessories are available to be ordered separately:
no auxiliary power supply. • set of two square rockers with symbols for room thermostat (page 121)
• square frame of Form (page 131) or Flank (page 132) series
Main features
• LCD display with adjustable backlighting
• 2 keys for controlling the thermostat functions
• 4 freely programmable LEDs for each button
• 2 colour combinations available for LEDs (blue/green or white/red) Dimensions [mm]
• Integrated temperature sensor 37

• 2 freely programmable inputs

82 29 8

• Plastic housing
• Bus line connection via KNX terminal
• Programming button and LED on front panel
• Recessed wall mounting on round or square box
80

53

• IP20 degree of protection (installed)

• Weight 85 g (with mounting bracket)

Order information Configuration and commissioning

Code LED colours Mounting Side profile By means of ETS4 2.0 software (or later versions)
Application program: APEKER2TP##.knxprod
EK-ER2-TP blue / green with square frame of
- (## = version, download from www.ekinex.com)
EK-ER2-TP-RW red / white Form or Flank series

EK-ER2-TP-BG-NF blue / green

black
EK-ER2-TP-RW-NF red / white without frame Documentation

EK-ER2-TP-BG-NFW blue / green (‘NF series)

For more information, see the STEKER2TP_EN.pdf,
white technical sheet available for download from www.ekinex.com
EK-ER2-TP-RW-NFW red / white

64
 03 18 179 239 241 251 255 261 271 273 278
Introduction Wall-mounting devices Rail-mounting devices Accessories Supervision Tools Sales kit Technical section General terms of sale Index (codes) Index (description)

Room thermostat - FF series

WALL-MOUNTING DEVICES

Description Technical data

The Ekinex® room temperature controller of FF series regulates independently the • 30 Vdc power supply through KNX bus
temperature of a room or a zone. In combination with one or more KNX actuators, • Current consumption from bus < 13 mA
the room temperature controller is able to control the heating and cooling emission
of a series of terminal units for the thermal exchange (such as radiators, fan-coils, Products included
floor and ceiling radiant panels, etc.). The device is provided with a LCD-display Delivery includes a terminal block for connection to the bus, a metal support for
with adjustable backlight, sensors for temperature and brightness measuring and installation onto round or square mounting box (fixing holes 60 mm apart) and two
two freely configurable inputs. The LEDs can be chosen in the colour combinations pairs of fixing screws.
blue / green or white / red. The device integrates a KNX bus communication module
and is intended for mounting onto a wall mounting box; it is powered by a SELV Accessories
voltage directly from the KNX bus and does not require any auxiliary power supply. The following accessories are available to be ordered separately:
• set of two square rockers with symbols for room thermostat (page 121)
Main features • square frame of Form (page 131) or Flank (page 132) series
• LCD-display with adjustable backlight
• 2 rockers for controlling thermostat functions
• 4 freely programmable LEDs for each channel
• 2 colour combination available for the LEDs (blue/green or red/white)
• Integrated temperature sensor Dimensions [mm]
• 2 freely configurable inputs 37

• Plastic casing
82 29 8

• Connection to bus line with KNX terminal block

• Frontal programming pushbutton and LED
• Wall-mounting installation on round or square wall box
• IP20 protection degree (installed)
80

53

• Weight 85 g (with mounting support)

Order information Configuration and commissioning

Code LED colours Mounting Side profile By means of ETS4 2.0 software (or later versions)
Application program: APEKEP2TP##.knxprod
EK-EP2-TP blue / green with square frame of
- (## = version, download from www.ekinex.com)
EK-EP2-TP-RW red / white Form or Flank series

EK-EP2-TP-BG-NF blue / green

black
EK-EP2-TP-RW-NF red / white without frame Documentation

EK-EP2-TP-BG-NFW blue / green (‘NF series)

For more information, see the STEKEP2TP_EN.pdf,
white technical sheet available for download from www.ekinex.com
EK-EP2-TP-RW-NFW red / white

65
 TECHNICAL020EN

Room thermostat - FF series

with relative humidity sensor
WALL-MOUNTING DEVICES

Description Technical data

The Ekinex® room temperature controller of FF series regulates independently the • 30 Vdc power supply through KNX bus
temperature of a room or a zone. In combination with one or more KNX actuators, • Current consumption from bus < 13 mA
the room temperature controller is able to control the heating and cooling emission
of a series of terminal units for the thermal exchange (such as radiators, fan-coils, Products included
floor and ceiling radiant panels, etc.). The device is provided with a LCD-display Delivery includes a terminal block for connection to the bus, a metal support for
with adjustable backlight, sensors for temperature, relative humidity and brightness installation onto round or square mounting box (fixing holes 60 mm apart) and two
measuring and two freely configurable inputs. The LEDs can be chosen in the pairs of fixing screws.
colour combinations blue / green or white / red. The device integrates a KNX bus
communication module and is intended for mounting onto a wall mounting box; it Accessories
is powered by a SELV voltage directly from the KNX bus and does not require any The following accessories are available to be ordered separately:
auxiliary power supply. • set of two square rockers with symbols for room thermostat (page 121)
• square frame of Form (page 131) or Flank (page 132) series
Main features
• LCD-display with adjustable backlight
• 2 rockers for controlling thermostat functions
• 4 freely programmable LEDs for each channel
• 2 colour combination available for the LEDs (blue/green or red/white) Dimensions [mm]
• Integrated temperature and relative humidity sensor 37

• 2 freely configurable inputs

82 29 8

• Plastic casing
• Connection to bus line with KNX terminal block
• Frontal programming pushbutton and LED
• Wall-mounting installation on round or square wall box
80

53

• IP20 protection degree (installed)

• Weight 85 g (with mounting support)

Order information Configuration and commissioning

Code LED colours Mounting Side profile By means of ETS4 2.0 software (or later versions)
Application program: APEKEQ2TP##.knxprod
EK-EQ2-TP blue / green with square frame of
- (## = version, download from www.ekinex.com)
EK-EQ2-TP-RW red / white Form or Flank series

EK-EQ2-TP-BG-NF blue / green

black
EK-EQ2-TP-RW-NF red / white without frame Documentation

EK-EQ2-TP-BG-NFW blue / green (‘NF series)

For more information, see the STEKEQ2TP_EN.pdf,
white technical sheet available for download from www.ekinex.com
EK-EQ2-TP-RW-NFW red / white

66
67
 TECHNICAL020EN

Touch&See Technology in a touch. When you want to touch the technology, see with your
eyes your settings, know the weather or create the comfort you would like, trust
WALL-MOUNTING DEVICES - FF SERIES Touch&See. The high resolution touch-display and the versatile and intuitive interface
are thought to provide highest user comfort and uncompromising aesthetics. The
transition from one function to the next one is via side-scrolling pages, from those
you can access several sub-menus. You can also set the display brightness according
to your own needs or it can be automatically adjusted according to the brightness.

Controls Thermostat Meteo

Available colour solutions

Form Flank ‘NF** Deep* Surface*

Plastic • • - - -
Metal • • - - -
Fenix NTM® • - - - -
Date Music Scenes For more information see page 153
*) In the FF-Deep and Surface series you can use the Touch&See display of the FF-’NF series
**) ‘NF available only in EC2 version

68
 03 18 179 239 241 251 255 261 271 273 278
Introduction Wall-mounting devices Rail-mounting devices Accessories Supervision Tools Sales kit Technical section General terms of sale Index (codes) Index (description)

86 x 86 x 8 mm 94 x 86 x 8 mm 80 x 80 x 8 mm
Form Flank ‘NF - Deep - Surface

126 x 86 x 8 mm 134 x 86 x 8 mm
Form Flank

69
 TECHNICAL020EN

c n

g
m

l
b

Touch&See FF series

Description Code Page Description Code Page

a) Touch&See display EK-EC2-TP-... 72 g) Metal mounting support EK-SMQ 151

b) Touch&See display with 2-fold pushbutton EK-EF2-TP-... 73 h) Metal mounting support EK-SMR 151

c) Round flush-mounting box not delivered by Ekinex® - i) Square frame Flank series EK-FLQ-... 132

d) Square flush-mounting box not delivered by Ekinex ®

- l) Square frame Form series EK-FOQ-... 131

e) Rectangular flush-mounting box (3 modules) not delivered by Ekinex® - m) Rectangular frame Flank series EK-FLR-... 132

f) Square rockers EK-TQQ-... 120 n) Rectangular frame Form series EK-FOR-... 131

70
 03 18 179 239 241 251 255 261 271 273 278
Introduction Wall-mounting devices Rail-mounting devices Accessories Supervision Tools Sales kit Technical section General terms of sale Index (codes) Index (description)

Touch&See - FF series
WALL-MOUNTING DEVICES

Control and display unit The Ekinex® Touch&See display and control units allow to perform a great number of switching, control and
with two-channel pushbutton.
You will be amazed at all you can do.
display bus functions, utilizing the easiest and most compact devices, with their 3.5” touch-screen and their
graphic pages having a clear meaning and immediate understanding.
The base is represented by the control and display unit (EK-EC2-TP-...) and the control and display unit with
integrated 2-fold pushbutton (EK-EF2-TP-...); each one integrates a KNX communication module. The control and
display unit (a) is suitable for round (c) or square (d) wall mounting boxes with fixing holes 60 mm apart; the
unit with the integrated 2-fold pushbutton (b) is also suitable for rectangular wall mounting boxes (e) provided
with fixing holes 85 mm apart (3 seater according to the Italian installation standard).
Each Touch&See unit is delivered with a metal mounting support (g, h) which, in case of necessity, can also be
obtained separately; the terminal blocks complete the supply. The Touch&See unit needs to be finished with a
frame (i, l, m, n); in the case of units with integrated 2-fold pushbuttons, it will also be necessary to provide it
with two square rockers (f), available in plastic or aluminium and in several colours and finishings. The frames,
either square (i, l) or rectangular (m, n), are available in two alternative styles (Form and Flank) and share the
same choice of materials, colours and finishing. The rockers can be personalized with symbols and text, in order
to make their function immediately understandable. Each channel of the 2-fold pushbutton has integrated LEDs
which can be programmed freely: as an example, as a status feedback or as an orientation light at night time. Two
colour combinations are available for the LEDs: blue / green or red / white. The ‘NF version of the Touch&See
EK-EC2-TP-... is mounted without frame and is provided with a side profile in white or black colour.
The Touch&See units have to be connected to the signal bus cable and to an auxiliary power supply; the devices
are powered at SELV (Safety Extra Low Voltage) voltage, thus offering a much higher safety level than traditional
commands. The configuration and commissioning is carried out by means of the ETS® software. The related
application programs can be downloaded from the www.ekinex.com website.

71
 TECHNICAL020EN

Touch&See display
WALL-MOUNTING DEVICES

Description Products included

Ekinex® Touch&See is a KNX device for the switching, control and display of Delivery includes a terminal block for connection to the bus, a terminal block for
bus functions. By means of its touch-screen and its graphical user interface, connection to the auxiliary power supply, a metal support for installation onto round
it is possible to control KNX actuators in an easy and intuitive way, to display or square mounting box (fixing holes 60 mm apart) and two pairs of fixing screws.
the information coming from the KNX actuators and sensors and to perform as a
room thermostat for up to 8 independent zones, receiving the measured room Accessories
temperature values from the bus. The device integrates a KNX bus communication The following accessories are available to be ordered separately:
module and is designed for wall mounting boxes; it is powered by a SELV voltage • square frame of Form (page 131) or Flank (page 132) series
directly from the KNX bus and requires an auxiliary 30 Vdc power supply.

Main features
• 3,5” TFT back-lit touch display, 320 x 240 pixel resolution, 65,536 colours
• Seven main graphic pages
• Plastic casing
• Connection to bus line with KNX terminal block
• Connection to auxiliary power supply with yellow / white terminal block
• Programming pushbutton and LED on the rear
• Wall-mounting installation on round or square wall box Dimensions [mm]
• IP20 protection degree (installed) 37

• Weight 110 g (with mounting support)

82 29 8

Technical data
• SELV power supply from KNX bus (communication)
• 30 Vdc auxiliary power supply (screen)
53
80

Order information Configuration and commissioning

Code Mounting Side profile By means of ETS4 2.0 software (or later versions)
Application program: APEKEC2TP##.knxprod
with square frame of (## = version, download from www.ekinex.com)
EK-EC2-TP -
Form or Flank series

EK-EC2-TP-00-NF black
without frame (‘NF Series)
EK-EC2-TP-00-NFW white Documentation

For more information, see the STEKEC2TP_EN.pdf,

technical sheet available for download from www.ekinex.com

72
 03 18 179 239 241 251 255 261 271 273 278
Introduction Wall-mounting devices Rail-mounting devices Accessories Supervision Tools Sales kit Technical section General terms of sale Index (codes) Index (description)

Touch&See display
with 2-fold pushbutton
WALL-MOUNTING DEVICES

Description Products included

Ekinex® Touch&See with 2-fold pushbutton is a KNX device for the switching, control Delivery includes a terminal block for connection to the bus, a terminal block for
and display of bus functions. By means of its touch-screen and the graphical user connection to the auxiliary power supply, a metal support for installation onto round
interface, it is possible to control KNX actuators in an easy and intuitive way, to or square mounting box (fixing holes 60 mm apart) or rectangular mounting box
display information coming from KNX actuators and sensors and to perform as a (fixing holes 83,5 mm apart) and two pairs of fixing screws.
room thermostat for a maximum of 8 independent zones. One temperature value can
be measured from the integrated sensor, while the other values can be received from Accessories
the bus. The integrated 2-fold pushbutton allows the on/off command of loads, the The following accessories are available to be ordered separately:
dimming of lighting devices, the control of motor drives for shutters or the execution • square rockers (page 120)
of any other programmable command and control function. The LEDs can be chosen • rectangular frame of Form (page 131) or Flank (page 132) series
in the colour combinations blue / green or white / red. The device integrates a KNX
bus communication module and is designed or mounting onto a wall-mounting box;
it is powered by SELV voltage directly from the KNX bus and requires an auxiliary 30
Vdc power supply.

Main features
• 3,5” TFT back-lit touch display, 320 x 240 pixel resolution, 65,536 colours
• Seven main graphic pages Dimensions [mm]
• Integrated temperature sensor 35

• 2-fold pushbutton (possibility to configure up to 4 independent functions)

122 29 6

• 4 freely programmable LEDs for each channel

• 2 colour combination available for the LEDs (blue/green or red/white)
• Plastic casing
• Connection to bus line with KNX terminal block
53
80

• Connection to auxiliary power supply with yellow / white terminal block

• Programming pushbutton and LED on the rear
• Wall-mounting installation on round, square or rectangular wall box
• IP20 protection degree (installed)
• Weight 130 g (with mounting support)

Technical data
• SELV power supply from KNX bus (communication)
Configuration and commissioning
• 30 Vdc auxiliary power supply (screen)
By means of ETS4 2.0 software (or later versions)
Application program: APEKEF2TP##.knxprod
(## = version, download from www.ekinex.com)

Order information

Code LED colours Mounting Documentation

EK-EF2-TP blue / green with rectangular frame of For more information, see the STEKEF2TP_EN.pdf,
Form or Flank series technical sheet available for download from www.ekinex.com
EK-EF2-TP-RW red / white

73
 TECHNICAL020EN

f a

e
b

Movement sensor

Description Code Page Description Code Page

a) Movement sensor with metallic support EK-SM2-TP 76 g) Adapter for square plate EK-TAQ 134

b) Cover with lens EK-CLM-... 76 h) Adapter for ‘NF and Deep square plate EK-TAQ-...-NF 134-137

c) Square plate Surface series* EK-SQS-... 141 i) Square frame of Flank series EK-FLQ-... 132

d) Square plate* EK-PQS-... 134 l) Square frame of Form series EK-FOQ-... 131

e) Square plate Deep series* EK-DQS-... 137 m) Round flush-mounting box not delivered by Ekinex® -

f) Adapter for Surface square plate EK-TAS-Q-...-NF 141 n) Square flush-mounting box not delivered by Ekinex® -

*) 60 x 60 mm window

74
 03 18 179 239 241 251 255 261 271 273 278
Introduction Wall-mounting devices Rail-mounting devices Accessories Supervision Tools Sales kit Technical section General terms of sale Index (codes) Index (description)

Sensors
WALL AND CEILING-MOUNTING DEVICES

Movement and presence sensors The Ekinex® movement sensor allows to control automatically bus functions, such as lighting or room heating and
complete with frames Form, Flank
or in the' NF, Deep and Surface versions
cooling. The base is represented by the device (EK-SM2-TP) which integrates a KNX communication module. The
for aesthetics coordinated to the Ekinex® device (a), delivered with the corresponding metal mounting support and a terminal block for the bus connection,
pushbuttons. is suitable for round (m) or square (n) wall mounting boxes with fixing holes 60 mm apart.

The movement sensor needs to be finished with a square plate with 60 x 60 mm window and a square frame of
Flank (i) or Form (l) series, available in plastic or aluminium and in several colours and finishings. The device may
be also installed with frame by separately ordering a square ‘NF, Deep or Surface adapter provided with a side
profile in white or black colour ('NF only).

The movement sensor has to be connected to the signal bus cable; the device is powered at SELV (Safety Extra
Low Voltage) voltage, thus offering a much higher safety level than traditional sensors. The configuration and
commissioning is carried out by means of the ETS® software. The related application programs can be downloaded
from the www.ekinex.com website.

75
 TECHNICAL020EN

Movement sensor
WALL-MOUNTING DEVICES

Description Accessories
The Ekinex® EK-SM2-TP movement sensor detects movement and presence of people The following accessories are available to be ordered separately:
in a semi-circular area. It is ideally used in corridors, transit areas, toilets, staircases, • square frame in Form (page 131) or Flank (page 132) series
elevators and, in general, all areas having occasional transit. The device has one • square plate with window 60 x 60 mm - EK-PQS ('NF page 134)
channel for lighting, and one channel for the control of HVAC devices. Movement EK-DQS (Deep page 137) / EK-SQS (Surface page 141)
and presence detection are operated by three PIR sensors (passive infra-red); one • lens with modular cover 60 x 60 mm (see table below)
further sensor measures room luminosity. The device can work in semi-automatic or
Component [Pcs.] Dimensions [mm] Colour Code
automatic mode. The device integrates a KNX bus communication module, is suitable
Ice white EK-CLM-GAA
for flush-mounting boxes and is powered by a SELV voltage by means of the KNX bus. Lens with cover
60 x 60
for sensor 1 Other colours
(lens protrusion 21) EK-CLM-GA_
EK-SM2-TP on request
Main features
• 180° detection range (semi-circular)
• Max distance 10 m (mounted at 3 m height)
• Mounting height from 1 to 3 m
• 3 passive infra-red (PIR) sensors
• Adjustable sensitivity (10 levels)
• Master or slave configuration
• Connection to bus line with KNX terminal block
• Frontal programming pushbutton and LED EK-CLM-GAA
• Wall-mounting installation on round or square wall box
Dimensions [mm]
• Metal support with screws for mounting on round or square mounting box
(holes 60 mm apart)
• IP20 protection degree (installed)
22
70 12 14

• Weight 40 g

Technical data
• SELV voltage from KNX bus
22
48
70

• Power absorption 0,4 W

Products included
Delivery includes a terminal block for connection to the bus, a metal support for
installation onto round or square mounting box (fixing holes 60 mm apart) and two
Configuration and commissioning
fixing screws.
By means of ETS3 software (or later versions)
Application program: APEKSM2TP##.vd4
(## = version, download from www.ekinex.com)

Order information Documentation

Code Package For more information, see the STEKSM2TP_EN.pdf technical sheet available for
download from www.ekinex.com
EK-SM2-TP 1 pcs.

76
 03 18 179 239 241 251 255 261 271 273 278
Introduction Wall-mounting devices Rail-mounting devices Accessories Supervision Tools Sales kit Technical section General terms of sale Index (codes) Index (description)

Ceiling mounted
presence sensor
CEILING-MOUNTING DEVICES

Description Environmental conditions

The Ekinex® presence sensor EK-DF2-TP is a ceiling flush mount Passive Infrared • Operating temperature: - 20 ... + 40°C
(PIR) motion detector, for the detection of movement and presence of people in • Relative humidity: 95% not condensing
indoor spaces with a coverage area of 360°. The detection area can be extended • Environmental protection: IP20
using other sensors configured as slave devices. An integrated light sensor, combined
with the motion detector, can manage light switching depending on brightness level Switching, display and detection elements
as well as presence. The device has two distinct output channels for lighting, with The device is equipped with:
independent parameters; the operation can be automatic or semi automatic. The • on the rear side, a programming pushbutton
device is also capable of maintaining a constant brightness level in the room by • visible through the plastic lens, a blue programming LED, a red signalling LED,
controlling a dimmable light source. All of the above parameters can be set by the a PIR sensor, a brightness sensor and an IR receiver
user either through ETS or by means of a dedicated IR remote during installation.
The device has two additional HVAC channels, which act in a similar way as the Accessories
Light Control channels but without the standby time and light level dependence. An The following accessories are available to be ordered separately:
additional alarm channel can switch the load on or off depending on the number of • IR Remote Controller - EK-QR6-IR and support for protruding mounting - EK-QS3
trigger events (movements) detected in a time frame of configurable duration

Main features
• Semi-automatic or fully automatic operation
• Two independent Light control channels
• Two independent HVAC control channels
Dimensions [mm]
• One alarm channel
• An additional device can be used as slave for any of the channels
Ø 75 Ø 52
• Detection span of 360°, sectors can be masked through optical shields
• Adjustable Sensitivity, with “Walk test” to verify detection range
• Parameters can be set from ETS or through an IR remote
78

Technical data
• Rated voltage: 24 Vdc (21 - 30 Vdc) supplied by KNX bus
• Current consumption (on KNX bus): max 10 mA (operation) / 5 mA (Standby)
7

• Detection range: 360° circular (maskable), up to 9 m diameter at 2.5 m

mounting height
• Light measurement range: 10..2000 Lux
Configuration and commissioning
• Housing, lens and frame in plastic material
• Safety standards: IEC 61000-6-1 / IEC 61000-6-3 / EN55014 / EN 50491 By means of ETS5 software (or later versions)
Application program: APEKDF2TP##.knxprod
(## = version, download from www.ekinex.com)

Order information Documentation

Code Package For more information, see the STEKDF2TP_EN.pdf technical

sheet available for download from www.ekinex.com
EK-DF2-TP 1 pcs.

EK-DF2-TP EK-QR6-IR

77
 TECHNICAL020EN

Ceiling mounted
presence sensor
CEILING-MOUNTING DEVICES

Description Environmental conditions

The Ekinex® presence sensor EK-DG2-TP is a ceiling flush mount Passive Infrared • Operating temperature: - 20 ... + 40°C
(PIR) motion detector, for the detection of movement and presence of people in • Relative humidity: 95% not condensing
indoor spaces with a coverage area of 360°. The detection area can be extended • Environmental protection: IP20
using other sensors configured as slave devices. An integrated light sensor, combined
with the motion detector, can manage light switching depending on brightness level Switching, display and detection elements
as well as presence. The device has two distinct output channels for lighting, with The device is equipped with:
independent parameters; the operation can be automatic or semi automatic. The • on the rear side, a programming pushbutton
device is also capable of maintaining a constant brightness level in the room by • visible through the plastic lens, a blue programming LED, a red signalling LED,
controlling a dimmable light source. All of the above parameters can be set by the a PIR sensor, a brightness sensor and an IR receiver
user either through ETS or by means of a dedicated IR remote during installation.
The device has two additional HVAC channels, which act in a similar way as the Accessories
Light Control channels but without the standby time and light level dependence. An The following accessories are available to be ordered separately:
additional alarm channel can switch the load on or off depending on the number of • IR Remote Controller - EK-QR6-IR and support for protruding mounting - EK-QS3
trigger events (movements) detected in a time frame of configurable duration.

Main features
• Semi-automatic or fully automatic operation
• Two independent Light control channels
• Two independent HVAC control channels
Dimensions [mm]
• One alarm channel
• An additional device can be used as slave for any of the channels
• Detection span of 360°, sectors can be masked through optical shields Ø 80 Ø 67

• Adjustable Sensitivity, with “Walk test” to verify detection range

• Parameters can be set from ETS or through an IR remote

Technical data
64

• Rated voltage: 24 Vdc (21 - 30 Vdc) supplied by KNX bus

15

• Current consumption (on KNX bus): max 10 mA (operation) / 5 mA (Standby)

• Detection range: 360° circular (maskable), up to 12 m diameter at 2.5 m
mounting height
• Light measurement range: 10..2000 Lux
Configuration and commissioning
• Housing, lens and frame in plastic material
• Safety standards: IEC 61000-6-1 / IEC 61000-6-3 / EN55014 / EN 50491 By means of ETS5 software (or later versions)
Application program: APEKDG2TP##.knxprod
(## = version, download from www.ekinex.com)

Order information Documentation

Code Package For more information, see the STEKDG2TP_EN.pdf technical

sheet available for download from www.ekinex.com
EK-DG2-TP 1 pcs.

EK-DG2-TP EK-QR6-IR

78
 03 18 179 239 241 251 255 261 271 273 278
Introduction Wall-mounting devices Rail-mounting devices Accessories Supervision Tools Sales kit Technical section General terms of sale Index (codes) Index (description)

Presence sensor
for outdoor mounting
WALL AND CEILING-MOUNTING DEVICES

Description • Environmental conditions

The Ekinex® EK-DH4-TP presence sensor is an infrared motion detector passive (PIR) • Operating temperature: - 20 ... + 40°C
for outdoor ceiling or wall mounting, for motion and presence detection of people in • Relative humidity: 95% not condensing
outdoor spaces with a 360° coverage area. The detection area can be extended using • Environmental protection: IP20
other sensors configured as slave devices. One integrated light sensor, combined
with the motion detector, can manage the ignition of light according to brightness Switching, display and detection elements
level and presence. The device has two channels of separate output for lighting, with The device is equipped with:
independent parameters; the operation can be automatic or semi-automatic. All the • on the rear side, a programming pushbutton
above listed parameters can be set by the user via ETS or via a dedicated IR remote • visible through the plastic lens, a blue programming LED, a red signalling LED,
control during installation. The device has two additional HVAC channels, which act a PIR sensor, a brightness sensor and an IR receiver
similarly to brightness control channels, but without the standby time function and
light level dependency. One additional alarm channel can activate or deactivate Accessories
the load depending on the number of trigger events (movements) detected in a The following accessories are available to be ordered separately:
configurable time interval. • IR Remote Controller - EK-QR6-IR

Main features
• Semi-automatic or fully automatic operation
• Two independent light control channels
• Two independent HVAC control channels
• An alarm channel
Dimensions [mm]
• An additional device can be used as a slave for any of the channels
• Detection range of 360° (180° on the wall), sectors can be masked
90 150
through optic screens 80
• Adjustable sensitivity, with "Walk test" to verify the detection radius
• Parameters can be set by ETS or via an IR remote control.

Technical data
84

79

• Rated voltage: 24 VDC (21-30 VDC) supplied by KNX bus

• Current consumption (on KNX bus): max. 10 mA (operation) / 5 mA (standby)
• Sensing range: 360° circular (masking), up to 32 m diameter at 2.5 m
mounting height
• Light measuring range: 10..2000 Lux
Configuration and commissioning
• Housing, lens and frame in plastic material
• Safety standards: IEC 61000-6-1 / IEC 61000-6-3 / EN 55014 / EN 50491 By means of ETS5 software (or later versions)
Application program: APEKDH4TP##.knxprod
(## = version, download from www.ekinex.com)

Order information Documentation

Code Package For more information, see the STEKDH4TP_EN.pdf technical

sheet available for download from www.ekinex.com
EK-DH4-TP 1 pcs.

EK-DH4-TP EK-QR6-IR

79
 71
WALL-MOUNTING DEVICES
SERIES

Form 84
Flank 86
‘NF 88
Deep 90
Surface 92
82
83
 TECHNICAL020EN

71 - Form Elegant and refined. The compactness that adapts to your style. With
an ultra-thin frame, the Form line of the 71 series has integrated plastic or metal
WALL-MOUNTING DEVICES - 71 SERIES pushbuttons, thermostats and plates for sockets and LEDs with adjustable light
intensity in blue/green or white/red colour combinations. The different finishes can
be freely combined with each other.

Available colour solutions

Form Flank ‘NF Deep Surface

Plastic • • • - -
Metal • • • • •
Fenix NTM® • - • • •
For more information see page 153

84
 03 18 179 239 241 251 255 261 271 273 278
Introduction Wall-mounting devices Rail-mounting devices Accessories Supervision Tools Sales kit Technical section General terms of sale Index (codes) Index (description)

86 x 86 x 8 mm 86 x 86 x 8 mm 86 x 86 x 8 mm 86 x 86 x 8 mm

45 x 45 mm 45 x 45 mm 45 x 45 mm
68 x 45 mm
55 x 55 mm 55 x 55 mm 55 x 55 mm
60 x 60 mm
60 x 60 mm 60 x 60 mm 60 x 60 mm

86 x 86 x 8 mm 126 x 86 x 8 mm 156 x 86 x 8 mm

85
 TECHNICAL020EN

71 - Flank Harmony and essentiality. The rigorous simplicity of detail. The Flank line of the
71 series has pushbuttons, thermostats and plates for sockets with simple shapes
WALL-MOUNTING DEVICES - 71 SERIES that can be distinguished by the characteristic side edges. The plastic or metal
finishes can be combined according to your taste and needs.

Available colour solutions

Form Flank ‘NF Deep Surface

Plastic • • • - -
Metal • • • • •
Fenix NTM® • - • • •
For more information see page 153

86
 03 18 179 239 241 251 255 261 271 273 278
Introduction Wall-mounting devices Rail-mounting devices Accessories Supervision Tools Sales kit Technical section General terms of sale Index (codes) Index (description)

94 x 80 x 8 mm 94 x 80 x 8 mm 94 x 80 x 8 mm 94 x 80 x 8 mm

45 x 45 mm 45 x 45 mm 45 x 45 mm
68 x 45 mm
55 x 55 mm 55 x 55 mm 55 x 55 mm
60 x 60 mm
60 x 60 mm 60 x 60 mm 60 x 60 mm

94 x 80 x 8 mm 134 x 80 x 8 mm 165 x 80 x 8 mm

87
 TECHNICAL020EN

71 - ‘NF Simple and rational. Frameless, the ‘NF line of the 71 Series provides pushbuttons,
thermostats and plates for sockets in plastic, metal and Fenix NTM®, the super opaque
WALL-MOUNTING DEVICES - 71 SERIES and soft touch nanotechnological material. Equipped with LEDs with adjustable light
intensity in blue/green or white/red combinations.

Available colour solutions

Form Flank ‘NF Deep Surface

Plastic • • • - -
Metal • • • • •
Fenix NTM® • - • • •
For more information see page 153

88
 03 18 179 239 241 251 255 261 271 273 278
Introduction Wall-mounting devices Rail-mounting devices Accessories Supervision Tools Sales kit Technical section General terms of sale Index (codes) Index (description)

80 x 80 x 8 mm 80 x 80 x 8 mm 80 x 80 x 8 mm 80 x 80 x 8 mm

45 x 45 mm 45 x 45 mm 45 x 45 mm
68 x 45 mm
55 x 55 mm 55 x 55 mm 55 x 55 mm
60 x 60 mm
60 x 60 mm 60 x 60 mm 60 x 60 mm

80 x 80 x 9 mm 128 x 80 x 9 mm 158 x 80 x 9 mm

89
 TECHNICAL020EN

71 - Deep Slim and elegant. The Deep line of the 71 series provides plastic, metal and Fenix
NTM® pushbuttons, thermostats and plates for sockets in a wide range of colours and
WALL-MOUNTING DEVICES - 71 SERIES sizes with integrated LEDs that can be freely combined with each other. Ideal for even
the most eclectic and elegantly designed spaces.

Available colour solutions

Form Flank ‘NF Deep Surface

Plastic • • • - -
Metal • • • • •
Fenix NTM® • - • • •
For more information see page 153

90
 03 18 179 239 241 251 255 261 271 273 278
Introduction Wall-mounting devices Rail-mounting devices Accessories Supervision Tools Sales kit Technical section General terms of sale Index (codes) Index (description)

45 x 45 mm
55 x 55 mm
60 x 60 mm

87 x 87 x 9 mm 87 x 87 x 9 mm 87 x 87 x 9 mm 87 x 87 x 9 mm 87 x 87 x 9 mm

45 x 45 mm 45 x 45 mm
68 x 45 mm 55 x 55 mm 55 x 55 mm 55 x 55 mm
55 x 55 mm 55 x 55 mm
60 x 60 mm 60 x 60 mm 60 x 60 mm 60 x 60 mm
60 x 60 mm 60 x 60 mm

128 x 87 x 9 mm 158 x 87 x 9 mm 229 x 87 x 9 mm

3 windows 55 x 55 x 55 mm or 3 windows 60 x 60 x 60 mm

91
 TECHNICAL020EN

71 - Surface Essentiality and functionality for the contemporary home. Designed to create a
continuum with the wall, the Surface line of the 71 series integrates with the background
WALL-MOUNTING DEVICES - 71 SERIES almost as if it were part of it. The different available combinations make it particularly
versatile and successful in the most different situations. The materials used are metal and
the nanotechnological Fenix NTM®.

Available colour solutions

Form Flank ‘NF Deep Surface

Plastic • • • - -
Metal • • • • •
Fenix NTM® • - • • •
For more information see page 153

92
 03 18 179 239 241 251 255 261 271 273 278
Introduction Wall-mounting devices Rail-mounting devices Accessories Supervision Tools Sales kit Technical section General terms of sale Index (codes) Index (description)

98 x 98 x 3 mm 98 x 98 x 3 mm 98 x 98 x 3 mm 98 x 98 x 3 mm

45 x 45 mm 45 x 45 mm 45 x 45 mm
68 x 45 mm
55 x 55 mm 55 x 55 mm 55 x 55 mm
60 x 60 mm
60 x 60 mm 60 x 60 mm 60 x 60 mm

98 x 98 x 3 mm 133 x 98 x 3 mm 168 x 98 x 3 mm

93
 TECHNICAL020EN

v1

x
t

v ts
w

n
r

u1
b
q
h
u
p

g
o m

f
a

l
e
k

d j

Pushbuttons 71 series

Description Code Page Description Code Page

a) Pushbutton 71 series EK-E12-... or EK-E22-... 96-98 o) Adapter for square Surface plate EK-TAS-Q-...-NF 141

b) Pushbutton 71 series for rectangular 3-module box EK-E12-...-R or EK-E22-...-R 97-99 p) Adapter for square plate - Form or Flank frames** EK-TAQ 134

c) Square plate Surface series* EK-SQS-... 141 q) Adapter for square plate ‘NF and Deep series EK-TAQ-...-NF 134-137

d) Square plate* EK-PQS-... 134 r) Adapter for rectangular plate ‘NF and Deep series EK-TAR-...-NF 135-138

e) Square plate Deep series* EK-DQP-... 137 s) Adapter for rectangular plate - Form or Flank frames** EK-TAR 135

f) Rectangular plate Deep series* EK-DRS-... 138 t) Adapter for Surface rectangular plate EK-TAS-R-... 141

g) Rectangular plate* EK-PRS-... 135 u) Square frame Flank series EK-FLQ-... 132

h) Rectangular plate Surface series* EK-SRS-... 142 u1) Square frame Form series EK-FOQ-... 131

i) Square rocker (1) EK-T1Q-... 122 v) Rectangular frame Flank series EK-FLR-... 132

j) Rectangular vertical rockers (2)) EK-T2R-... 122 v1) Rectangular frame Form series EK-FOR-... 131

k) Square rockers (4) EK-T4Q-... 122 w) Round flush-mounting box not delivered by Ekinex®

l) Rectangular horizontal rockers (4) EK-T4R-... 122 x) Square flush-mounting box not delivered by Ekinex®

m) Metal mounting support EK-SMQ-71 151 y) Rectangular flush-mounting box (3 modules) not delivered by Ekinex®

n) Metal mounting support with adapter** EK-SMR-71 151 *) 60 x 60 mm window

**) Included with the purchase of the related 71 series pushbutton

94
 03 18 179 239 241 251 255 261 271 273 278
Introduction Wall-mounting devices Rail-mounting devices Accessories Supervision Tools Sales kit Technical section General terms of sale Index (codes) Index (description)

Pushbuttons - 71 series
WALL-MOUNTING DEVICES

71 series: infinite number of combinations The Ekinex® pushbuttons of 71 series range and related accessories offer the possibility to realize several
for a unique style. The series of 71 buttons
are available in square or rectangular version
variations that will satisfy the most diverse needs. The base is represented by the device which is fitted with a
with single, double or triple window (Deep version only). KNX communication module. The EK-E12-TP version (a) of the pushbutton is suitable for mounting into a flush
mounting box, either round (w) or square (x), provided with fixing holes 60 mm apart, while the EK-E12-TP-...-R
version (b) is also suitable for mounting into a rectangular wall mounting box (y) 3 seater according to the Italian
installation standard provided with fixing holes 83,5 mm apart. Each pushbutton is delivered with its relative
metal support (m, n) which, in case of necessity, can also be ordered separately. A plastic adapter and a terminal
block complete the supply.

The pushbuttons must be finished off with an operation surface (rockers), a plate with 60 x 60 mm window
(c, d, e, f, g, h) and a frame. The rockers are available in square (i, k) and rectangular (j, l) shapes of different
modularities, in plastic material, aluminium or Fenix NTM® and in several colours. Version EK-E12-TP has
integrated LEDs which can be programmed freely: as an example, as a status feedback or as an orientation light
at night time. Two colour combinations are available for the LEDs: blue / green or red / white. The same version
also offers a room thermostat function, thanks to the integrated temperature sensor. The frames, square (u, u1)
and rectangular (v ,v1), are available in two stylish alternatives (Form and Flank) and are available in plastic
material or aluminium and in several colours and finishings. The ‘NF version of the pushbutton is mounted without
frame and is provided with a side profile in white or black colour.

The pushbuttons simply get connected to the unique signal bus cable and do not require auxiliary power supply;
the devices are supplied at SELV (Safety Extra Low Voltage) voltage, thus offering a much higher safety level than
traditional commands. The configuration and commissioning is carried out by means of the ETS® software. The
related application programs can be downloaded from the www.ekinex.com website.

95
 TECHNICAL020EN

4-fold basic
pushbutton - 71 series
WALL-MOUNTING DEVICES

Description Products included

The 4-fold pushbutton of Ekinex® 71 series commands loads on/off switching, controls Delivery includes a terminal block for connection to the bus, a metal support for
the dimming of lighting devices, controls motor drives for shutters or executes any installation onto round or square mounting box (fixing holes 60 mm apart), a plastic
other programmable command and control function. The device integrates a KNX adapter and two pairs of fixing screws.
bus communication module and is intended for mounting onto a wall mounting box;
it is supplied by a SELV voltage directly from the KNX bus and does not require any Accessories
auxiliary power supply. The following accessories are available to be ordered separately:
• set of 1 square rocker, 2 vertical rectangular rockers, 4 square rockers or 4
Main features horizontal rectangular rockers (page 122)
• 4-fold (possibility to configure up to 8 independent functions) • square frame of Form (page 131) or Flank series (page 132)
• Plastic casing • square plate with 60 x 60 mm window (page 134, 137, 141)
• Connection to bus line with KNX terminal block
• Frontal programming pushbutton and LED Note
• Wall-mounting installation on round or square wall box Finishing a 71 series pushbutton with a square rocker with 60 x 60 mm modularity
• IP20 protection degree (installed) does not allow the use of the integrated brightness sensor.
• Weight 70 g (with mounting support)

Technical data Dimensions [mm]

• 30 Vdc power supply by KNX bus 21
• Current consumption from bus < 15 mA 81 13 9
43
77

Mounting with frame: 81 x 77 (L x H)

Mounting without frame (‘NF): 80 x 80 (L x H)

Order information Configuration and commissioning

Code Mounting Side profile By means of ETS4 2.0 software (or later versions)
Application program: APEKE22TP##.knxprod
with square frame of (## = version, downloadable from www.ekinex.com)
EK-E22-TP -
Form or Flank series

EK-E22-TP-NF without frame black

EK-E22-TP-NFW (‘NF series) white Documentation

Also available in multiple pack of 8 pcs.
For more information, see the STEKE22TP_EN.pdf,
technical sheet available for download from www.ekinex.com

96
 03 18 179 239 241 251 255 261 271 273 278
Introduction Wall-mounting devices Rail-mounting devices Accessories Supervision Tools Sales kit Technical section General terms of sale Index (codes) Index (description)

4-fold basic pushbutton and

room thermostat for rectangular
wall-box - 71 series
WALL-MOUNTING DEVICES

Description
The 4-fold pushbutton of Ekinex® 71 series commands loads on/off switching, controls Products included
the dimming of lighting devices, controls motor drives for shutters or executes any Delivery includes a terminal block for connection to the bus, a metal support for
other programmable command and control function. The device integrates a KNX installation onto round or square (fixing holes 60 mm apart) or rectangular 3 seater
bus communication module and is intended for mounting onto a wall mounting box; mounting box according to the Italian installation standard provided (fixing holes
it is supplied by a SELV voltage directly from the KNX bus and does not require any 83,5 mm apart), a rectangular adapter and two pairs of fixing screws.
auxiliary power supply.
Accessories
Main features The following accessories are available to be ordered separately:
• 4-fold (possibility to configure up to 8 independent functions) • set of 1 square rocker, 2 vertical rectangular rockers, 4 square rockers or 4
• Plastic casing horizontal rectangular rockers (page 122)
• Connection to bus line with KNX terminal block • rectangular frame of Form (page 131) or Flank series (page 132)
• Frontal programming pushbutton and LED • rectangular plate with 60 x 60 mm window (page 135, 138, 142)
• Wall-mounting installation on round, square or rectangular wall box
• IP20 protection degree (installed) Note
• Weight 100 g (with mounting support) Finishing a 71 series pushbutton with a square rocker with 60 x 60 mm modularity
does not allow the use of the integrated brightness sensor.
Technical data
• 30 Vdc power supply by KNX bus Dimensions [mm]
• Current consumption from bus < 15 mA 21
122 12 9
77

43

Mounting with frame: 122 x 77 (L x H)

Mounting without frame (‘NF): 120 x 80 (L x H)

Order information Configuration and commissioning

Code Mounting Side profile By means of ETS4 2.0 software (or later versions)
Application program: APEKE22TP##.knxprod
with rectangular frame (## = version, downloadable from www.ekinex.com)
EK-E22-TP-R -
of Form or Flank series

EK-E22-TP-NF-R without frame black

EK-E22-TP-NFW-R (‘NF series) white Documentation

Also available in multiple pack of 8 pcs.
For more information, see the STEKE22TP_EN.pdf,
technical sheet available for download from www.ekinex.com

97
 TECHNICAL020EN

4-fold pushbutton
and room thermostat - 71 series
WALL-MOUNTING DEVICES

Description Products included

The 4-fold pushbutton of Ekinex® 71 series commands loads on/off switching, Delivery includes a terminal block for connection to the bus, a metal support for
controls the dimming of lighting devices, controls motor drives for shutters or installation onto round or square mounting box (fixing holes 60 mm apart), a plastic
executes any other programmable command and control function. Thanks to the adapter and two pairs of fixing screws.
integrated temperature sensor, the pushbutton can work as a thermostat for a
room or a zone. The LED can be chosen in the colour combinations blue / green or Accessories
white / red. The device integrates a KNX bus communication module and is intended The following accessories are available to be ordered separately:
for mounting onto a wall mounting box; it is powered by a SELV voltage directly from • set of 1 square rocker, 2 vertical rectangular rockers, 4 square rockers or 4
the KNX bus and does not require any auxiliary power supply. horizontal rectangular rockers (page 122)
• square frame of Form (page 131) or Flank series (page 132)
Main features • square plate with 60 x 60 mm window (page 134, 137, 141)
• 4-fold (possibility to configure up to 8 independent functions)
• 4 freely programmable LED for each channel
• 2 colour combination available for the LED (blue / green or red / white)
• Room thermostat function
• Integrated temperature sensor
• Plastic casing
• Connection to bus line with KNX terminal block Dimensions [mm]
• Frontal programming pushbutton and LED 21
• Wall-mounting installation on round or square wall box 81 13 9

• IP20 protection degree (installed)

• Weight 70 g (with mounting support)

Technical data
43
77

• 30 Vdc power supply by KNX bus

• Current consumption from bus < 15 mA

Mounting with frame: 81 x 77 (L x H)

Mounting without frame (‘NF): 80 x 80 (L x H)

Order information Configuration and commissioning

Code LED colours Mounting Side profile By means of ETS4 2.0 software (or later versions)
Application program: APEKE12TP##.knxprod
EK-E12-TP blue / green with square frame of
- (## = version, download from www.ekinex.com)
EK-E12-TP-RW red / white Form or Flank series

EK-E12-TP-BG-NF blue / green

black
EK-E12-TP-RW-NF red / white without frame Documentation

EK-E12-TP-BG-NFW blue / green (‘NF series)

For more information, see the STEKE12TP_EN.pdf,
white technical sheet available for download from www.ekinex.com
EK-E12-TP-RW-NFW red / white

Also available in multiple pack of 8 pcs.

98
 03 18 179 239 241 251 255 261 271 273 278
Introduction Wall-mounting devices Rail-mounting devices Accessories Supervision Tools Sales kit Technical section General terms of sale Index (codes) Index (description)

4-fold pushbutton and room

thermostat for rectangular
wall-box - 71 series
WALL-MOUNTING DEVICES

Description Products included

The 4-fold pushbutton of Ekinex® 71 series commands loads on/off switching, Delivery includes a terminal block for connection to the bus, a metal support for
controls the dimming of lighting devices, controls motor drives for shutters or installation onto round or square (fixing holes 60 mm apart) or rectangular 3 seater
executes any other programmable command and control function. Thanks to the mounting box according to the Italian installation standard provided (fixing holes
integrated temperature sensor, the pushbutton can work as a thermostat for a 83,5 mm apart), a rectangular adapter and two pairs of fixing screws.
room or a zone. The LED can be chosen in the colour combinations blue / green or
white / red. The device integrates a KNX bus communication module and is intended Accessories
for mounting onto a wall mounting box; it is powered by a SELV voltage directly from The following accessories are available to be ordered separately:
the KNX bus and does not require any auxiliary power supply. • set of 1 square rocker, 2 vertical rectangular rockers, 4 square rockers or 4
horizontal rectangular rockers (page 122)
Main features • rectangular frame of Form (page 131) or Flank series (page 132)
• 4-fold (possibility to configure up to 8 independent functions) • rectangular plate with 60 x 60 mm window (page 135, 138, 142)
• 4 freely programmable LED for each channel
• 2 colour combination available for the LED (blue / green or red / white)
• Room thermostat function
• Integrated temperature sensor
• Plastic casing
• Connection to bus line with KNX terminal block
• Frontal programming pushbutton and LED Dimensions [mm]
• Wall-mounting installation on round, square or rectangular wall box 21

• IP20 protection degree (installed) 122 12 9

• Weight 100 g (with mounting support)

Technical data
• 30 Vdc power supply by KNX bus
77

43

• Current consumption from bus < 15 mA

Mounting with frame: 122 x 77 (L x H)

Mounting without frame (‘NF): 120 x 80 (L x H)

Order information Configuration and commissioning

Code LED colours Mounting Side profile By means of ETS4 2.0 software (or later versions)
with rectangular Application program: APEKE12TP##.knxprod
EK-E12-TP-R blue / green
frame of Form or - (## = version, download from www.ekinex.com)
EK-E12-TP-RW-R red / white Flank series
EK-E12-TP-BG-NF-R blue / green
black
EK-E12-TP-RW-NF-R red / white without frame Documentation

EK-E12-TP-BG-NFW-R blue / green (‘NF series)

For more information, see the STEKE12TP_EN.pdf,
white technical sheet available for download from www.ekinex.com
EK-E12-TP-RW-NFW-R red / white

Also available in multiple pack of 8 pcs.

99
 TECHNICAL020EN

Room thermostats Create a positive atmosphere. The different operating modes of the 71 series
room temperature control allow you to adapt the control to your needs, save energy
WALL-MOUNTING DEVICES - 71 SERIES and ensure your comfort. The numerous integrated functions ensure a comfortable
environment in all seasons. The 71 room temperature control will make you want to
come back home.

Available colour solutions

Form Flank ‘NF Deep Surface

Plastic • • • - -
Metal • • • • •
Fenix NTM® • - • • •
For more information see page 153

100
 03 18 179 239 241 251 255 261 271 273 278
Introduction Wall-mounting devices Rail-mounting devices Accessories Supervision Tools Sales kit Technical section General terms of sale Index (codes) Index (description)

86 x 86 x 8 mm 94 x 86 x 8 mm 80 x 80 x 8 mm
Form Flank ‘NF

86 x 86 x 9 mm
Deep 98 x 98 x 3 mm
Surface

101
 TECHNICAL020EN

v
p

s o
u

b1
j
n
r
b

m
h
q
l

b1 g
k i a1

f
a

a1 d

Room thermostats and Multisensors 71 series

Description Code Page Description Code Page

a) Thermostat 71 series EK-E72-TP-... 104 m) Adapter for square plate ‘NF and Deep series EK-TAQ-...-NF 134-137

b) Thermostat 71 series for rectangular 3-module box EK-E72-TP-...-R 105 n) Adapter for rectangular plate ‘NF and Deep series EK-TAR-...-NF 135-138

a1) Multisensor 71 series EK-ET2-... or EK-ES2-... 106-108 o) Adapter for rectangular plate - Form or Flank frames** EK-TAR 135

b1) Multisensor 71 series for rectangular 3-module box EK-ET2-...-R or EK-ES2-...-R 107-109 p) Adapter for Surface rectangular plate** EK-TAS-R-... 142

c) Square plate Surface series* EK-SQS-... 141 q) Square frame Flank series EK-FLQ-... 132

d) Square plate* EK-PQS-... 134 r) Square frame Form series EK-FOQ-... 131

e) Square plate Deep series* EK-DQP-... 137 s) Rectangular frame Flank series EK-FLR-... 132

f) Rectangular plate Deep series* EK-DRS-... 138 t) Rectangular frame Form series EK-FOR-... 131

g) Rectangular plate* EK-PRS-... 135 u) Round flush-mounting box not delivered by Ekinex®

h) Rectangular plate Surface series* EK-SRS-... 142 v) Square flush-mounting box not delivered by Ekinex®

i) Metal mounting support EK-SMQ-71 151 w) Rectangular flush-mounting box (3 modules) not delivered by Ekinex®

j) Metal mounting support with adapter** EK-SMR-71 151 *) 60 x 60 mm window

k) Adapter for square Surface plate EK-TAS-Q-...-NF 141 **) Included with the purchase of the related 71 series pushbutton

l) Adapter for square plate - Form or Flank frames** EK-TAQ-... 134

102
 03 18 179 239 241 251 255 261 271 273 278
Introduction Wall-mounting devices Rail-mounting devices Accessories Supervision Tools Sales kit Technical section General terms of sale Index (codes) Index (description)

Room thermostats - 71 series

WALL-MOUNTING DEVICES

Many different combinations, The Ekinex® thermostats of 71 series range and related accessories offer the possibility to realize several
possibilities installation
horizontally or vertically,
variations that will satisfy the most diverse needs. The base is represented by the device which is fitted with a
71 room temperature control KNX communication module. The EK-E72-TP version (a) of the thermostat is suitable for mounting into a flush
meets all requirements. Yours too... mounting box, either round (u) or square (v), provided with fixing holes 60 mm apart, while the EK-E72-TP-...-R
version (b) is also suitable for mounting into a rectangular wall mounting box (w) 3 modules according to the
Italian installation standard provided with fixing holes 83,5 mm apart. Each thermostat is delivered with its
relative metal support (i, j) which, in case of necessity, can also be ordered separately. A plastic adapter and a
terminal block complete the supply.

Depending on the version, the thermostat must be finished off with a square (c, d, e) or rectangular (f, g, h) plate
with 60 x 60 mm window and a square (q, r) or rectangular (s, t) frame. The frames are available in two stylish
alternatives (Form and Flank). Plates and frames are in plastic material, aluminium or Fenix NTM®, in several
colour and finishing variations. The ‘NF versions of the thermostats are mounted without frame and are provided
with a side profile in white or black colour.

The thermostats simply get connected to the unique signal bus cable and do not require auxiliary power supply;
the devices are powered at SELV (Safety Extra Low Voltage) voltage, thus offering a much higher safety level than
traditional commands. The configuration and commissioning is carried out by means of the ETS® software. The
related application programs can be downloaded from the www.ekinex.com website.

103
 TECHNICAL020EN

Room thermostat - 71 series

WALL-MOUNTING DEVICES

Description Products included

The Ekinex® room temperature controller of 71 series regulates independently the Delivery includes a terminal block for connection to the bus, a metal support for
temperature of a room or a zone. In combination with one or more KNX actuators, installation onto round or square mounting box (fixing holes 60 mm apart), a plastic
the room temperature controller is able to control the heating and cooling emission adapter, two fixing screws and two rubber screw covers.
of a series of terminal units for the thermal exchange (such as radiators, fan-coils,
floor and ceiling radiant panels, etc.). The device is provided with a LCD-Display with Accessories
adjustable backlight, and a sensor for temperature measuring. The device integrates The following accessories are available to be ordered separately:
a KNX bus communication module and is intended for mounting onto a wall mounting • square frame of Form (page 131) or Flank series (page 132)
box; it is powered by a SELV voltage directly from the KNX bus and does not require • square plate with 60 x 60 mm window (page 134, 137, 141)
any auxiliary power supply.

Main features
• LCD-Display with adjustable backlight
• 4 capacitive pushbuttons for controlling of the thermostat functions
• Integrated temperature sensor
• Plastic casing
• Connection to bus line with KNX terminal block
• Frontal programming pushbutton and LED Dimensions [mm]
• Wall-mounting installation on round or square wall box 24

• IP20 protection degree (installed) L 13 11

• Weight 90 g (with mounting support)

Technical data
• 30 Vdc power supply by KNX bus
43
H

• Current consumption from bus < 13 mA

Mounting with frame: 81 x 77 (L x H)

Mounting without frame (‘NF): 80 x 80 (L x H)

Order information Configuration and commissioning

Code Mounting Side profile By means of ETS4 2.0 software (or later versions)
Application program: APEKE72TP##.knxprod
EK-E72-TP with square frame of Form or Flank series -
(## = version, download from www.ekinex.com)
EK-E72-TP-NF black
without frame (‘NF series)
EK-E72-TP-NFW white
Documentation

For more information, see the STEKE72TP_EN.pdf,

technical sheet available for download from www.ekinex.com

104
 03 18 179 239 241 251 255 261 271 273 278
Introduction Wall-mounting devices Rail-mounting devices Accessories Supervision Tools Sales kit Technical section General terms of sale Index (codes) Index (description)

Room thermostat for

rectangular wall-box - 71 series
WALL-MOUNTING DEVICES

Description Products included

The Ekinex® room temperature controller of 71 series regulates independently the Delivery includes a terminal block for connection to the bus, a metal support for
temperature of a room or a zone. In combination with one or more KNX actuators, installation onto round or square (fixing holes 60 mm apart) or rectangular 3 seater
the room temperature controller is able to control the heating and cooling emission mounting box according to the Italian installation standard provided (fixing holes
of a series of terminal units for the thermal exchange (such as radiators, fan-coils, 83,5 mm apart), a rectangular adapter and two pairs of fixing screws.
floor and ceiling radiant panels, etc.). The device is provided with a LCD-Display with
adjustable backlight, and a sensor for temperature measuring. The device integrates Accessories
a KNX bus communication module and is intended for mounting onto a wall mounting The following accessories are available to be ordered separately:
box; it is powered by a SELV voltage directly from the KNX bus and does not require • rectangular frame of Form (page 131) or Flank series (page 132)
any auxiliary power supply. • rectangular plate with 60 x 60 mm window (page 135, 138, 142)

Main features
• LCD-Display with adjustable backlight
• 4 capacitive pushbuttons for controlling of thermostat functions
• Integrated temperature sensor
• Plastic casing
• Connection to bus line with KNX terminal block
• Frontal programming pushbutton and LED Dimensions [mm]
• Wall-mounting installation on round, square or rectangular wall box 21

• IP20 protection degree (installed) L 12 9

• Weight 120 g (with mounting support)

Technical data
• 30 Vdc power supply by KNX bus
43
H

• Current consumption from bus < 13 mA

Mounting with frame: 122 x 77 (L x H)

Mounting without frame (‘NF): 120 x 80 (L x H)

Order information Configuration and commissioning

Code Mounting Side profile By means of ETS4 2.0 software (or later versions)
Application program: APEKE72TP##.knxprod
EK-E72-TP-R with rectangular frame of Form or Flank series -
(## = version, download from www.ekinex.com)
EK-E72-TP-NF-R black
without frame (‘NF series)
EK-E72-TP-NFW-R white

Documentation

For more information, see the STEKE72TP_EN.pdf,

technical sheet available for download from www.ekinex.com

105
 TECHNICAL020EN

Multisensor quality
air with regulator
WALL-MOUNTING DEVICES

Description Products included

The Ekinex® multisensor 71 series detects values of temperature, relative humidity Delivery includes a terminal block for connection to the bus, a metal support for
and CO2 equivalent concentration in an air mass. The device can act as a temperature installation onto round or square mounting box (fixing holes 60 mm apart), a plastic
regulator of a room or zone; it can also perform the regulation by thresholds of adapter and two pairs of fixing screws.
relative humidity and CO2 concentration. The frontal LEDs indicate if the device is
in heating, cooling, dehumidification or CO2 threshold mode. The device integrates a Accessories
KNX bus communication module and is intended for mounting onto a wall mounting The following accessories are available to be ordered separately:
box; it is supplied by a SELV voltage directly from the KNX bus and does not require • 1 full front cover with 60 x 60 mm modularity (page 123)
any auxiliary power supply. • square frame of Form (page 131) or Flank series (page 132)
• square plate with 60 x 60 mm window (page 134, 137, 141)
Main features
• Integrated temperature and relative humidity sensors
• Integrated VOCs (Volatile Organic Compounds) sensor with output signal for CO2
equivalent
• Room thermostat function
• Threshold regulator function for relative humidity and CO2
• LEDs for heating, cooling, dehumidification or CO2 threshold mode indication
• Plastic casing Dimensions [mm]
• Connection to bus line with KNX terminal block 21
• Frontal programming pushbutton and LED 81 13 9

• Wall-mounting installation on round or square wall box

• IP20 protection degree (installed)
• Weight 90 g (with mounting support)
43
77

Technical data
• 30 Vdc power supply by KNX bus
• Current consumption from bus < 13 mA

Mounting with frame: 81 x 77 (L x H)

Mounting without frame (‘NF): 80 x 80 (L x H)

Order information Configuration and commissioning

Code Mounting Side profile By means of ETS4 2.0 software (or later versions)
EK-ET2-TP with square frame of Form or Flank series - Application program: APEKET2TP##.knxprod
(## = version, downloadable from www.ekinex.com)
EK-ET2-TP-NF black
without frame (‘NF series)
EK-ET2-TP-NFW white

Documentation

For more information, see the STEKET2TP_EN.pdf,

technical sheet available for download from www.ekinex.com

106
 03 18 179 239 241 251 255 261 271 273 278
Introduction Wall-mounting devices Rail-mounting devices Accessories Supervision Tools Sales kit Technical section General terms of sale Index (codes) Index (description)

Multisensor quality
air with regulator
for rectangular wall-box
WALL-MOUNTING DEVICES

Description Products included

The Ekinex® multisensor 71 series detects values of temperature, relative humidity Delivery includes a terminal block for connection to the bus, a metal support for
and CO2 equivalent concentration in an air mass. The device can act as a temperature installation onto round or square (fixing holes 60 mm apart) or rectangular 3 seater
regulator of a room or zone; it can also perform the regulation by thresholds of mounting box according to the Italian installation standard provided (fixing holes
relative humidity and CO2 concentration. The frontal LEDs indicate if the device is 83,5 mm apart), a rectangular adapter and two pairs of fixing screws.
in heating, cooling, dehumidification or CO2 threshold mode. The device integrates a
KNX bus communication module and is intended for mounting onto a wall mounting Accessories
box; it is supplied by a SELV voltage directly from the KNX bus and does not require The following accessories are available to be ordered separately:
any auxiliary power supply. • 1 full front cover with 60 x 60 mm modularity (page 123)
• rectangular frame of Form (page 131) or Flank series (page 132)
Main features • rectangular plate with 60 x 60 mm window (page 135, 138, 142)
• Integrated temperature and relative humidity sensors
• Integrated VOCs (Volatile Organic Compounds) sensor with output signal for CO2
equivalent
• Room thermostat function
• Threshold regulator function for relative humidity and CO2
• LEDs for heating, cooling, dehumidification or CO2 threshold mode indication
• Plastic casing Dimensions [mm]
• Connection to bus line with KNX terminal block 21

• Frontal programming pushbutton and LED L 12 9

• Wall-mounting installation on round, square or rectangular wall box

• IP20 protection degree (installed)
• Weight 120 g (with mounting support)
43
H

Technical data
• 30 Vdc power supply by KNX bus
• Current consumption from bus < 13 mA

Mounting with frame: 122 x 77 (L x H)

Mounting without frame (‘NF): 120 x 80 (L x H)

Order information Configuration and commissioning

Code Mounting Side profile By means of ETS4 2.0 software (or later versions)
Application program: APEKET2TP##.knxprod
EK-ET2-TP-R with rectangular frame of Form or Flank series -
(## = version, downloadable from www.ekinex.com)
EK-ET2-TP-NF-R black
without frame (‘NF series)
EK-ET2-TP-NFW-R white

Documentation

For more information, see the STEKET2TP_EN.pdf,

technical sheet available for download from www.ekinex.com

107
 TECHNICAL020EN

Multisensor with humidity,

TVOC and CO2 eq. regulator
WALL-MOUNTING DEVICES

Description Technical data

The Ekinex® EK-ES2-TP multisensor with EK-ES2-TP controller is a KNX • 30 Vdc power supply by KNX bus
S-mode device for independent temperature control of a room or building area. • Current consumption from bus < 13 mA
The module includes 3 sensors: temperature, humidity percentage and air • Max. bus power < 390 mW
quality, expressed in terms of TVOC (Total Volatile Organic Compounds) or CO2
equivalent. It can also function as a controller for these three quantities, valid Products included
for a single zone to be controlled. The front LEDs indicate the heating, cooling, Delivery includes a terminal block for connection to the bus, a metal support for
dehumidification, humidification and TVOC or CO2 threshold status. The push-button installation onto round or square mounting box (fixing holes 60 mm apart), a plastic
and the programming LED are located on the front in the area below the button. adapter and two pairs of fixing screws.
The device integrates a KNX bus communication module and is intended for mounting
onto a wall mounting box; it is supplied by a SELV voltage directly from the KNX bus Accessories
and does not require any auxiliary power supply. The following accessories are available to be ordered separately:
• 1 full front cover with 60 x 60 mm modularity
Main features • square frame of Form (page 131) or Flank series (page 132)
• Integrated temperature and relative humidity sensors • square plate with 60 x 60 mm window (page 134, 137, 141)
• VOC (Volatile Organic Compounds) sensor with output signal for CO2 equivalent
and TVOC
• Room thermostat function Dimensions [mm]
• Threshold regulator function for relative humidity, TVOC and CO2 21
• Available an alarm signal on the CO2 level also useful to obtain 1 LEED certification 81 13 9

point
• Compatibility with Belimo actuators for the control of dampers in VAV boxes
and 6-way valves
• Plastic casing
43
77

• Connection to bus line with KNX terminal block

• Frontal programming pushbutton and LED
• Wall-mounting installation on round or square wall box
• IP20 protection degree (installed)
• Weight 90 g (with mounting support)
Mounting with frame: 81 x 77 (L x H)
Mounting without frame (‘NF): 80 x 80 (L x H)

Order information Configuration and commissioning

Code Mounting Side profile By means of ETS4 2.0 software (or later versions)
EK-ES2-TP with square frame of Form or Flank series - Application program: APEKES2TP##.knxprod
(## = version, downloadable from www.ekinex.com)
EK-ES2-TP-NF black
without frame (‘NF series)
EK-ES2-TP-NFW white

Documentation

For more information, see the STEKES2TP_EN.pdf,

technical sheet available for download from www.ekinex.com

108
 03 18 179 239 241 251 255 261 271 273 278
Introduction Wall-mounting devices Rail-mounting devices Accessories Supervision Tools Sales kit Technical section General terms of sale Index (codes) Index (description)

Multisensor with humidity,

TVOC and CO2 eq. regulator
for rectangular wall-box
WALL-MOUNTING DEVICES

Description Technical data

The Ekinex® EK-ES2-TP multisensor with EK-ES2-TP controller is a KNX • 30 Vdc power supply by KNX bus
S-mode device for independent temperature control of a room or building area. • Current consumption from bus < 13 mA
The module includes 3 sensors: temperature, humidity percentage and air • Max. bus power < 390 mW
quality, expressed in terms of TVOC (Total Volatile Organic Compounds) or CO2
equivalent. It can also function as a controller for these three quantities, valid Products included
for a single zone to be controlled. The front LEDs indicate the heating, cooling, Delivery includes a terminal block for connection to the bus, a metal support for
dehumidification, humidification and TVOC or CO2 threshold status. The push-button installation onto round or square (fixing holes 60 mm apart) or rectangular 3 seater
and the programming LED are located on the front in the area below the button. mounting box according to the Italian installation standard provided (fixing holes
The device integrates a KNX bus communication module and is intended for mounting 83,5 mm apart), a rectangular adapter and two pairs of fixing screws.
onto a wall mounting box; it is supplied by a SELV voltage directly from the KNX bus
and does not require any auxiliary power supply. Accessories
The following accessories are available to be ordered separately:
Main features • 1 full front cover with 60 x 60 mm modularity (page 124)
• Integrated temperature and relative humidity sensors • rectangular frame of Form (page 131) or Flank series (page 132)
• VOC (Volatile Organic Compounds) sensor with output signal for CO2 equivalent • rectangular plate with 60 x 60 mm window (page 135, 138, 142)
and TVOC
• Room thermostat function Dimensions [mm]
• Threshold regulator function for relative humidity, TVOC and CO2 21

• Available an alarm signal on the CO2 level also useful to obtain 1 LEED certification L 12 9

point
• Compatibility with Belimo actuators for the control of dampers in VAV boxes
and 6-way valves
• Plastic casing
43
H

• Connection to bus line with KNX terminal block

• Frontal programming pushbutton and LED
• Wall-mounting installation on round, square or rectangular wall box
• IP20 protection degree (installed)
• Weight 120 g (with mounting support)
Mounting with frame: 122 x 77 (L x H)
Mounting without frame (‘NF): 120 x 80 (L x H)

Order information Configuration and commissioning

Code Mounting Side profile By means of ETS4 2.0 software (or later versions)
Application program: APEKES2TP##.knxprod
EK-ES2-TP-R with rectangular frame of Form or Flank series -
(## = version, downloadable from www.ekinex.com)
EK-ES2-TP-NF-R black
without frame (‘NF series)
EK-ES2-TP-NFW-R white

Documentation

For more information, see the STEKES2TP_EN.pdf,

technical sheet available for download from www.ekinex.com

109
 TECHNICAL020EN

g f

e
a

Access control

Description Code Page Description Code Page

a) Card reader EK-TR2-TP 112 h) Adapter for square plate EK-TAQ 134

b) Card holder EK-TH2-TP 113 i) Adapter for ‘NF and Deep square plate EK-TAQ-...-NF 134-137

c) Square plate Surface series* EK-SQG-... 141 l) Square frame of Flank series EK-FLQ-... 132

d) Square plate* EK-PQG-... 134 m) Square frame of Form series EK-FOQ-... 131

e) Square plate Deep series* EK-DQG-... 137 n) Round flush-mounting box not delivered by Ekinex® -

f) Adapter for card holder and card reader EK-SP-TX2 - o) Square flush-mounting box not delivered by Ekinex® -

g) Adapter for Surface square plate EK-TAS-Q-...-NF 141 *) 45 x 45 mm window

110
 03 18 179 239 241 251 255 261 271 273 278
Introduction Wall-mounting devices Rail-mounting devices Accessories Supervision Tools Sales kit Technical section General terms of sale Index (codes) Index (description)

Access control
WALL-MOUNTING DEVICES

The use of Ekinex® temperature control devices KNX devices series for controlled access to rooms and for detection of presence by means of smart-cards. Ideal
in combination with the system for access
and presence detection, makes it possible
for creating KNX standard automation functions in hospitality and hospitality structures (hotels, residences,
to offer guests of a hotel maximum comfort guesthouses or bed & breakfasts) with the aesthetic uniformity of Ekinex® wall products (push-button controls
and, at the same time, to safeguard the objectives and room thermostats), in combination with products from switchboard (EK-HO1-TP and EK-HU1-TP controllers)
of energy efficiency and cost savings defined
in the technical and economic planning. and with the Ekinex® Accédo management and supervision software.

The products are equipped with an RFID-type front antenna capable of feeding the smart-card card that is
approached and reading the programmed information. The EK-TR2-TP (a) wall reader enables access following
validation of the card based on the configured authorizations. The EK-TH2-TP (b) wall pocket activates presence
following the insertion of the card in the appropriate front pocket. Both products can manage guest cards of the
accommodation facility, based on the system codes, the reservation and the check-in / check-out period, service
cards based on time slots and pass-dates. To program cards, use the product EK-TP2-TP, which is very similar to
the reader with the possibility of activating the front antenna also for writing operations.

The programming of the cards in the reception area as well as the activation of a reader outside the room
and an inside pocket takes place on the KNX network infrastructure. In addition to the power supplied by the
KNX bus, an external auxiliary power supply is required for the RFID antenna at 12/24 Vac / dc. The basic
programming of the devices as well as the configuration of the automation functions is carried out through the
ETS application program; card programming and enabling room and controlled access devices in common areas
requires the use of Ekinex® Accédo management and supervision software. Both devices can notify the passage
and validation events of each type of card via the KNX bus with an internal buffer to cope with the unavailability
of the communication bus due to excessive data traffic.

111
 TECHNICAL020EN

Card reader
WALL-MOUNTING DEVICES

Description Technical data

The Ekinex® EK-TR2-TP card reader with RFID technology is used for access control in • 30 Vdc power supply via KNX bus
combination with the EK-TH2-TP card holder pocket. Equipped with a bi-stable relay • Auxiliary power supply 12-24 Vac/dc
(4A@24Vac/dc), an input for potential-free contacts and a 3-colour front signal LED • Current consumption from the bus < 10 mA
(white, green and red). The device has an integrated KNX bus communication module
and is designed for wall mounting in a flush-mounted box; it is supplied with SELV Products included
voltage via the KNX bus and requires an auxiliary power supply at 12-24 Vac/dc. Delivery includes a terminal block for connection to the bus, a metal support for
installation onto round or square mounting box (fixing holes 60 mm apart), a plastic
Functionality adapter and two pairs of fixing screws.
• Access control via KNX TP bus (twisted pair)
• Enabling access after card validation Accessories
• Management of the guest based on the booking and the check-in/check-out time; The following accessories are available to be ordered separately:
management of users based on time slots and passe-partouts • Smart-card EK-TCE-10 (ekinex logo in black, pack of 10 cards)
• Programmable output for electric lock activation or as simple actuator activated or EK-TCC-10 (personalised with customer logo, pack of 10 cards) (page 115)
by KNX telegrams • square plate with 45 x 45 mm window (page 134, 137, 141)
• Validation in progress signalling (green led) or unauthorized card (red led);
possibility of enabling the “ don’t disturb” or “camera remake” commands
• Notification of validation events to supervisory system with memory buffer Dimensions [mm]

Main features 44,8 43,3

• Plastic casing
• Bus line connection via KNX terminal
• Recessed wall mounting on round box
44,8

• Degree of protection IP20 (installed)

• Weight 50 g (with mounting bracket)

Order information Configuration and commissioning

Code Mounting Package Ekinex® Accédo software for programming access control functions and cards.
Project file: APEKTRTPTH2TP##.knxproj (downloadable from www.ekinex.com)
square plate with 45x45 mm window
EK-TR2-TP 1 pcs.
optional frame of Form or Flank series Documentation

For more information, see the STEKTR2TP_EN.pdf,

technical sheet available for download from www.ekinex.com

112
 03 18 179 239 241 251 255 261 271 273 278
Introduction Wall-mounting devices Rail-mounting devices Accessories Supervision Tools Sales kit Technical section General terms of sale Index (codes) Index (description)

Card holder
WALL-MOUNTING DEVICES

Description Technical data

The Ekinex® EK-TH2-TP card holder with RFID technology is used for presence • 30 Vdc power supply via KNX bus
detection in combination with the EK-TR2-TP card reader. Equipped with a bistable • Auxiliary power supply 12-24 Vac/dc
relay (4A@24Vac/dc), an input for potential-free contacts and a front signal LED • Current consumption from the bus < 10 mA
(white). The luminaire has an integrated KNX bus communication module and is
designed for wall mounting in a flush-mounted box; it is supplied with SELV voltage Products included
via the KNX bus and requires an auxiliary power supply at 12-24 Vac/dc. Delivery includes a terminal block for connection to the bus, a metal support for
installation onto round or square mounting box (fixing holes 60 mm apart), a plastic
Functionality adapter and two pairs of fixing screws.
• Presence detection via bus and communication to supervision system via KNX TP
bus (twisted pair) Accessories
• Enabling presence after inserting the card into the front pocket The following accessories are available to be ordered separately:
• Guest management of the structure according to the booking and the check-in/ • Smart-card EK-TCE-10 (ekinex logo in black, pack of 10 cards)
check-out period; user management according to time slots and passe-partouts or EK-TCC-10 (personalised with customer logo, pack of 10 cards) (page 115)
• Output programmable according to card validation or as actuator activated by KNX • square plate with 45 x 45 mm window (page 134, 137, 141)
telegrams. Delay to card extraction configurable for courtesy light management
• Binary input available for connection of conventional button (with switching,
dimming or roller shutter/awning function) or signal contact (e.g. window opening) Dimensions [mm]
• White front LED: flashing when the card is not inserted, off when the card is
inserted; LED control via KNX bus telegrams possible 44,8 47,4

• Notification of presence events detected to supervision system with memory buffer

Main features
44,8

• Plastic casing
• Bus line connection via KNX terminal
• Recessed wall mounting on round box
• Degree of protection IP20 (installed)
• Weight 50 g (with mounting bracket)

Order information Configuration and commissioning

Code Mounting Package Ekinex® Accédo software for programming access control functions and cards.
Project file: APEKTRTPTH2TP##.knxproj (downloadable from www.ekinex.com)
square plate with 45x45 mm window
EK-TH2-TP 1 pcs.
optional frame of Form or Flank series Documentation

For more information, see the STEKTH2TP_EN.pdf,

technical sheet available for download from www.ekinex.com

113
 TECHNICAL020EN

Cards programmer
WALL-MOUNTING DEVICES

Description Technical data

The Ekinex® EK-TP2-TP card programmer with RFID technology is used for • 30 Vdc power supply via KNX bus
programming cards to be used with the EK-TR2-TP card reader and the ekinex EK- • Auxiliary power supply 12-24 Vac/dc
TH2-TP card holder. Equipped with a bi-stable relay (4A@24Vac/dc) and an input for • Current consumption from the bus < 10 mA
potential-free contacts the device has an integrated KNX bus communication module
and is designed to be mounted in a flush-mounted wall box; it is supplied with SELV Products included
voltage via the KNX bus and requires an auxiliary power supply at 12-24 Vac/dc. Delivery includes a terminal block for connection to the bus, a metal support for
installation onto round or square mounting box (fixing holes 60 mm apart), a plastic
Functionality adapter and two pairs of fixing screws.
• Programming of cards via KNX TP bus (twisted pair) and ekinex Accédo software
• Card programming with different user profiles: guest, staff and passe-partouts Accessories
• Guest booking management and check-in/check-out operation The following accessories are available to be ordered separately:
• Card activation based on time slots for service personnel • Smart-card EK-TCE-10 (ekinex logo in black, pack of 10 cards)
• Event notification to the supervision system with memory buffer or EK-TCC-10 (personalised with customer logo, pack of 10 cards) (page 115)
• square plate with 45 x 45 mm window (page 134, 137, 141)
Main features
• Plastic casing
• Bus line connection via KNX terminal Dimensions [mm]
• Recessed wall mounting on round box
• Degree of protection IP20 (installed) 44,8 43,3

• Weight 50 g (with mounting bracket)

44,8

Order information Configuration and commissioning

Code Mounting Package Ekinex® Accédo software for programming access control functions and cards.
Project file: APEKTRTPTH2TP##.knxproj (downloadable from www.ekinex.com)
square plate with 45x45 mm window
EK-TP2-TP 1 pcs.
optional frame of Form or Flank series Documentation

For more information, see the STEKTP2TP_EN.pdf,

technical sheet available for download from www.ekinex.com

114
 03 18 179 239 241 251 255 261 271 273 278
Introduction Wall-mounting devices Rail-mounting devices Accessories Supervision Tools Sales kit Technical section General terms of sale Index (codes) Index (description)

Accédo software
SOFTWARE

Description Requirements
Software for the management of systems technology, particularly suitable for hotels, Operating System: Windows 10 - I/O RS232
residences, guesthouses or bed&breakfast. Client-servers’ architecture with HTML5 • Processor: Intel Core i5 3.3 GHz or higher
server functionality. Programming of transponder cards for access control, presence • RAM memory: min. 4 GB
detection and (optional) electronic money functionality. Automatic import of ETS • SSD: 240 GB
projects with easy and intuitive creation of graphic pages, drag&drop functionality, • Resolution: Full HD
advanced copy/paste and undo/redo. Integrated control of calendars, scenarios and
schedules. Interface to other communication protocols such as BACnet, Modbus,
M-Bus, etc.

Order information Documentation

Code Composition Package For further information, see the manual MAEKTSW_EN.pdf,
download from www.ekinex.com
EK-ACC-L12 Software License up to 12 reader 1 pcs.

EK-ACC-L25 Software License up to 25 reader 1 pcs.

EK-ACC-L50 Software License up to 50 reader 1 pcs.

EK-ACC-L100 Software License up to 100 reader 1 pcs.

EK-ACC-L200 Software License up to 200 reader 1 pcs.

EK-ACC-LC Client License for additional programming workstation 1 pcs.

Smart-card
ACCESSORIES

Description Main features

Smart-card with RFID technology to be used with the EK-TR2-TP reader and the • Plastic material, standard dimensions 85 x 54 x 1 mm (W x H x D)
EK-TH2-TP card holder for controlled access to rooms and for presence detection • Maximum non-contact recognition distance with EK-TR2-TP reader: 3-5 cm
in accommodation and hospitality facilities (hotels, residences, guest houses or
bed&breakfast).

Order information Configuration and commissioning

Code Customization Package The EK-TP2-TP card programming device and the Ekinex® Accédo software,
dedicated to the management of accommodation and hospitality facilities, are
EK-TCE-10 Ekinex logo in black colour
®
10 pcs.
required for card programming.
EK-TCC-10 personalized with customer logo on request
115
 TECHNICAL020EN

Tosibox® Lock router

REMOTE ASSISTANCE

Description Dimensions [mm]

It establish a secure connection via VPN (Virtual Private Network) tunnel with 58

an automation system. The connection can be made via a PC or with one or more
iOS or Android smartphone users. If a KNX/IP interface/router is installed on
the KNX standard automation system, it can be accessed remotely directly via

99,18

99,18
126,5
125
ETS. Quick and easy physical association between the Lock module and the Key
9,7

and realization of a point-to-point VPN via the MatchMaking service. Remote

132,23
112
8

connection of installations with Internet connection with dynamic, static and

121 (When cable connectors assembled)

33,90
private IP. Possibility to connect modems with 2G/3G/4G radiotelephone network.

Tosibox® Lock 150 Tosibox® Lock 500 Tosibox® Lock 500i

General features

Power supply 12/24Vdc, with Jack, power supply included 12/48Vdc with connector, power supply not included 12/48Vdc with connector, power supply not included

Installation external DIN Rail DIN Rail

Dimension 132 x 99 x 35.5 mm 110 x 58 x 127 mm 110 x 58 x 127 mm

Temperature range -20 °C … +55 °C -20 °C … +60 °C -20 °C … +60 °C

Degree of protection IP20 IP20 IP20

Connections

WAN 1xRJ45 – 10/100TX

LAN 3xRJ45 – 10/100TX (one door for local service access)

WiFi Client mode e Access Point, 802.11b/g/n

2G/3G/4G External modem External modem Integrated dual-SIM modem

VPN Features

VPM throughput 10 Mbps 70 Mbps 70 Mbps

VPN Encryption Blowfish 128 bit CBC, AES 128/192/256 bit CBC

VPN Authentication PKI, 3072 bit RSA

Certifications

CE, FCC CE, FCC, UL CE, FCC, UL

Order information Awards and recognitions

Code Composition Package

Tosibox Lock 150 Router, external installation, for

®
EK-DEL-TBL1 1 pcs.
VPN connections with automation system

Tosibox® Lock 500 Router, DIN rail installation, for

EK-TBL5 1 pcs.
VPN connections with automation system

Tosibox® Lock 500i Router, DIN rail installation,

EK-DEL-TBL5-SIM with integrated 2G/3G/4G dual SIM modem, for 1 pcs.
VPN connections with automation system

116
 03 18 179 239 241 251 255 261 271 273 278
Introduction Wall-mounting devices Rail-mounting devices Accessories Supervision Tools Sales kit Technical section General terms of sale Index (codes) Index (description)

USB Tosibox® Key

REMOTE ASSISTANCE

Description Main features

Quickly and securely create a Virtual Private Network (VPN) tunnel between a PC • Hardware-based 2048-bit RSA key encryption. 4096 bit RSA SoftKeys
and one or more Lock routers and generate activation codes for iOS and Android • TLS Data Encryption, Blowfish-128-CBC, AES-128-CBC, AES-256-CBC
VPN client apps on smartphones using 2048-bit RSA encryption. The Key can be • Layer2/Layer3 VPN Types (OpenVPN)
configured as Master Key, Backup Key or Sub Key with limited access to a subset • Two-factor authentication support
of installations. The Tosibox® SoftKey is a purely software key that can be combined • Dimensions: 74.8 x 23.2 x 10.3 mm (L x W x H)
with a Key to avoid transporting the physical dongle. • Weight: 25 g
• Case: metallic
Supported operating systems • Operating temperature: -0°C, ..., +70°C
• Windows 8-10 (32/64 bit) • Storage temperature: -20°C, ..., +85°C
• Windows 7 (32/64 bit)
• Windows Vista (32/64 bit)
• Windows XP (SP3)
• Mac OS X Leopard 10.5 or newer

Order information

Code Composition Package

Key with Tosibox® Cryptographic microcontroller

EK-DEL-TBK1 1 pcs.
Key that makes 1 PC client + 1 mobile client

Tosibox® SoftKey software key to be combined with

EK-DEL-TBSK1 1 pcs.
a key, with Sub Key function

Additional license for Tosibox® Key with 1 mobile

EK-DEL-TBMC1 1 pcs.
client
Additional license for Tosibox® Key with 5 mobile
EK-DEL-TBMC5 1 pcs.
clients
Additional license for Tosibox® Key with 10 mobile
EK-DEL-TBMC10 1 pcs.
clients

117
 TECHNICAL020EN

Rockers for pushbuttons

20venti series
WALL-MOUNTING DEVICES

Description Order
Rockers for use as operation surface for pushbuttons of 20venti series. Rockers are Base-codes must be completed by adding extensions for material, colour and finishing
available in several colour and material variations and are passive components. (3 characters) plus symbols and text (3 characters). For further information refer to
page 160.
Versions
• rectangular with 30 x 15 mm modularity
• square with 15 x 15 mm modularity

Main features
• In plastic material
• Snap-on mounting
• Customizable with symbols and text backlit by RGB LED (from page 155)

Order information Dimensions [mm]

Code Modularity * L x H [mm] For use with ** Package
29,6
rectangular 30 x 15 4,3
EK-T4R-20-BS...
symbol/text backlit RGB
14,6

EK-T4R-20-BL... rectangular 30 x 15 RGB LED pushbutton 20venti series 4 pcs.

1,9
square 15 x 15 symbols
EK-T2Q-20-BS...
backlit RGB

*) The modularity indicated also takes into account the distance between the rockers and between
rockers and light-guides and, therefore, differs slightly from the actual size of the single rockers

118
 03 18 179 239 241 251 255 261 271 273 278
Introduction Wall-mounting devices Rail-mounting devices Accessories Supervision Tools Sales kit Technical section General terms of sale Index (codes) Index (description)

Rockers for 4-fold pushbuttons - FF series

WALL-MOUNTING DEVICES

Description Products included

Rockers for use as operation surface for 4-fold pushbuttons of FF series. They Delivery includes a tool for rockers removal.
can perform two independent functions by acting on either its upper or lower
zones (square and vertical rectangular versions) or on either its left or right zones Order
(horizontal rectangular versions). Rockers are available in several colour and material Base-codes must be completed by adding extensions for material, colour and finishing
variations and are passive components. (3 characters) plus symbols and text (3 characters). For further information refer to
page 161.
Versions
• square with 40 x 40 mm modularity
• horizontal rectangular with 80 x 20 mm modularity
• vertical rectangular with 40 x 80 mm modularity

Main features
• In plastic material, aluminium or Fenix NTM®
• Snap-on mounting
• Customizable with symbols and text (from page 155)

Dimensions [mm]

Order information

Code Modularity * L x H [mm] For use with ** Package

39,5

EK-TQQ-... square 40 x 40 4 pcs.

EK-TRV-... vertical rectangular 40 x 80 4-fold pushbutton FF series 2 pcs.

80

3
EK-TRO-... horizontal rectangular 80 x 20 4 pcs. 39,5

*) The modularity indicated also takes into account the distance between the rockers and between
rockers and light guides and, therefore, differs slightly from the actual size of the single rockers
**) The actual functioning as pushbutton with 2 or 4 channels depends on the configuration of the
device parameters carried out with ETS
19

Also available in multiple pack of 6 pcs. 39,5 3

80
3

EK-TQQ EK-TRO EK-TRV

119
 TECHNICAL020EN

Rockers for 6-fold pushbuttons

and Touch&See - FF series
WALL-MOUNTING DEVICES

Description Products included

Rockers for use as operation surface for 6-fold pushbuttons and Touch&See with Delivery includes a tool for rockers removal.
2-fold pushbutton of FF series. They can perform two independent functions by
pressing on either its upper or lower zones. Rockers are available in several colour Order
and material variations and are passive components. Base-codes must be completed by adding extensions for material, colour and finishing
(3 characters) plus symbols and text (3 characters). For further information refer to
Versions page 161.
• square with 40 x 40 mm modularity

Dimensions [mm]
Main features
• In plastic material, aluminium or Fenix NTM®
• Snap-on mounting
• Customizable with symbols and text (from page 155)

39,5
Order information

Code Modularity [mm] For use with Package 39,5

3

6-fold pushbutton of FF series 4 pcs.

EK-TQQ-... square 40 x 40
Touch&See of FF series 4 pcs.

Also available in multiple pack of 6 pcs.

120
 03 18 179 239 241 251 255 261 271 273 278
Introduction Wall-mounting devices Rail-mounting devices Accessories Supervision Tools Sales kit Technical section General terms of sale Index (codes) Index (description)

Set 2 rockers for room

thermostats - FF series
WALL-MOUNTING DEVICES

Description Products included

Set rockers for use as operation surface for room thermostats of FF series. They Delivery includes a tool for rockers removal.
can perform two independent functions by acting on either its upper or lower zones.
Rockers are available in several colour and material variations and are passive Order
components. Base-codes must be completed by adding extensions for material, colour and finishing
(3 characters). For further information refer to page 162.
Versions
• square with 40 x 40 mm modularity

Dimensions [mm]
Main features
• In plastic material, aluminium or Fenix NTM®
• Snap-on mounting
• Customized with symbols for room thermostat functions

39,5
Order information

Code Modularity [mm] For use with Package. 3

39,5
EK-TQQ-...-EP2 square 40 x 40 room thermostats of FF series 2 pcs.

121
 TECHNICAL020EN

Rockers for 4-fold

pushbuttons - 71 series
WALL-MOUNTING DEVICES

Description Order
Rockers for use as operation surface for pushbuttons of 71 series. They can perform Base-codes must be completed by adding extensions for material, colour and finishing
two independent functions by acting on either its upper or lower zones (square (3 characters) plus symbols and text (3 characters). For further information refer to
and vertical rectangular versions) or on either its left or right zones (horizontal page 162-163.
rectangular versions). Rockers are available in several colour and material variations
and are passive components. Note
Finishing off a 71 series pushbutton with a square rocker with 60 x 60 mm modularity
Versions does not allow the use of the integrated brightness sensor.
• square with 60 x 60 mm or 30 x 30 mm modularity
• rectangular with 30 x 60 mm or 60 x 15 mm modularity

Main features
• In plastic material, aluminium or Fenix NTM®
• Snap-on mounting
Dimensions [mm]
• Customizable with symbols and text (from page 155)

Order information

Code Modularity * L x H [mm] For use with ** Package

60
60

EK-T1Q-... square 60 x 60 1 pcs.

EK-T2R-... vertical rectangular 30 x 60 2 pcs.

pushbuttons of 71 series
EK-T4Q-... square 30 x 30 4 pcs.

EK-T4R-... horizontal rectangular 60 x 15 4 pcs.

2,5 29 2,5 58

*) The modularity indicated also takes into account the distance between the rockers and between
rockers and light-guides and, therefore, differs slightly from the actual size of the single rockers
**) The actual functioning as pushbutton with 1, 2 or 4 channels depends on the configuration of
the device parameters carried out with ETS
2.5 58
29,5

Also available in multiple pack of 6 pcs.

14,5

29
2,5

EK-T1Q EK-T2R EK-T4Q EK-T4R

122
 03 18 179 239 241 251 255 261 271 273 278
Introduction Wall-mounting devices Rail-mounting devices Accessories Supervision Tools Sales kit Technical section General terms of sale Index (codes) Index (description)

Full front cover for Multisensor

EK-ET2-TP - 71 Series
WALL-MOUNTING DEVICES

Description Order
Front cover for Multisensor EK-ET2-TP available in several colour and material Base-codes must be completed by adding extensions for material, colour and finishing
variations. (3 characters). For further information refer to page 162-163.

Versions
• square with 60 x 60 mm modularity

Main features
• In plastic material, aluminium or Fenix NTM®
• Snap-on mounting on Multisensor EK-ET2-TP

Dimensions [mm]

Order information

Code Modularity * L x H [mm] For use with Package

60

EK-T1Q-...-ET2 square 60 x 60 Multisensor EK-ET2-TP 1 pcs.

*) The modularity indicated also takes into account the distance between the front cover and light-
guides and, therefore, differs slightly from the actual size of the cover

Also available in multiple pack of 6 pcs. 2,5 58

123
 TECHNICAL020EN

Full front cover for Multisensor

EK-ES2-TP - 71 Series
WALL-MOUNTING DEVICES

Description Order
Front cover for Multisensor EK-ES2-TP available in several colour and material Base-codes must be completed by adding extensions for material, colour and finishing
variations. (3 characters). For further information refer to page 162-163.

Versions
• square with 60 x 60 mm modularity

Main features
• In plastic material, aluminium or Fenix NTM®
• Snap-on mounting on Multisensor EK-ES2-TP

Dimensions [mm]

Order information

Code Modularity * L x H [mm] For use with Package

60

EK-T1Q-...-ES2 square 60 x 60 Multisensor EK-ES2-TP 1 pcs.

*) The modularity indicated also takes into account the distance between the front cover and light-
guides and, therefore, differs slightly from the actual size of the cover

Also available in multiple pack of 6 pcs. 2,5 58

124
 03 18 179 239 241 251 255 261 271 273 278
Introduction Wall-mounting devices Rail-mounting devices Accessories Supervision Tools Sales kit Technical section General terms of sale Index (codes) Index (description)

t
n

q
s m

b
l
p
h

k
o g

f
i a

Accessories for standard flush-mounting inserts

Description Code Page Description Code Page

a) 2 flush-mounting inserts with common support not delivered by Ekinex ®

- m) Adapter for rectangular plate - Form or Flank frames** EK-TAR 135

b) 3 flush-mounting inserts with common support not delivered by Ekinex® - n) Adapter for Surface rectangular plate EK-TAS-R-... 142

c) Surface square plate* EK-SQ...-... 141 o) Square frame Flank series EK-FLQ-... 132

d) Square plate* EK-PQ...-... 134 p) Square frame Form series EK-FOQ-... 131

e) Deep square plate* EK-DQ...-... 137 q) Rectangular frame Flank series EK-FLR-... 132

f) Deep rectangular plate* EK-DR...-... 138 r) Rectangular frame Form series EK-FOR-... 131

g) Rectangular plat* EK-PR...-... 135 s) Round flush-mounting box not delivered by Ekinex® -

h) Surface rectangular plate* EK-SR...-... 142 t) Square flush-mounting box not delivered by Ekinex® -

i) Adapter for square Surface plate EK-TAS-Q-...-NF 141 u) Rectangular flush-mounting box (3 modules) not delivered by Ekinex® -

j) Adapter for square plate - Form or Flank frames** EK-TAQ 134 *) Various window dimensions

k) Adapter for square plate ‘NF and Deep series EK-TAQ-...-NF 134-137 **) Included with the purchase of the related 71 series pushbutton

l) Adapter for rectangular plate ‘NF and Deep series EK-TAR-...-NF 135-138

125
 TECHNICAL020EN

h
i

f
b

c e

Double installation 71 mm apart (20venti series)

Description Code Page Description Code Page

a) Pushbutton 20venti series EK-E20-TP 32 g) Double adapter for mounting without frame EK-A71-...-NF 139
b) Flush-mounting insert not delivered by Ekinex ®
- h) Adapter for Surface double plate EK-TAS-D-... 143
c) Deep double plate EK-D2x-... (x = E, F, P, G, S) 139 i) Double box for movable or plasterboard walls not delivered by Ekinex® -
d) Surface double plate EK-S2x-... (x = E, F, P, G, S) 143 l) Single modular boxes for bricks wall not delivered by Ekinex® -
e) Rectangular horizontal rockers (8) EK-T4R-20-... 118 *) Included with the purchase of each double frame Form or Flank series
f) Metal mounting support EK-SMQ-71 151

126
 03 18 179 239 241 251 255 261 271 273 278
Introduction Wall-mounting devices Rail-mounting devices Accessories Supervision Tools Sales kit Technical section General terms of sale Index (codes) Index (description)

b
g

e
d

Triple installation 71 mm apart (20venti series)

Description Code Page Description Code Page

a) Pushbutton 20venti series EK-E20-TP 32 f) Rectangular horizontal rockers (8) EK-T4R-20-... 118
b) Flush-mounting insert not delivered by Ekinex ®
- g) Adapter for Deep triple plate* EK-B71-...-NF 140
c) Deep triple plate EK-D3S-... 140 h) Single modular boxes for bricks wall not delivered by Ekinex® -
d) Deep triple plate EK-D3P-... 140 *) Included with the purchase of each Deep triple plate
e) Metal mounting support EK-SMQ-71 151

127
 TECHNICAL020EN

s
q

b
l

a e

i
d

c f

Double installation 71 mm apart (71 series)

Description Code Page Description Code Page

a) Pushbutton 71 series EK-E12-TP-... o EK-E22-TP-... 96-98 l) Metal mounting support EK-SMQ-71 151
b) Flush-mounting insert not delivered by Ekinex® - m) Double adapter for mounting without frame EK-A71-...-NF 136
c) Deep double plate EK-D2x-... (x = E, F, P, G, S) 139 n) Adapter for double plate - Form or Flank frames* EK-A71 133
d) Double plate EK-P2x-... (x = P, S o G) 136 o) Adapter for Surface double plate EK-TAS-D-... 143
e) Surface double plate EK-S2x-... (x = E, F, P, G, S) 143 p) Double frame of Flank series (with adapter) EK-FL2-... 133
f) Square rocker (1) EK-T1Q-... 122 q) Double frame of Form series (with adapter) EK-FO2-... 133
g) Rectangular vertical rockers (2)) EK-T2R-... 122 r) Double box for movable or plasterboard walls not delivered by Ekinex
®
-
h) Square rockers (4) EK-T4Q-... 122 s) Single modular boxes for bricks wall not delivered by Ekinex® -
i) Rectangular horizontal rockers (4) EK-T4R-... 122 *) Included with the purchase of each double frame Form or Flank series

128
 03 18 179 239 241 251 255 261 271 273 278
Introduction Wall-mounting devices Rail-mounting devices Accessories Supervision Tools Sales kit Technical section General terms of sale Index (codes) Index (description)

b
l

e
d

i
c
h

Triple installation 71 mm apart (71 series)

Description Code Page Description Code Page

a) Pushbutton 71 series EK-E12-TP-... o EK-E22-TP-... 96-98 l) Adapter for Deep triple plate* EK-B71-...-NF 140
b) Flush-mounting insert not delivered by Ekinex® - m) Single modular boxes for bricks wall not delivered by Ekinex® -
c) Deep triple plate EK-D3S-... 140 *) Included with the purchase of each Deep triple plate
d) Deep triple plate EK-D3P-... 140

e) Metal mounting support EK-SMQ-71 151

f) Square rocker (1) EK-T1Q-... 122

g) Rectangular vertical rockers (2)) EK-T2R-... 122

h) Square rockers (4) EK-T4Q-... 122

i) Rectangular horizontal rockers (4) EK-T4R-... 122

129
 TECHNICAL020EN

Accessories for standard

flush-mounting inserts
WALL-MOUNTING DEVICES

Evens out your control. Aesthetics is not a detail. The Ekinex® accessories allow the creation of a system aesthetically coordinated with the bus devices of
Unifies your style with our universal plates and
frames. They are compatible with the most common
Ekinex® 20venti, FF and 71 series. Flush-mounting inserts normally on the market, completed by their support,
civil series on the market with the possibility can be mounted on the appropriate adapters, which are finished with ‘NF, Deep or Surface plates and frames at
of combinations between windows of 45 x 45, choice of the Form or Flank series. Adapters, plates and frames are available in two modularities, according to
55 x 55 and 60 x 60 mm. Do not give up at the
harmony of forms. the flush-mounting box being used: square for round or square mounting box with fixing holes 60 mm apart; and
rectangular for rectangular 3-module mounting box, according to the Italian installation standard with fixing
holes 85 mm apart. Plates and frames are available in plastic material, aluminium or Fenix NTM®, with several
colour and finishing options.

130
 03 18 179 239 241 251 255 261 271 273 278
Introduction Wall-mounting devices Rail-mounting devices Accessories Supervision Tools Sales kit Technical section General terms of sale Index (codes) Index (description)

Square frame - Form series

WALL-MOUNTING DEVICES

Description Order
Square frame of Form series for finishing Ekinex® devices of FF and 71 series. Base-codes (EK-FOQ) must be completed by adding extensions for material,
Available in several colours and materials. colour and finishing (3 characters) For further information refer to page 164.

Main characteristics Dimensions [mm]

• In plastic material or aluminium or Fenix NTM® 86 8

• Snap-on mounting

Order information

Code Dimensions L x H x P [mm] For use with Package

86

EK-FOQ-... 86 x 86 x 8 devices of FF and 71 series 1 pcs.

Also available in multiple pack of 6 pcs.

Rectangular frame - Form series

WALL-MOUNTING DEVICES

Description Order
Rectangular frame of Form series for finishing Ekinex® devices of FF and 71 series. Base-codes (EK-FOR) must be completed by adding extensions for material,
Available in several colours and materials. colour and finishing (3 characters) For further information refer to page 164.

Main characteristics Dimensions [mm]

• In plastic material or aluminium or Fenix NTM® 126 8

• Snap-on mounting

Order information

Code Dimensions L x H x P [mm] For use with Package

86

EK-FOR-... 126 x 86 x 8 devices of FF and 71 series 1 pcs.

Also available in multiple pack of 6 pcs.

131
 TECHNICAL020EN

Square frame - Flank series

WALL-MOUNTING DEVICES

Description Order
Square frame of Flank series for finishing Ekinex® devices of FF and 71 series. Base-codes (EK-FLQ) must be completed by adding extensions for material,
Available in several colours and materials. colour and finishing (3 characters) For further information refer to page 165.

Main characteristics Dimensions [mm]

• In plastic material or aluminium 94 8

• Snap-on mounting

Order information

Code Dimensions L x H x P [mm] For use with Package

80

EK-FLQ-... 94 x 80 x 8 devices of FF and 71 series 1 pcs.

Also available in multiple pack of 6 pcs.

Rectangular frame - Flank series

WALL-MOUNTING DEVICES

Description Order
Rectangular frame of Flank series for finishing Ekinex® devices of FF and 71 series. Base-codes (EK-FLR) must be completed by adding extensions for material,
Available in several colours and materials. colour and finishing (3 characters) For further information refer to page 165.

Main characteristics Dimensions [mm]

• In plastic material or aluminium
135
8

• Snap-on mounting

Order information

Code Dimensions L x H x P [mm] For use with Package

80

EK-FLR-... 135 x 80 x 8 devices of FF and 71 series 1 pcs.

Also available in multiple pack of 6 pcs.

132
 03 18 179 239 241 251 255 261 271 273 278
Introduction Wall-mounting devices Rail-mounting devices Accessories Supervision Tools Sales kit Technical section General terms of sale Index (codes) Index (description)

Double frame - Form series

WALL-MOUNTING DEVICES

Description Order
Double frame of Form series for finishing Ekinex® devices of 71 series. Available in Base-codes (EK-FO2) must be completed by adding extensions for material,
several colours and materials. colour and finishing (3 characters) For further information refer to page 164.

Main characteristics Dimensions [mm]

• In plastic material or aluminium or Fenix NTM® 157 8

Delivery
Delivery includes a plastic adapter.
86

Order information

Code Dimensions L x H x P [mm] For use with Package

EK-FO2-... 157 x 86 x 8 devices of 71 series 1 pcs.

Double frame - Flank series

WALL-MOUNTING DEVICES

Description Delivery
Double frame of Flank series for finishing Ekinex® devices of 71 series. Available in Delivery includes a plastic adapter.
several colours and materials.
Order
Main characteristics Base-codes (EK-FL2) must be completed by adding extensions for material, colour
• In plastic material or aluminium and finishing (3 characters) For further information refer to page 165.

Dimensions [mm]
Order information
165 8
Code Dimensions L x H x P [mm] For use with Package

EK-FL2-... 165 x 80 x 8 devices of 71 series 1 pcs.

80

133
 TECHNICAL020EN

Square plate
WALL-MOUNTING DEVICES

Description Delivery
Square plate for finishing Ekinex® devices of 71 series or market-standard flush- Delivery of each square plate includes an adapter (EK-TAQ) for mounting with a Form
mounted inserts. Available in several colours and materials. To be used in combination or Flank frame.
with a square frame of the Form or Flank series. The plate can be also mounted
without frame in combination with an adapter of the ‘NF series. Order
Base-codes must be completed by adding extensions for material, colour and
Main characteristics finishing (3 characters). For further information refer to page 166.
• In plastic material or aluminium or Fenix NTM®
• Central window in three dimensions Dimensions [mm]
• Snap-on mounting 80 3

Order information

Code Window L x H [mm] For use with* Package H

L
EK-PQP-... 45 x 45
80

standard flush-mounted inserts

EK-PQG-... 55 x 55 1 pcs.

EK-PQS-... 60 x 60 devices of 71 series

*) In case of mounting without frame is used an adapter for ‘NF series (to be ordered separately)

Also available in multiple pack of 6 pcs.

Adapter for square plate

WALL-MOUNTING DEVICES

Order information

Description Code For use with Side profile Package

Adapter for snap-on mounting of a square plate. EK-TAQ square plate with a Form or Flank frame - 10 pcs.

EK-TAQ-1-NF black
Main characteristics 1 pcs.
EK-TAQ-1-NFW white
• Plastic material square plate without frame (‘NF series)
EK-TAQ-5-NF black
• Side profile in black or white colour (only ‘NF version) 5 pcs.
EK-TAQ-5-NFW white
• Mounting onto round or square mounting box with fixing holes 60 mm apart

134
 03 18 179 239 241 251 255 261 271 273 278
Introduction Wall-mounting devices Rail-mounting devices Accessories Supervision Tools Sales kit Technical section General terms of sale Index (codes) Index (description)

Rectangular plate
WALL-MOUNTING DEVICES

Description Delivery
Rectangular plate for finishing market-standard flush-mounted inserts. Available in Delivery of each rectangular plate includes an adapter (EK-TAR) for mounting with a
several colours and materials. To be used in combination with a rectangular frame of Form or Flank frame.
the Form or Flank series. The plate can be also mounted without frame in combination
with an adapter of the ‘NF series. Order
Base-codes must be completed by adding extensions for material, colour and finishing
Main characteristics (3 characters). For further information refer to page 167.
• In plastic material or aluminium or Fenix NTM®
• Central window in three dimensions Dimensions [mm]
• Snap-on mounting 121 3

Order information

Code Window L x H [mm] For use with* Package H

EK-PRP-...** 66 x 44
L
80

standard flush-mounted inserts

EK-PRG-... 68 x 45 1 pcs.

EK-PRS 60 x 60 devices of 71 series

*) In case of mounting without frame is used an adapter for ‘NF series (to be ordered separately)
**) Available only in Fenix NTM®

Also available in multiple pack of 6 pcs.

Adapter for
rectangular plate
WALL-MOUNTING DEVICES

Description Order information

Adapter for snap-on mounting of a rectangular plate. Code For use with Side profile Package

EK-TAR rectangular plate and Form or Flank frame - 10 pcs.

Main characteristics EK-TAR-1-NF black
• Plastic material 1 pcs.
EK-TAR-1-NFW rectangular plate without frame (‘NF white
• Side profile in black or white colour (only ‘NF version) series)
EK-TAR-5-NF black
• Mounting onto round or square mounting box with fixing holes 60 mm apart 5 pcs.
EK-TAR-5-NFW white
or onto rectangular mounting box with fixing holes 83,5 mm apart

135
 TECHNICAL020EN

Double plate
WALL-MOUNTING DEVICES

Description Order
Double plate for finishing standard flush-mounting inserts and/or Ekinex® devices of Base-codes must be completed by adding extensions for material, colour and finishing
71 series. Available in several colours and materials. To be used in combination with (3 characters). For further information refer to page 168.
a double frame of the Form or Flank series. The plate can be also mounted without
frame in combination with an adapter of the ‘NF series. Note
The adapter (EK-A71) for mounting with double frame of Form or Flank series is
Main characteristics included in the delivery of the frame.
• In plastic material or aluminium or Fenix NTM®
• 3 combinations of windows sizes Dimensions [mm]
• Snap-on mounting
151

71 3
Order information

Code Windows L x H [mm] For use with* Package

EK-P2E-...** 45 x 45 (2) H

EK-P2F-...** 45 x 45 (1), 60 x 60 (1) L

80

two devices installed 71 mm apart

EK-P2P-... 55 x 55 (2) (bus devices of 71 series 1 pcs.
and/or flush-mounting inserts)
EK-P2G-... 55 x 55 (1), 60 x 60 (1)

EK-P2S-... 60 x 60 (2)

*) In case of mounting without frame is used an adapter for ‘NF series (to be ordered separately)
**) Not available in plastic

Adapter for double plate

WALL-MOUNTING DEVICES

Order information

Description Code For use with Side profile Package

Adapter for snap-on mounting of a double plate. EK-A71 double plate with a Form or Flank frame - 10 pcs.

EK-A71-1-NF black
Main characteristics 1 pcs.
EK-A71-1-NFW double plate of 71 series white
• In plastic material without frame (‘NF series)
EK-A71-5-NF black
• Side profile in black or white colour 5 pcs.
EK-A71-5-NFW white
• For mounting onto round modular flush-mounting boxes (71 mm apart)

136
 03 18 179 239 241 251 255 261 271 273 278
Introduction Wall-mounting devices Rail-mounting devices Accessories Supervision Tools Sales kit Technical section General terms of sale Index (codes) Index (description)

Deep square plate

WALL-MOUNTING DEVICES

Description Delivery
Deep Series square plate for finishing Ekinex® devices of 20venti and 71 series or Delivery of each Deep square plate includes an adapter (EK-TAQ-1-NF).
market-standard flush-mounted inserts. Available in several colours and materials.
Order
Main characteristics Base-codes must be completed by adding extensions for material, colour and finishing
• For use on round mounting box with fixing holes 60 mm apart (3 characters). For further information refer to page 170.
• In plastic material (not available for EK-DQT-...) or aluminium or Fenix NTM®
• Central window in four dimensions
• Snap-on mounting on adapter Dimensions [mm]
87 9

Order information

Code Window L x H [mm] For use with Package H

EK-DQP-... 45 x 45 standard flush-mounted inserts

87

EK-DQG-... 55 x 55 standard flush-mounted inserts

1 pcs.
EK-DQT-... 30 x 60 devices of 20venti series (4 rockers)

EK-DQS-... 60 x 60 devices of 20venti and 71 series

Adapter
for Deep square plate
WALL-MOUNTING DEVICES

Description
Adapter for snap-on mounting of a Deep square plate.
Order information
Main characteristics
Code For use with Side profile Package
• Plastic material
EK-TAQ-1-NF 1 pcs.
• Side profile in black colour Deep square plate black
EK-TAQ-5-NF 5 pcs.
• Mounting onto round or square mounting box with fixing holes 60 mm apart

137
 TECHNICAL020EN

Deep rectangular plate

WALL-MOUNTING DEVICES

Description Delivery
Deep Series rectangular plate for finishing Ekinex® devices of 20venti and 71 series Delivery of each Deep rectangular plate includes an adapter (EK-TAR-1-NF).
or market-standard flush-mounted inserts. Available in several colours and materials.
Order
Base-codes must be completed by adding extensions for material, colour and finishing
Main characteristics (3 characters). For further information refer to page 172.
• Mounting onto rectangular 3 seater mounting box according to the Italian
installation standard provided with fixing holes 83,5 mm apart
• In plastic material or aluminium or Fenix NTM® Dimensions [mm]
• Central window in two dimensions 128 9

• Snap-on mounting on adapter

Order information

Code Window L x H [mm] For use with Package H

EK-DRG-... 68 x 45 standard flush-mounted inserts L

87

1 pcs.
EK-DRS-... 60 x 60 devices of 20venti and 71 series

Adapter for
Deep rectangular plate
WALL-MOUNTING DEVICES

Description
Adapter for snap-on mounting of a Deep rectangular plate.

Main characteristics Order information

• Plastic material
Code For use with Side profile Package
• Side profile in black colour
EK-TAR-1-NF 1 pcs.
• Mounting onto round or square mounting box with fixing holes 60 mm apart Deep rectangular plate black
EK-TAR-5-NF 5 pcs.
or onto rectangular mounting box with fixing holes 83,5 mm apart

138
 03 18 179 239 241 251 255 261 271 273 278
Introduction Wall-mounting devices Rail-mounting devices Accessories Supervision Tools Sales kit Technical section General terms of sale Index (codes) Index (description)

Deep double plate

WALL-MOUNTING DEVICES

Description Delivery
Deep Series double plate for finishing standard flush-mounting inserts and/or Delivery of each Deep double plate includes an adapter (EK-A71-1-NF).
Ekinex® devices of 20venti and 71 series. Available in several colours and materials.
Order
Main characteristics Base-codes must be completed by adding extensions for material, colour and finishing
• For mounting onto mounting boxes with fixing holes 71 mm apart (3 characters). For further information refer to page 173.
• In plastic material or aluminium or Fenix NTM®
• Two windows in five combinations
• Snap-on mounting on adapter Dimensions [mm]
158 10
71

Order information

Code Windows L x H [mm] For use with Package

H
EK-D2E 45 x 45 (2)
87

EK-D2F 45 x 45 (1), 60 x 60 (1) two devices installed 71 mm apart

(bus devices of 20venti and 71
EK-D2P-... 55 x 55 (2) 1 pcs.
series and/or flush-mounting
EK-D2G-... 55 x 55 (1), 60 x 60 (1) inserts)

EK-D2S-... 60 x 60 (2)

Adapter
for Deep double plate
WALL-MOUNTING DEVICES

Description
Adapter for snap-on mounting of a Deep double plate.
Order information
Main characteristics
Code For use with Side profile Package
• In plastic material
EK-A71-1-NF 1 pcs.
• Side profile in black colour Deep double plate black
EK-A71-5-NF 5 pcs.
• For mounting onto round modular flush-mounting boxes (71 mm apart)

139
 TECHNICAL020EN

Deep triple plate

WALL-MOUNTING DEVICES

Description Delivery
Deep Series triple plate for finishing standard flush-mounting inserts and/or Ekinex® Delivery of each Deep triple plate includes an adapter (EK-B71-1-NF).
devices of 20venti and 71 series. Available in several colours and materials.
Order
Main characteristics Base-codes must be completed by adding extensions for material, colour and finishing
• For mounting onto mounting boxes with fixing holes 71 mm apart (3 characters). For further information refer to page 175.
• In aluminium or Fenix NTM®
• Three windows in two combinations
• Snap-on mounting on adapter Dimensions [mm]

229 10
71 71

Order information

Code Windows L x H [mm] For use with Package H

EK-D3P-... 55 x 55 (3) three devices installed 71 mm apart

87

(bus devices of 20venti and 71

1 pcs.
series and/or flush-mounting
EK-D3S-... 60 x 60 (3) inserts)

Adapter for
Deep triple plate
WALL-MOUNTING DEVICES

Description
Adapter for snap-on mounting of a Deep triple plate.
Order information
Main characteristics
Code For use with Side profile Package
• In plastic material
EK-B71-1-NF 1 pcs.
• Side profile in black colour Deep triple plate black
EK-B71-5-NF 5 pcs.
• For mounting onto round modular flush-mounting boxes (71 mm apart)

140
 03 18 179 239 241 251 255 261 271 273 278
Introduction Wall-mounting devices Rail-mounting devices Accessories Supervision Tools Sales kit Technical section General terms of sale Index (codes) Index (description)

Surface square plate

WALL-MOUNTING DEVICES

Description Delivery
Surface Series square plate for finishing Ekinex® devices of 20venti and 71 series or Delivery of each Surface square plate includes an adapter (EK-TAS-Q).
market-standard flush-mounted inserts. Available in several colours and materials.
Order
Main characteristics Base-codes must be completed by adding extensions for material, colour and finishing
• For use on round mounting box with fixing holes 60 mm apart (3 characters). For further information refer to page 176.
• In aluminium or Fenix NTM®
• Central window in four dimensions
• Snap-on mounting on adapter Dimensions [mm]
98 3

Order information

Code Window L x H [mm] For use with Package

H
EK-SQP-... 45 x 45 standard flush-mounted inserts L
98

EK-SQG-... 55 x 55 standard flush-mounted inserts

1 pcs.
EK-SQT-... 30 x 60 devices of 20venti series (4 rockers)

EK-SQS-... 60 x 60 devices of 20venti and 71 series

Adapter for
Surface square plate
WALL-MOUNTING DEVICES

x4

Description
Adapter for mounting of a Surface square plate.
Order information
Main characteristics
Code For use with Side profile Package
• Plastic material
EK-TAS-Q-1 1 pcs.
• With fixing ties for plasterboard and movable walls Surface square plate black
EK-TAS-Q-5 5 pcs.
• Mounting onto round or square mounting box with fixing holes 60 mm apart

141
 TECHNICAL020EN

Surface rectangular plate

WALL-MOUNTING DEVICES

Description Delivery
Surface Series rectangular plate for finishing Ekinex® devices of 20venti and 71 Delivery of each Surface rectangular plate includes an adapter (EK-TAS-R).
series or market-standard flush-mounted inserts. Mounting on 3 seater rectangular
boxes. Available in several colours and materials. Order
Base-codes must be completed by adding extensions for material, colour and finishing
Main characteristics (3 characters). For further information refer to page 176.
• Mounting onto rectangular 3 seater mounting box according to the Italian
installation standard provided with fixing holes 83,5 mm apart
• In aluminium or Fenix NTM® Dimensions [mm]
• Central window in two dimensions 133 3

• Snap-on mounting on adapter

Order information

Code Window L x H [mm] For use with Package H

L
98

EK-SRG-... 68 x 45 standard flush-mounted inserts

1 pcs.
EK-SRS 60 x 60 devices of 20venti and 71 series

Adapter for
Surface rectangular plate
WALL-MOUNTING DEVICES

x4

Accessories (included in the delivery)

Adapter for mounting of a Surface rectangular plate.
Order information
• Plastic material
Code For use with Side profile Package
• With fixing ties for plasterboard and movable walls
EK-TAS-R-1 1 pcs.
• Mounting onto rectangular 3 seater mounting box according to the Italian Surface rectangular plate black
EK-TAS-R-5 5 pcs.
installation standard provided with fixing holes 83,5 mm apart

142
 03 18 179 239 241 251 255 261 271 273 278
Introduction Wall-mounting devices Rail-mounting devices Accessories Supervision Tools Sales kit Technical section General terms of sale Index (codes) Index (description)

Surface double plate

WALL-MOUNTING DEVICES

Description Delivery
Surface Series double plate for finishing standard flush-mounting inserts and/or Delivery of each Surface double plate includes an adapter (EK-TAS-D).
Ekinex® devices of 20venti and 71 series. Available in several colours and materials.
Order
Main characteristics Base-codes must be completed by adding extensions for material, colour and finishing
• For mounting onto mounting boxes with fixing holes 71 mm apart (3 characters). For further information refer to page 177.
• In aluminium or Fenix NTM®
• Two windows in five combinations
• Snap-on mounting on adapter Dimensions [mm]
168 3

71

Order information

Code Windows L x H [mm] For use with Package

EK-S2E 45 x 45 (2) H H

EK-S2F 45 x 45 (1), 60 x 60 (1) two devices installed 71 mm apart

L L
98

(bus devices of 20venti and 71

EK-S2P-... 55 x 55 (2) 1 pcs.
series and/or flush-mounting
EK-S2G-... 55 x 55 (1), 60 x 60 (1) inserts)

EK-S2S-... 60 x 60 (2)

Adapter for
Surface double plate
WALL-MOUNTING DEVICES

x6

Description
Adapter for mounting of a Surface double plate.
Order information
Main characteristics
Code For use with Side profile Package
• Plastic material
EK-TAS-D-1 1 pcs.
• With fixing ties for plasterboard and movable walls Surface double plate black
EK-TAS-D-5 5 pcs.
• For mounting onto mounting boxes with fixing holes 71 mm apart

143
 TECHNICAL020EN

Template for
Surface plates
WALL-MOUNTING DEVICES

Description
Template for making holes during wall plastering in order to mount a Surface
plate-adapter bundle.

Main characteristics
• Plastic material
• With spirit level for perfect horizontal alignment
• Mounting onto round or square mounting box with fixing holes 60 mm apart

Delivery
The template (EK-DPS-...) for mounting the Surface adapter-plate assembly must be
ordered separately.

Order information

Code Dimensions L x H x P [mm] For use with Package

EK-DPS-Q-1 87 x 87 x 25 Template for square plate

EK-DPS-R-1 122 x 87 x 25 Template for rectangular plate 1 pcs.

EK-DPS-D-1 157 x 87 x 25 Template for double plate

EK-DPS-Q-5 87 x 87 x 25 Template for square plate

EK-DPS-R-5 122 x 87 x 25 Template for rectangular plate 5 pcs.

EK-DPS-D-5 157 x 87 x 25 Template for double plate

144
 03 18 179 239 241 251 255 261 271 273 278
Introduction Wall-mounting devices Rail-mounting devices Accessories Supervision Tools Sales kit Technical section General terms of sale Index (codes) Index (description)

Double installation
with fixing holes 60 mm apart
WALL-MOUNTING DEVICES

The double plate with 120 x 60 mm window (c) allows two Ekinex® 20venti or 71 series devices (a), one Ekinex®
20venti or 71 series device (a) and one market-standard component for round box 60 x 60 mm (b) or two
market-standard component for round box 60 x 60 mm (b) to be mounted side-to-side with fixing holes 60
mm apart. The plate can be mounted without frame (‘NF) or with double frame Form (p) or Flank (q) series. The
installation can be horizontal or vertical thanks to the proper supports (l). The double plate with 120 x 60 mm
window is available in aluminium or Fenix NTM®.

Note. In order to use Ekinex® double plates or frames, it is necessary to use a double (r) or two single modular
flush-mounting boxes (s) which guarantee a fixing hole distance of 60 mm between the devices. The front size
of the boxes (L x H) cannot exceed the dimension of the double plate EK-P2C-... (mounting without frame ‘NF) or
that of the double frames Form (EK-FO2-...) or Flank (EK-FL2-...) series.

Flush-mounting box dimensions [mm] Flush-mounting box prerequisites:

L • Fixing holes on the corners
• Size limits (L x H) indicated in the table below
60

Double installation (flush-mounting boxes with fixing holes 60 mm apart)

Mounting Max. dimensions (L x H) built-in case [mm]

Frame-free 151 x 80
H

Double frame Form series (EK-FO2-...) 157 x 86

Double frame Flank series (EK-FL2-...) 165 x 80

145
 TECHNICAL020EN

m
60 m

m
60 m

s
q

b
l

a e

i
d

c f

Double installation (built-in cases with 60 mm device centre distance) - 71 series

Description Code Page Description Code Page

a) 71 series pushbutton EK-E12-TP-... o EK-E22-TP-... 96-98 m) Double adapter for frame-free installation EK-A71-...-NF 149

b) 60x60 mm civil series component not delivered by Ekinex ®

- n) Double adapter for Form or Flank frame installation*** EK-A71-... 133

c) Deep double plate* EK-D2C-... 149 o) Double adapter for Surface double plate EK-TAS-d-... 150

d) ‘NF double plate* EK-P2C-... 149 p) Flank series double frame (with adapter) EK-FL2-... 133

e) Surface double plate* EK-S2C-... 150 q) Form series double frame (with adapter) EK-FO2-... 133

f) Square rocker (1) EK-T1Q-... 122 r) Double case (device centre distance 60 mm) not delivered by Ekinex ®
-

g) Rectangular vertical rockers (2) EK-T2R-... 122 s) Single cases (60 mm device centre distance) not delivered by Ekinex® -

h) Square rockers (4) EK-T4Q-... 122 *) 120 x 60 mm single window

i) Rectangular horizontal rockers (4) EK-T4R-... 122 **) Available for horizontal or vertical mounting

l) Installation metal supports** EK-SM2-CH... 148 ***) Included with the purchase of each double frame Form or Flank series

146
 03 18 179 239 241 251 255 261 271 273 278
Introduction Wall-mounting devices Rail-mounting devices Accessories Supervision Tools Sales kit Technical section General terms of sale Index (codes) Index (description)

Double supports for installation

with 60 mm device centre distance
WALL-MOUNTING DEVICES

Description
Metal double support for 60 mm centre distance installation of two Ekinex® 20venti
or 71 series devices, one Ekinex® 20venti or 71 series device and one or two
components for round case (Feller only). Fitting screws included.

Vertical installation Horizontal installation

EK-SM2-CHD

EK-SM2-CHA EK-SM2-CHB EK-SM2-CHC

Dimensions [mm] EK-SM2-CHE

146

60
146

73
60

EK-SM2-CHF
1,5

73

Order information

Code Installation Description

EK-SM2-CHA vertical 1 housing for Ekinex® 20venti or 71 series device, 1 housing with double dovetail connection

EK-SM2-CHB vertical 2 housings for Ekinex® 20venti or 71 series devices

EK-SM2-CHC vertical 1 housing for Ekinex® 20venti or 71 series device, 1 housing with 120° triple connection

EK-SM2-CHD horizontal 1 housing for Ekinex® 20venti or 71 series device, 1 housing with 120° triple connection

EK-SM2-CHE horizontal 2 housings with double dovetail connection

EK-SM2-CHF horizontal 2 housing with 120° triple connection

Other double supports are available on request

147
 TECHNICAL020EN

‘NF and Deep plate with

120 x 60 mm window
WALL-MOUNTING DEVICES

Description Orders
Double plate with 120 x 60 mm window for 60 mm centre distance installation of two The basic code (EK-P2C - EK-D2C) must be combined to extensions of the same
Ekinex® 20venti or 71 series devices, one Ekinex® 20venti or 71 series device and one material and colour (3 characters). For further information refer to page 168-173.
round case component or two round case components. Round case components should
have a 60 x 60 mm dimension. For use with series Form or Flank double frame or for Note
frame-free installation combined to an EK-A71 adapter. The adapter for mounting with double frame of Form or Flank series (EK-A71) is
included in the delivery of the frame. Delivery of each Deep plate includes an adapter
Main characteristics (EK-A71-1-NF).
• In aluminium or Fenix NTM®
• Snap-on installation Dimensions [mm]

151 ('NF) - 158 (Deep) 3 ('NF) - 10 (Deep)

Order information

Code Window L x H [mm] Use Package

80 ('NF) - 87 (Deep)

EK-P2C-... (‘NF)* Installation of 2 devices with a

60

120 x 60 1 pcs.
EK-D2C-... (Deep) 60-mm centre distance 120

*) Frame-free installation (‘NF) requires use of dedicated adapter (sold separately, see below)

Adapter for ‘NF and Deep plate

with 120 x 60 mm window
WALL-MOUNTING DEVICES

Description Order information

Installation adapter for one frame-free double plate (series ‘NF and Deep). Code For use with Side profile Package

EK-A71 double plate with a Form or Flank frame - 10 pcs.

Main characteristics
EK-A71-1-NF double plate without frame 1 pcs.
• Plastic black
EK-A71-5-NF (‘NF and Deep series) 5 pcs.
• Side profile available in black

148
 03 18 179 239 241 251 255 261 271 273 278
Introduction Wall-mounting devices Rail-mounting devices Accessories Supervision Tools Sales kit Technical section General terms of sale Index (codes) Index (description)

Surface plate with

120 x 60 mm window
WALL-MOUNTING DEVICES

Description Orders
Double plate with 120 x 60 mm window for 60 mm centre distance installation of two The basic code (EK-S2C) must be combined to extensions of the same material and
Ekinex® 20venti or 71 series devices, one Ekinex® 20venti or 71 series device and one colour (3 characters). For further information refer to page 177.
round case component or two round case components. Round case components should
have a 60 x 60 mm dimension. Note
Delivery of each Surface double plate includes an adapter (EK-TAS-D).
Main characteristics
• In aluminium or Fenix NTM® Dimensions [mm]
• Snap-on installation 168 3

Order information

Code Window L x H [mm] Use Package

Installation of 2 devices with a 60

EK-S2C-... (Surface) 120 x 60 1 pcs.
60-mm centre distance 120
98

Adapter for Surface plate

with 120 x 60 mm window
WALL-MOUNTING DEVICES

x6

Description
Adapter for mounting of a Surface double plate.
Order information
Main characteristics
Code For use with Side profile Package
• Plastic material
EK-TAS-D-1 1 pcs.
• With fixing ties for plasterboard and movable walls Surface double plate black
EK-TAS-D-5 5 pcs.
• For mounting onto mounting boxes with fixing holes 71 mm apart

149
 TECHNICAL020EN

Template for Surface plate

with 120 x 60 mm window
WALL-MOUNTING DEVICES

Description
Template for making holes during wall plastering in order to mount a Surface
plate-adapter bundle.

Main characteristics
• Plastic material
• With spirit level for perfect horizontal alignment
• Mounting onto round or square mounting box with fixing holes 60 mm apart

Delivery
The template (EK-DPS-...) for mounting the Surface adapter-plate assembly must be
ordered separately.

Order information

Code Dimensions L x H x P [mm] For use with Package

EK-DPS-D-1 157 x 87 x 25 1 pcs.

Template for double plate
EK-DPS-D-5 157 x 87 x 25 5 pcs.

150
 03 18 179 239 241 251 255 261 271 273 278
Introduction Wall-mounting devices Rail-mounting devices Accessories Supervision Tools Sales kit Technical section General terms of sale Index (codes) Index (description)

Square mounting support

WALL-MOUNTING DEVICES

Description Dimensions [mm]

Square metallic support for mounting Ekinex® devices of 20venti, FF or 71 series
onto round or square mounting boxes with fixing holes 60 mm apart. Fixing screws 70 4,5 72 5

are provided.

Note
A mounting support is delivered with each Ekinex® device of 20venti, FF and 71

70
70
series.

Order information

Code Dimensions L x H x P [mm] For use with Package

EK-SMQ 72 x 70 x 5 thermostats and Touch&See FF series 5 pcs.

devices of 20venti or 71 series and
EK-SMQ-71 70 x 70 x 4,5 5 pcs.
4-fold pushbutton of FF series

Rectangular
mounting support
WALL-MOUNTING DEVICES

Description Dimensions [mm]

Rectangular metallic support for mounting Ekinex® devices of 20venti, FF or 71
series onto round or square mounting boxes with fixing holes 60 mm apart or onto 93,5 4,5

rectangular, 3-seater mounting box with fixing holes 85 mm apart. Fixing screws
are provided.

Note
70

A mounting support is delivered with each Ekinex® device of 20venti, FF and 71

series.

Order information 110 5

Code Dimensions L x H x P [mm] For use with Package

Touch&See with 2-fold pushbutton
EK-SMR 110 x 68 x 5
of FF series
5 pcs.
devices of 20venti or 71 series
EK-SMR-71 93,5 x 70 x 4,5
and 4/6-fold pushbutton of FF series
68

151
 TECHNICAL020EN

Template for side-by-side mounting

of FF series with Form frames
WALL-MOUNTING DEVICES

Description Dimensions [mm]

Template for horizontal or vertical double-mounting of two Ekinex® devices of FF
153
series with square frame of the Form series. Made of zinc-plated metal sheet, 1 mm 34 86 34
thick. Employ depends on wall type (brick or panels).

4
Order information

Code Frames For use with Package

67

60
EK-DFO Form 2 devices of FF series completed with square Form frames 5 pcs.
4

Template for side-by-side mounting

of FF series with Flank frames
WALL-MOUNTING DEVICES

Description Dimensions [mm]

Template for horizontal or vertical double-mounting of two Ekinex® devices of FF 162

series with square frame of the Flank series. Made of zinc-plated metal sheet, 1 mm 34 95 34

thick. Employ depends on wall type (brick or panels). 81

Order information
4

Code Frames For use with Package

67

60

EK-DFL Flank 2 devices of FF series completed with square Flank frames 5 pcs.
4

152
 03 18 179 239 241 251 255 261 271 273 278
Introduction Wall-mounting devices Rail-mounting devices Accessories Supervision Tools Sales kit Technical section General terms of sale Index (codes) Index (description)

Colour solutions
WALL-MOUNTING DEVICES

METAL FENIX NTM®

GBQ Aluminium
Brushed finishing GBR Nickel
Brushed finishing GBS Titanium
Brushed finishing
FBM White Malè FBL Beige Luxor FCO Beaver Ottawa FCC Cocoa Orinoco

Frames Frames Frames Frames Frames Frames Frames

FF-71 Form FF-71 Form FF-71 Form FF-71 Form FF-71 Form FF-71 Form FF-71 Form
FF-71 Flank FF-71 Flank FF-71 Flank
Plates Plates Plates Plates
Plates Plates Plates 20venti 20venti 20venti 20venti
20venti 20venti 20venti FF FF FF FF
FF FF FF 71 71 71 71
71 71 71
Rockers Rockers Rockers Rockers
Rockers Rockers Rockers FF FF FF FF
FF FF FF 71 71 71 71
71 71 71

Green
Carbon Brass
FGE Grey Efeso FGL Grey London FGB Grey Bromine FVC Commodore
GBU Brushed finishing GBB Brushed finishing
Frames Frames Frames Frames
Frames Frames FF-71 Form FF-71 Form FF-71 Form FF-71 Form
FF-71 Form FF-71 Form
FF-71 Flank FF-71 Flank Plates Plates Plates Plates
20venti 20venti 20venti 20venti
Plates Plates FF FF FF FF
20venti 20venti 71 71 71 71
FF FF
71 71 Rockers Rockers Rockers Rockers
FF FF FF FF
Rockers Rockers 71 71 71 71
FF FF
71 71

PLASTIC PLASTIC ON REQUEST

Intense black Silver

GAA White GAE RAL 9005 GAG metallic plastic GAB Ice white*
Soft-touch finish GAC Fire white* GAD Fire white*
Soft-touch finish
Frames Frames Frames Frames Frames Frames
FF-71 Form FF-71 Form FF-71 Form FF-71 Form FF-71 Form FF-71 Form
FF-71 Flank FF-71 Flank FF-71 Flank FF-71 Flank FF-71 Flank FF-71 Flank
Plates Plates Plates Plates Plates Plates
20venti Deep 20venti Deep 20venti Deep 20venti Deep 20venti Deep 20venti Deep
FF ‘NF e Deep FF ‘NF e Deep FF ‘NF e Deep FF ‘NF e Deep FF ‘NF e Deep FF ‘NF e Deep
71 ‘NF e Deep 71 ‘NF e Deep 71 ‘NF e Deep 71 ‘NF e Deep 71 ‘NF e Deep 71 ‘NF e Deep
Rockers Rockers Rockers Rockers Rockers Rockers
20venti 20venti 20venti 20venti 20venti 20venti
FF FF FF - 71 FF - 71 FF - 71 FF - 71

Intense black Intense black* Hematite* Graphite*

MAA White MAL RAL 9005 GAF Soft-touch RAL 9005 GAI metallic plastic GAL metallic plastic

Rockers Rockers Frames Frames Frames

71 71 FF-71 Form FF-71 Form FF-71 Form
FF-71 Flank FF-71 Flank FF-71 Flank
Plates Plates Plates
20venti Deep 20venti Deep 20venti Deep
FF ‘NF e Deep FF ‘NF e Deep FF ‘NF e Deep
* ON REQUEST 71 ‘NF e Deep 71 ‘NF e Deep 71 ‘NF e Deep
The range finishes shown on the left are the result of a company stylistic Rockers Rockers Rockers
choice. Additional finishes in Fenix NTM® and metal are also available upon 20venti 20venti 20venti
FF - 71 FF - 71 FF - 71
request (non-standard processes may be subject to limitation).

153
 TECHNICAL020EN

Ekinex chooses Fenix NTM®

WALL-MOUNTING DEVICES

A super opaque nanotech material, is an innovative interior design The external Surface of Fenix NTM® involves the use of nanotechnology and it is
product, that combines elegant aesthetic solutions with state-of-the-art characterized by next generation acrylic resins, hardened and fixed with Electron
technological performance. Beam Curing process opening up new avenues in the field of interior design. With low
light reflectivity, its Surface is extremely opaque, anti-fingerprint and features a very
pleasant soft touch. Thanks to the use of nano-technologies, Fenix NTM® thermally
heals any superficial micro-scratches, as its name indicates. In addition, Fenix NTM® is
highly resistant to scratches, abrasion, rubbing and dry heat. It also withstands impacts,
acid-based solvents and household reagents. It significantly reduces the bacterial load
making its Surface hygienic and easy to clean. It is also liquid repellent and mould-
proof. For more information: https://en.ekinex.com/fenix-ntm.html

Low light reflectivity Thermal healing of Anti-fingerprint Soft touch Resistance to scratches
microscratches and abrasion

Resistance High resistance to acid Enhanced anti-bacterial Hygienic Suitable for contact
to dry heat solvents and household properties with food
reagents

Easy to clean Mold-resistant Antistatic Hydro-repellent Dimensional stability

even at high
temperature changes

Resistance to impact Lightfastness Excellent intensity Rub resistance Self-supporting

and colour depth (only for 10 and 12 mm)

154
 03 18 179 239 241 251 255 261 271 273 278
Introduction Wall-mounting devices Rail-mounting devices Accessories Supervision Tools Sales kit Technical section General terms of sale Index (codes) Index (description)

Rockers for devices of 20venti, FF and 71 series can be customized with symbols as
Symbols for
rockers customization
shown in the library at page 146-149. Upon request, it is also possible to customize
rockers with symbols and text provided by the customer.
WALL-MOUNTING DEVICES

Square rockers
The code extension includes 3 characters identifying material, colour and finishing
and 3 more characters identifying symbols. Within the last 3-character group, the
first character identifies a double symbol, while the second and third characters
identify a single symbol.

Single Double
Single symbol
symbol symbol
The single symbol is reproduced in the central part of the square rocker, centred both
horizontally and vertically. If the second and third characters of the extension-code
equal “0”, the rocker has no single symbol.

Double symbol
The double symbol is reproduced in the upper and lower part of the square rocker,
both centred horizontally. If the first character in the extension-code equals “0”, the
rocker has no double symbol.

Vertical rectangular rockers

The code extension includes 3 characters identifying material, colour and finishing
and 3 more characters identifying symbols. Within the last 3-character group, the
first character identifies a double symbol, while the second and third characters
identify a single symbol.
Single Double
symbol symbol
Single symbol
The single symbol is reproduced in the central part of the rectangular rocker, centred
both horizontally and vertically. If the second and third characters of the extension-
code equal “0”, the rocker has no single symbol.

Double symbol
The double symbol is reproduced in the upper and lower part of the rectangular
rocker, both centred horizontally. If the first character in the extension-code equals
“0”, the rocker has no double symbol.

Horizontal rectangular rockers Single symbol

The code extension includes 3 characters identifying material, colour and finishing
and 3 more characters identifying symbols. Within the last 3-character group, the
first character identifies a double symbol, while the second and third characters
identify a single symbol.

Single symbol
The single symbol is reproduced in the central part of the rectangular rocker, centred
both horizontally and vertically. If the second and third characters of the extension-
code equal “0”, the rocker has no single symbol. Double symbol

Double symbol
The double symbol is reproduced on the left and right sides of the rectangular rocker,
vertically centred. If the first character in the extension-code equals “0”, the rocker H max Single symbol
5 mm (20venti series only)
has no double symbol.

155
 TECHNICAL020EN

Single symbols

NS00 No symbol

Lighting

LI01 Dimming LI02 Floor lamp LI03 Wall lamp LI04 Ceiling light LI05 Spotlight LI06 Staircase lamp LI07 Outdoor lighting LI08 Ceiling light
pendant

LI09 Lighting scene LI010 Wall lamp LI011 Floor lamp On LI012 Floor lamp Off LI013 External light LI014 General lamp LI015 Spotlight LI016 Bulb light
pendant

Multimedia

MU01 Projector screen MU02 Loudspeaker MU03 Loudspeaker 2 MU04 Music On MU05 Sound system MU06 Sound system 2 MU07 Play MU08 Stop

MU09 Pause MU010 Rew MU011 FFwd MU012 TV MU013 Wi-fi

Health and care

HC01 Buzzer HC02 Disabled HC03 First aid HC04 Disabled 2 HC05 WC Women HC06 WC Man

156
 03 18 179 239 241 251 255 261 271 273 278
Introduction Wall-mounting devices Rail-mounting devices Accessories Supervision Tools Sales kit Technical section General terms of sale Index (codes) Index (description)

Door and garage

DO01 Garage open DO02 Gate DO03 Barrier DO04 Pedestrian DO05 Roller, blind DO06 Internal curtain DO07 External curtain DO08 Door lock
entrance

DO09 Unlock DO010 Lock DO011 Roof light windows DO012 Roof light DO013 External DO014 Garage closed DO015 Garage open DO016 Curtains open
open window closed curtain 2

DO017 Window closed DO018 Window open DO019 Roller, DO020 Roller, DO021 Roller, blind closed DO022 Mosquito net DO023 Curtain with DO024 Door lock 2
blind open blind open (50%) embrasse

Hotel

DO NOT MAKE UP
DISTURB ROOM
HOTEL CARD

HO01 Room service HO02 Service HO03 Do not disturb HO04 Make up room HO05 Hotel Card HO06 Do not disturb HO07 Make up room 2
card

Energy

EN01 Power Off EN02 Power On EN03 Electric load EN04 Portable electric EN05 Electric socket EN06 Electric socket EN07 Led socket
load On/Off

EN08 Car recharge EN09 Recharge EN010 Bicycle EN011 Washing machine EN012 Dishwasher
recharge

157
 TECHNICAL020EN

Climate

CL01 Temperature CL02 Temperature CL03 Temperature CL04 Fan CL05 Fan speed 1 CL06 Fan speed 2 CL07 Fan speed 3 CL08 Humidity
increase reduction

Scene

SC02 External SC07 Roller opening SC08 Roller closing

light
SC01 Comfort scene SC03 Manual scene SC04 Night scene SC05 Scene Off SC06 Scene On
scene scene scene

SC09 Curtains opening SC010 Curtains closing SC011 Party scene SC012 Presence scene SC013 Standby scene SC014 Day scene On SC015 Day scene Off SC016 Presence
scene scene

SC017 Presence 2 SC018 No presence scene SC019 Irrigation scene SC020 Clock

Marker

MA01 Increment MA02 Decrement MA03 Increment MA04 Decrement MA05 Increment MA06 Decrement
(full arrow) (full arrow) (empty arrow) (empty arrow) (simple arrow) (simple arrow)

Note. For convenience, all the symbols Note. The symbols shown here can be replaced
in this page are shown as they appear on by customised symbols or text on request.
square rockers. The same symbols may also
be requested for rectangular rockers.

158
 03 18 179 239 241 251 255 261 271 273 278
Introduction Wall-mounting devices Rail-mounting devices Accessories Supervision Tools Sales kit Technical section General terms of sale Index (codes) Index (description)

Double symbols
ON

OFF

NS00 No symbol DM01 Simple arrow DM02 Arrow (empty) DM03 Arrow (empty/full) DM04 Arrow (full) DM05 On/Off DM06 Bullets (empty) DM07 Bullets
(empty/full)

DM08 On/Off (I/O) DM09 Plus / minus DM010 Speed 1 DM011 Speed 2 DM012 Speed 3 DM013 Triple bullets DM014 Volume
(empty/full)

DM015 Triple bullets (empty/full) DM016 On/Off DM017 On/Off (I/O) DM018 Plus / minus

DM019 Simple arrow DM020 Arrow (empty) DM021 Volume DM022 Bullets (empty/full)

DM023 Arrow (empty/full)

Customization with text
WALL-MOUNTING DEVICES

Square rockers can be customized with text to be shown in the upper,

central or lower areas. Texts must be specified at order time.

Abcdefghilmn Abcdefghilmn

Abcdefghilmn

Abcdefghilmn Abcdefghilmn

Text added to Text added to Text added to both Text added to central area
upper area only lower area only upper and lower areas only (1 or 2 lines,
(max 12 characters) (max. 12 characters) (max. 12 chars each) max. 12 chars each)

Horizontal rectangular rockers can be customized Vertical rectangular rockers can be customized with text to be shown
by means of text in their central area. in the upper, central or lower areas.

Text added to both

Abcdefghilmn
upper and lower areas Abcdefghilmn Abcdefghil
(max. 12 chars each)

Text added to central area only Text added to central area only
(1 or 2 lines, max. 12 chars each) (max. 10 chars each)
Text added to central area 20venti series only
Abcdefghilmn
(1 or 2 lines,
max. 12 chars each)

Abcdefghilmn

159
 TECHNICAL020EN

Rockers - codes for pushbuttons 20venti series

WALL-MOUNTING DEVICES

Rockers for 4-fold pushbutton 20venti series.

The ordering code of a rocker is formed by a fixed part (EK-T) plus a variable part
which represents modularity, material, colour, finishing and customization codes as
shown in symbol library.

Characters identifying the form of the rocker Characters identifying

(T4R = 4 rectangular) the type of RGB backlighting
(T2Q = 2 squares) (BL = with led)
(BS = backlit text/symbols)
Characters (2) identifying
Fixed part
the single symbol

E K - T - 2 0 - - -
Characters (3) identifying material, colour Character identifying
and finishing the double symbol

PLASTIC MATERIAL
Modularity Colour Finishing Code
white normal EK-T4R-20-BL-GAA
ice white soft-touch* EK-T4R-20-BL-GAB
normal* EK-T4R-20-BL-GAC
fire white
soft-touch* EK-T4R-20-BL-GAD
rectangular intense black normal EK-T4R-20-BL-GAE
with led RAL 9005 soft-touch* EK-T4R-20-BL-GAF
(4 rockers 30 x 15 mm)
silver normal EK-T4R-20-BL-GAG
hematite normal* EK-T4R-20-BL-GAI
graphite normal* EK-T4R-20-BL-GAL
white normal EK-T4R-20-BS-GAA
ice white soft-touch* EK-T4R-20-BS-GAB
normal* EK-T4R-20-BS-GAC
fire white
soft-touch* EK-T4R-20-BS-GAD
rectangular intense black normal EK-T4R-20-BS-GAE
backlit text/symbols RAL 9005 soft-touch* EK-T4R-20-BS-GAF
(4 rockers 30 x 15 mm)
silver normal EK-T4R-20-BS-GAG
hematite normal* EK-T4R-20-BS-GAI
graphite normal* EK-T4R-20-BS-GAL
white normal EK-T2Q-20-BS-GAA
ice white soft-touch* EK-T2Q-20-BS-GAB
normal* EK-T2Q-20-BS-GAC
fire white
soft-touch* EK-T2Q-20-BS-GAD
square
intense black normal EK-T2Q-20-BS-GAE
backlit symbols
(2 rockers 15 x 15 mm) RAL 9005 soft-touch* EK-T2Q-20-BS-GAF
silver normal EK-T2Q-20-BS-GAG
hematite normal* EK-T2Q-20-BS-GAI
graphite normal* EK-T2Q-20-BS-GAL
*) Version on request

160
 03 18 179 239 241 251 255 261 271 273 278
Introduction Wall-mounting devices Rail-mounting devices Accessories Supervision Tools Sales kit Technical section General terms of sale Index (codes) Index (description)

Rockers - codes for pushbuttons FF series

WALL-MOUNTING DEVICES

Rockers for 4-fold pushbutton 71 series. Characters identifying shape and quantity
(TQQ = 4 square, TRV= 2 vertical rectangular,
The ordering code of a rocker is formed by a fixed part (EK-T) plus a variable part TRO = 4 horizontal rectangular)

which represents modularity, material, colour, finishing and customization codes as

Fixed part Characters (2) identifying
shown in symbol library. the single symbol

E K - T - -
Characters (3) identifying material, colour Character identifying
and finishing the double symbol

PLASTIC MATERIAL ALUMINIUM

Modularity Colour Finishing Code Modularity Colour Finishing Code
white normal EK-TQQ-GAA aluminium EK-TQQ-GBQ
ice white soft-touch* EK-TQQ-GAB nickel EK-TQQ-GBR
normal* EK-TQQ-GAC titanium EK-TQQ-GBS
fire white
soft-touch* EK-TQQ-GAD carbon EK-TQQ-GBU
intense black normal EK-TQQ-GAE square
brass EK-TQQ-GBB
RAL 9005 soft-touch* EK-TQQ-GAF
aluminium EK-TRV-GBQ
square silver normal EK-TQQ-GAG nickel EK-TRV-GBR
hematite normal* EK-TQQ-GAI brushed
titanium EK-TRV-GBS
graphite normal* EK-TQQ-GAL rectangular
carbon EK-TRV-GBU
(vertical)
white normal EK-TRV-GAA brass EK-TRV-GBB
ice white soft-touch* EK-TRV-GAB aluminium EK-TRO-GBQ
normal* EK-TRV-GAC nickel EK-TRO-GBR
fire white titanium EK-TRO-GBS
soft-touch* EK-TRV-GAD
rectangular
carbon EK-TRO-GBU
intense black normal EK-TRV-GAE (horizontal)
rectangular brass EK-TRO-GBB
RAL 9005 soft-touch* EK-TRV-GAF
(vertical)
silver normal EK-TRV-GAG
hematite normal* EK-TRV-GAI FENIX NTM®
graphite normal* EK-TRV-GAL Modularity Colour Code
white normal EK-TRO-GAA malè white EK-TQQ-FBM

ice white soft-touch* EK-TRO-GAB beige luxor EK-TQQ-FBL

beaver ottawa EK-TQQ-FCO
normal* EK-TRO-GAC
fire white cocoa orinoco EK-TQQ-FCC
soft-touch* EK-TRO-GAD
grey efeso EK-TQQ-FGE
intense black normal EK-TRO-GAE
rectangular grey london EK-TQQ-FGL
RAL 9005 soft-touch* EK-TRO-GAF square
(horizontal) grey bromine EK-TQQ-FGB
silver normal EK-TRO-GAG green commodore EK-TQQ-FVC
hematite normal* EK-TRO-GAI malè white EK-TRV-FBM
graphite normal* EK-TRO-GAL beige luxor EK-TRV-FBL
*) Version on request beaver ottawa EK-TRV-FCO
cocoa orinoco EK-TRV-FCC
rectangular grey efeso EK-TRV-FGE
verticale grey london EK-TRV-FGL
grey bromine EK-TRV-FGB
green commodore EK-TRV-FVC
malè white EK-TRO-FBM
beige luxor EK-TRO-FBL
beaver ottawa EK-TRO-FCO
cocoa orinoco EK-TRO-FCC
rectangular grey efeso EK-TRO-FGE
orizzontale grey london EK-TRO-FGL
grey bromine EK-TRO-FGB
green commodore EK-TRO-FVC

161
 TECHNICAL020EN

Kit 2 rockers - codes for

room thermostats FF series
WALL-MOUNTING DEVICES

PLASTIC MATERIAL ALUMINIUM

Modularity Colour Finishing Code Modularity Colour Finishing Code
white normal EK-TQQ-GAA-EP2 aluminium EK-TQQ-GBQ-EP2
ice white soft-touch* EK-TQQ-GAB-EP2 nickel EK-TQQ-GBR-EP2
normal* EK-TQQ-GAC-EP2 titanium brushed EK-TQQ-GBS-EP2
fire white
soft-touch* EK-TQQ-GAD-EP2 square carbon EK-TQQ-GBU-EP2

intense black normal EK-TQQ-GAE-EP2 brass EK-TQQ-GBB-EP2

square RAL 9005 soft-touch* EK-TQQ-GAF-EP2 Note. The kit includes 2 rockers customized with symbols for the control of thermostats functions.
silver normal EK-TQQ-GAG-EP2
hematite normal* EK-TQQ-GAI-EP2
graphite normal* EK-TQQ-GAL-EP2 FENIX NTM®
*) Version on request Modularity Colour Code
Note. The kit includes 2 rockers customized with symbols for the control of thermostats functions. malè white EK-TQQ-FBM-EP2
beige luxor EK-TQQ-FBL-EP2
beaver ottawa EK-TQQ-FCO-EP2
cocoa orinoco EK-TQQ-FCC-EP2
grey efeso EK-TQQ-FGE-EP2
square
grey london EK-TQQ-FGL-EP2
grey bromine EK-TQQ-FGB-EP2
green commodore EK-TQQ-FVC-EP2
Note. The kit includes 2 rockers customized with symbols for the control of thermostats functions.

Rockers - codes for pushbuttons PLASTIC MATERIAL

71 series
Modularity Colour Finishing Code
white normal EK-T1Q-MAA
ice white soft-touch* EK-T1Q-GAB
WALL-MOUNTING DEVICES
normal* EK-T1Q-GAC
fire white
soft-touch* EK-T1Q-GAD
Rockers for 4-fold pushbutton 71 series.
black normal EK-T1Q-MAL
The ordering code of a rocker is formed by a fixed part (EK-T) plus a variable part square
(1 rocker 60 x 60 mm) intense black RAL 9005 soft-touch* EK-T1Q-GAF
which represents modularity, material, colour, finishing and customization codes as
silver normal EK-T1Q-GAG
shown in symbol library.
hematite normal* EK-T1Q-GAI
graphite normal* EK-T1Q-GAL
white normal EK-T2R-MAA
Characters identifying shape and quantity ice white soft-touch* EK-T2R-GAB
(1Q = 1 square, 2R= 2 vertical rectangular,
4Q = 4 square, 4R = 4 horizontal rectangular normal* EK-T2R-GAC
fire white
soft-touch* EK-T2R-GAD
Fixed part Characters (2) identifying
the single symbol black normal EK-T2R-MAL
rectangular vertical
(2 rockers 30 x 60 mm) intense black RAL 9005 soft-touch* EK-T2R-GAF

E K - T - - silver
hematite
normal
normal*
EK-T2R-GAG
EK-T2R-GAI
graphite normal* EK-T2R-GAL
Characters (3) identifying material, colour Character identifying
and finishing the double symbol *) Version on request

162
 03 18 179 239 241 251 255 261 271 273 278
Introduction Wall-mounting devices Rail-mounting devices Accessories Supervision Tools Sales kit Technical section General terms of sale Index (codes) Index (description)

PLASTIC MATERIAL FENIX NTM®

Modularity Colour Finishing Code Modularity Colour Code
white normal EK-T4Q-MAA malè white EK-T1Q-FBM
ice white soft-touch* EK-T4Q-GAB beige luxor EK-T1Q-FBL
normal* EK-T4Q-GAC beaver ottawa EK-T1Q-FCO
fire white
soft-touch* EK-T4Q-GAD cocoa orinoco EK-T1Q-FCC
square black normal EK-T4Q-MAL square grey efeso EK-T1Q-FGE
(4 rockers (1 rocker 60 x 60 mm)
intense black RAL 9005 soft-touch* EK-T4Q-GAF grey london EK-T1Q-FGL
30 x 30 mm)
silver normal EK-T4Q-GAG grey bromine EK-T1Q-FGB
hematite normal* EK-T4Q-GAI green commodore EK-T1Q-FVC
graphite normal* EK-T4Q-GAL malè white EK-T2R-FBM
white normal EK-T4R-MAA beige luxor EK-T2R-FBL
ice white soft-touch* EK-T4R-GAB beaver ottawa EK-T2R-FCO
normal* EK-T4R-GAC cocoa orinoco EK-T2R-FCC
fire white
soft-touch* EK-T4R-GAD rectangular vertical grey efeso EK-T2R-FGE
rectangular (2 rockers 30 x 60 mm)
black normal EK-T4R-MAL grey london EK-T2R-FGL
horizontal
(4 rockers intense black RAL 9005 soft-touch* EK-T4R-GAF grey bromine EK-T2R-FGB
60 x 15 mm)
silver normal EK-T4R-GAG green commodore EK-T2R-FVC
hematite normal* EK-T4R-GAI malè white EK-T4Q-FBM
graphite normal* EK-T4R-GAL beige luxor EK-T4Q-FBL
white normal EK-T1Q-MAA-ET2 EK-T1Q-MAA-ES2 beaver ottawa EK-T4Q-FCO
ice white soft-touch* EK-T1Q-GAB-ET2 EK-T1Q-GAB-ES2 cocoa orinoco EK-T4Q-FCC
normal* EK-T1Q-GAC-ET2 EK-T1Q-GAC-ES2 square grey efeso EK-T4Q-FGE
fire white (4 rockers 30 x 30 mm)
soft-touch* EK-T1Q-GAD-ET2 EK-T1Q-GAD-ES2 grey london EK-T4Q-FGL
ET2 or ES2 black normal EK-T1Q-MAL-ET2 EK-T1Q-MAL-ES2 grey bromine EK-T4Q-FGB
frontal cover
intense black RAL 9005 soft-touch* EK-T1Q-GAF-ET2 EK-T1Q-GAF-ES2 green commodore EK-T4Q-FVC
(60 x 60 mm)
silver normal EK-T1Q-GAG-ET2 EK-T1Q-GAG-ES2 malè white EK-T4R-FBM
hematite normal* EK-T1Q-GAI-ET2 EK-T1Q-GAI-ES2 beige luxor EK-T4R-FBL
graphite normal* EK-T1Q-GAL-ET2 EK-T1Q-GAL-ES2 beaver ottawa EK-T4R-FCO
*) Version on request cocoa orinoco EK-T4R-FCC
rectangular horizontal grey efeso EK-T4R-FGE
(4 rockers 60 x 15 mm)
grey london EK-T4R-FGL
grey bromine EK-T4R-FGB
ALUMINIUM green commodore EK-T4R-FVC
Modularity Colour Finishing Code malè white EK-T1Q-FBM-ET2 EK-T1Q-FBM-ES2
aluminium EK-T1Q-GBQ beige luxor EK-T1Q-FBL-ET2 EK-T1Q-FBL-ES2
nickel EK-T1Q-GBR beaver ottawa EK-T1Q-FCO-ET2 EK-T1Q-FCO-ES2
titanium EK-T1Q-GBS
square cocoa orinoco EK-T1Q-FCC-ET2 EK-T1Q-FCC-ES2
(1 rocker 60 x 60 mm) carbon EK-T1Q-GBU ET2 or ES2 frontal cover grey efeso EK-T1Q-FGE-ET2 EK-T1Q-FGE-ES2
brass EK-T1Q-GBB (60 x 60 mm)
grey london EK-T1Q-FGL-ET2 EK-T1Q-FGL-ES2
aluminium EK-T2R-GBQ
nickel EK-T2R-GBR grey bromine EK-T1Q-FGB-ET2 EK-T1Q-FGB-ES2
rectangular vertical titanium EK-T2R-GBS green commodore EK-T1Q-FVC-ET2 EK-T1Q-FVC-ES2
(2 rockers 30 x 60 carbon EK-T2R-GBU
mm)
brass EK-T2R-GBB
aluminium EK-T4Q-GBQ
nickel EK-T4Q-GBR
square titanium brushed EK-T4Q-GBS
(4 rockers 30 x 30 carbon EK-T4Q-GBU
mm)
brass EK-T4Q-GBB
aluminium EK-T4R-GBQ
nickel EK-T4R-GBR
rectangular horizontal titanium EK-T4R-GBS
(4 rockers 60 x 15 carbon EK-T4R-GBU
mm)
brass EK-T4R-GBB
aluminium EK-T1Q-GBQ-ET2 EK-T1Q-GBQ-ES2
nickel EK-T1Q-GBR-ET2 EK-T1Q-GBR-ES2
titanium EK-T1Q-GBS-ET2 EK-T1Q-GBS-ES2
ET2 or ES2 frontal
cover (60 x 60 mm) carbon EK-T1Q-GBU-ET2 EK-T1Q-GBU-ES2
brass EK-T1Q-GBB-ET2 EK-T1Q-GBB-ES2

163
 TECHNICAL020EN

How to order a frame

Characters (2) identifying the series
(FO = Form, FL = Flank)
Fixed part
WALL-MOUNTING DEVICES

Form and Flank frames for devices of FF and 71 series.

The ordering number of a frame includes a fixed part (EK-) and a variable part
which depends on the series (Form or Flank), shape (square, rectangular or double), E K - -
material, colour and finishing.

Character identifying the shape of the frame Characters (3) identifying material,
(Q = square, R = rectangular, 2 = double) colour and finishing

Frame codes - Form series

WALL-MOUNTING DEVICES

PLASTIC MATERIAL ALUMINIUM

Series Modularity Colour Finishing Code Series Modularity Colour Finishing Code
white normal EK-FOQ-GAA aluminium EK-FOQ-GBQ
ice white soft-touch * EK-FOQ-GAB nickel EK-FOQ-GBR
normal * EK-FOQ-GAC titanium EK-FOQ-GBS
fire white
soft-touch * EK-FOQ-GAD square carbon EK-FOQ-GBU
intense black normal EK-FOQ-GAE brass EK-FOQ-GBB
square RAL 9005 soft-touch * EK-FOQ-GAF aluminium EK-FOR-GBQ
silver normal EK-FOQ-GAG nickel EK-FOR-GBR
hematite normal * EK-FOQ-GAI FF - 71 titanium brushed EK-FOR-GBS
graphite normal * EK-FOQ-GAL rectangular carbon EK-FOR-GBU
white normal EK-FOR-GAA brass EK-FOR-GBB
ice white soft-touch * EK-FOR-GAB aluminium EK-FO2-GBQ
normal * EK-FOR-GAC nickel EK-FO2-GBR
fire white
soft-touch * EK-FOR-GAD titanium EK-FO2-GBS
FF - 71 intense black normal EK-FOR-GAE double carbon EK-FO2-GBU
rectangular RAL 9005 soft-touch * EK-FOR-GAF brass EK-FO2-GBB
silver normal EK-FOR-GAG
hematite normal * EK-FOR-GAI
graphite normal * EK-FOR-GAL
FENIX NTM®
white normal EK-FO2-GAA Series Modularity Colour Code
ice white soft-touch * EK-FO2-GAE malè white EK-FOQ-FBM
normal * EK-FO2-GAG beige luxor EK-FOQ-FBL
fire white
soft-touch * EK-FO2-GAA beaver ottawa EK-FOQ-FCO
intense black normal EK-FO2-GAB cocoa orinoco EK-FOQ-FCC
double RAL 9005 soft-touch * EK-FO2-GAC grey efeso EK-FOQ-FGE
square
silver normal EK-FO2-GAD grey london EK-FOQ-FGL
hematite normal * EK-FO2-GAE grey bromine EK-FOQ-FGB
graphite normal * EK-FO2-GAF green commodore EK-FOQ-FVC
*) Version on request malè white EK-FOR-FBM
beige luxor EK-FOR-FBL
beaver ottawa EK-FOR-FCO
cocoa orinoco EK-FOR-FCC
FF - 71
grey efeso EK-FOR-FGE
rectangular
grey london EK-FOR-FGL
grey bromine EK-FOR-FGB
green commodore EK-FOR-FVC
malè white EK-FO2-FBM
beige luxor EK-FO2-FBL
beaver ottawa EK-FO2-FCO
cocoa orinoco EK-FO2-FCC
grey efeso EK-FO2-FGE
double
grey london EK-FO2-FGL
grey bromine EK-FO2-FGB
green commodore EK-FO2-FVC

164
 03 18 179 239 241 251 255 261 271 273 278
Introduction Wall-mounting devices Rail-mounting devices Accessories Supervision Tools Sales kit Technical section General terms of sale Index (codes) Index (description)

Frame codes - Flank series

WALL-MOUNTING DEVICES

PLASTIC MATERIAL ALUMINIUM

Series Modularity Colour Finishing Code Series Modularity Colour Finishing Code
white normal EK-FLQ-GAA aluminium EK-FLQ-GBQ
ice white soft-touch * EK-FLQ-GAB nickel EK-FLQ-GBR
normal * EK-FLQ-GAC titanium EK-FLQ-GBS
fire white
soft-touch * EK-FLQ-GAD square carbon EK-FLQ-GBU

intense black normal EK-FLQ-GAE brass EK-FLQ-GBB

square RAL 9005 soft-touch * EK-FLQ-GAF aluminium EK-FLR-GBQ
silver normal EK-FLQ-GAG nickel EK-FLR-GBR
hematite normal * EK-FLQ-GAI FF - 71 titanium brushed EK-FLR-GBS
graphite normal * EK-FLQ-GAL rectangular carbon EK-FLR-GBU
white normal EK-FLR-GAA brass EK-FLR-GBB
ice white soft-touch * EK-FLR-GAB aluminium EK-FL2-GBQ
normal * EK-FLR-GAC nickel EK-FL2-GBR
fire white
soft-touch * EK-FLR-GAD titanium EK-FL2-GBS
FF - 71 normal EK-FLR-GAE double carbon EK-FL2-GBU
intense black
rectangular RAL 9005 soft-touch * EK-FLR-GAF brass EK-FL2-GBB
silver normal EK-FLR-GAG
hematite normal * EK-FLR-GAI
graphite normal * EK-FLR-GAL
white normal EK-FL2-GAA
ice white soft-touch * EK-FL2-GAB
normal * EK-FL2-GAC
fire white
soft-touch * EK-FL2-GAD

intense black normal EK-FL2-GAE

double RAL 9005 soft-touch * EK-FL2-GAF
silver normal EK-FL2-GAG
hematite normal * EK-FL2-GAI
graphite normal * EK-FL2-GAL
*) Version on request

How to order a plate

WALL-MOUNTING DEVICES

Plates for devices of 71 series and flush-mounting inserts (FF and 71). Fixed part

The ordering code of a plate consists of a fixed part (EK-P) and a variable part
depending on shape (square or rectangular), window size (small or large), material,

E K - P -
colour and finishing.

Characters identifying the shape of the plate

(Q = square, R = rectangular, 2 = double Characters (3) identifying material,
and the window size) colour and finishing

165
 TECHNICAL020EN

Square plate codes

WALL-MOUNTING DEVICES

PLASTIC MATERIAL ALUMINIUM

Series Window Colour Finishing Code Series Modularity Colour Finishing Code
white normal EK-PQP-GAA aluminium EK-PQP-GBQ
ice white soft-touch * EK-PQP-GAB nickel EK-PQP-GBR
normal * EK-PQP-GAC titanium EK-PQP-GBS
fire white
soft-touch * EK-PQP-GAD 45 x 45 mm carbon EK-PQP-GBU

intense black normal EK-PQP-GAE brass EK-PQP-GBB

45 x 45 mm RAL 9005 soft-touch * EK-PQP-GAF aluminium EK-PQG-GBQ
silver normal EK-PQP-GAG nickel EK-PQG-GBR
hematite normal * EK-PQP-GAI FF - 71 titanium brushed EK-PQG-GBS
graphite normal * EK-PQP-GAL 55 x 55 mm carbon EK-PQG-GBU
white normal EK-PQG-GAA brass EK-PQG-GBB
ice white soft-touch * EK-PQG-GAB aluminium EK-PQS-GBQ
normal * EK-PQG-GAC nickel EK-PQS-GBR
fire white
soft-touch * EK-PQG-GAD titanium EK-PQS-GBS
FF - 71 intense black normal EK-PQG-GAE 60 x 60 mm carbon EK-PQS-GBU
55 x 55 mm RAL 9005 soft-touch * EK-PQG-GAF brass EK-PQS-GBB
silver normal EK-PQG-GAG
hematite normal * EK-PQG-GAI
graphite normal * EK-PQG-GAL FENIX NTM®
white normal EK-PQS-GAA Series Window Colour Code
ice white soft-touch * EK-PQS-GAB malè white EK-PQP-FBM
normal * EK-PQS-GAC beige luxor EK-PQP-FBL
fire white
soft-touch * EK-PQS-GAD beaver ottawa EK-PQP-FCO

intense black normal EK-PQS-GAE cocoa orinoco EK-PQP-FCC

60 x 60 mm RAL 9005 soft-touch * EK-PQS-GAF grey efeso EK-PQP-FGE
45 x 45 mm
silver normal EK-PQS-GAG grey london EK-PQP-FGL
hematite normal * EK-PQS-GAI grey bromine EK-PQP-FGB
graphite normal * EK-PQS-GAL green commodore EK-PQP-FVC
*) Version on request malè white EK-PQG-FBM
beige luxor EK-PQG-FBL
beaver ottawa EK-PQG-FCO
cocoa orinoco EK-PQG-FCC
FF - 71
grey efeso EK-PQG-FGE
55 x 55 mm
grey london EK-PQG-FGL
grey bromine EK-PQG-FGB
green commodore EK-PQG-FVC
malè white EK-PQS-FBM
beige luxor EK-PQS-FBL
beaver ottawa EK-PQS-FCO
cocoa orinoco EK-PQS-FCC
grey efeso EK-PQS-FGE
60 x 60 mm
grey london EK-PQS-FGL
grey bromine EK-PQS-FGB
green commodore EK-PQS-FVC

166
 03 18 179 239 241 251 255 261 271 273 278
Introduction Wall-mounting devices Rail-mounting devices Accessories Supervision Tools Sales kit Technical section General terms of sale Index (codes) Index (description)

Rectangular plate codes

WALL-MOUNTING DEVICES

PLASTIC MATERIAL FENIX NTM®

Series Window Colour Finishing Code Series Window Colour Code
white normal EK-PRG-GAA malè white EK-PRP-FBM
ice white soft-touch * EK-PRG-GAB beige luxor EK-PRP-FBL
normal * EK-PRG-GAC beaver ottawa EK-PRP-FCO
fire white
soft-touch * EK-PRG-GAD cocoa orinoco EK-PRP-FCC

intense black normal EK-PRG-GAE grey efeso EK-PRP-FGE

66 x 44 mm
68 x 45 mm RAL 9005 soft-touch * EK-PRG-GAF grey london EK-PRP-FGL
silver normal EK-PRG-GAG grey bromine EK-PRP-FGB
hematite normal * EK-PRG-GAI green commodore EK-PRP-FVC
graphite normal * EK-PRG-GAL malè white EK-PRG-FBM
FF - 71
white normal EK-PRS-GAA beige luxor EK-PRG-FBL
ice white soft-touch * EK-PRS-GAB beaver ottawa EK-PRG-FCO
normal * EK-PRS-GAC cocoa orinoco EK-PRG-FCC
fire white FF - 71
soft-touch * EK-PRS-GAD grey efeso EK-PRG-FGE
68 x 45 mm
intense black normal EK-PRS-GAE grey london EK-PRG-FGL
60 x 60 mm RAL 9005 soft-touch * EK-PRS-GAF grey bromine EK-PRG-FGB
silver normal EK-PRS-GAG green commodore EK-PRG-FVC
hematite normal * EK-PRS-GAI malè white EK-PRS-FBM
graphite normal * EK-PRS-GAL beige luxor EK-PRS-FBL
*) Version on request beaver ottawa EK-PRS-FCO
cocoa orinoco EK-PRS-FCC
grey efeso EK-PRS-FGE
60 x 60 mm
grey london EK-PRS-FGL
ALUMINIUM grey bromine EK-PRS-FGB
Series Window Colour Finishing Code green commodore EK-PRS-FVC
aluminium EK-PRG-GBQ
nickel EK-PRG-GBR
titanium EK-PRG-GBS
68 x 45 mm carbon EK-PRG-GBU
brass EK-PRG-GBB
FF - 71 brushed
aluminium EK-PRS-GBQ
nickel EK-PRS-GBR
titanium EK-PRS-GBS
60 x 60 mm carbon EK-PRS-GBU
brass EK-PRS-GBB

167
 TECHNICAL020EN

Double plate codes

WALL-MOUNTING DEVICES

PLASTIC MATERIAL ALUMINIUM

Series Window Colour Finishing Code Series Window Colour Finishing Code
white normal EK-P2P-GAA aluminium EK-P2E-GBQ
ice white soft-touch * EK-P2P-GAB nickel EK-P2E-GBR
normal * EK-P2P-GAC titanium EK-P2E-GBS
fire white
soft-touch * EK-P2P-GAD 45 x 45 mm (2) carbon EK-P2E-GBU

intense black normal EK-P2P-GAE brass EK-P2E-GBB

55 x 55 mm (2) RAL 9005 soft-touch * EK-P2P-GAF aluminium EK-P2F-GBQ
silver normal EK-P2P-GAG nickel EK-P2F-GBR
hematite normal * EK-P2P-GAI titanium EK-P2F-GBS
45 x 45 mm (1)
graphite normal * EK-P2P-GAL 60 x 60 mm (1) carbon EK-P2F-GBU
white normal EK-P2G-GAA brass EK-P2F-GBB
ice white soft-touch * EK-P2G-GAB aluminium EK-P2P-GBQ
normal * EK-P2G-GAC nickel EK-P2P-GBR
fire white
soft-touch * EK-P2G-GAD titanium EK-P2P-GBS
normal EK-P2G-GAE 55 x 55 mm (2) carbon EK-P2P-GBU
intense black
55 x 55 mm (1)
RAL 9005 soft-touch * EK-P2G-GAF brass EK-P2P-GBB
60 x 60 mm (1)
FF - 71 brushed
silver normal EK-P2G-GAG aluminium EK-P2G-GBQ
hematite normal * EK-P2G-GAI nickel EK-P2G-GBR
graphite normal * EK-P2G-GAL titanium EK-P2G-GBS
FF - 71 55 x 55 mm (1)
white normal EK-P2S-GAA 60 x 60 mm (1) carbon EK-P2G-GBU
ice white soft-touch * EK-P2S-GAB brass EK-P2G-GBB
normal * EK-P2S-GAC aluminium EK-P2S-GBQ
fire white
soft-touch * EK-P2S-GAD nickel EK-P2S-GBR

intense black normal EK-P2S-GAE titanium EK-P2S-GBS

60 x 60 mm (2) RAL 9005 soft-touch * EK-P2S-GAF 60 x 60 mm (2) carbon EK-P2S-GBU
silver normal EK-P2S-GAG brass EK-P2S-GBB
hematite normal * EK-P2S-GAI aluminium EK-P2C-GBQ
graphite normal * EK-P2S-GAL nickel EK-P2C-GBR
white normal EK-P2C-GAA titanium EK-P2C-GBS
ice white soft-touch * EK-P2C-GAB 120 x 60 mm (1) carbon EK-P2C-GBU
normal * EK-P2C-GAC brass EK-P2C-GBB
fire white
soft-touch * EK-P2C-GAD

intense black normal EK-P2C-GAE

120 x 60 mm (1) RAL 9005 soft-touch * EK-P2C-GAF
silver normal EK-P2C-GAG
hematite normal * EK-P2C-GAI
graphite normal * EK-P2C-GAL
*) Version on request

168
 03 18 179 239 241 251 255 261 271 273 278
Introduction Wall-mounting devices Rail-mounting devices Accessories Supervision Tools Sales kit Technical section General terms of sale Index (codes) Index (description)

Double plate codes

WALL-MOUNTING DEVICES

FENIX NTM® FENIX NTM®

Series Finestre Colour Code Series Finestre Colour Code
malè white EK-P2E-FBM malè white EK-P2G-FBM
beige luxor EK-P2E-FBL beige luxor EK-P2G-FBL
beaver ottawa EK-P2E-FCO beaver ottawa EK-P2G-FCO
cocoa orinoco EK-P2E-FCC cocoa orinoco EK-P2G-FCC
grey efeso EK-P2E-FGE 55 x 55 mm (1) grey efeso EK-P2G-FGE
45 x 45 mm (2)
60 x 60 mm (1)
grey london EK-P2E-FGL grey london EK-P2G-FGL
grey bromine EK-P2E-FGB grey bromine EK-P2G-FGB
green commodore EK-P2E-FVC green commodore EK-P2G-FVC
malè white EK-P2F-FBM malè white EK-P2S-FBM
beige luxor EK-P2F-FBL beige luxor EK-P2S-FBL
beaver ottawa EK-P2F-FCO beaver ottawa EK-P2S-FCO
cocoa orinoco EK-P2F-FCC cocoa orinoco EK-P2S-FCC
FF - 71 FF - 71
45 x 45 mm (1) grey efeso EK-P2F-FGE grey efeso EK-P2S-FGE
60 x 60 mm (2)
60 x 60 mm (1)
grey london EK-P2F-FGL grey london EK-P2S-FGL
grey bromine EK-P2F-FGB grey bromine EK-P2S-FGB
green commodore EK-P2F-FVC green commodore EK-P2S-FVC
malè white EK-P2P-FBM malè white EK-P2C-FBM
beige luxor EK-P2P-FBL beige luxor EK-P2C-FBL
beaver ottawa EK-P2P-FCO beaver ottawa EK-P2C-FCO
cocoa orinoco EK-P2P-FCC cocoa orinoco EK-P2C-FCC
grey efeso EK-P2P-FGE grey efeso EK-P2C-FGE
55 x 55 mm (2) 120 x 60 mm (1)
grey london EK-P2P-FGL grey london EK-P2C-FGL
grey bromine EK-P2P-FGB grey bromine EK-P2C-FGB
green commodore EK-P2P-FVC green commodore EK-P2C-FVC

169
 TECHNICAL020EN

How to order a Deep plate

WALL-MOUNTING DEVICES

Fixed part
Deep plates for devices of 20venti, 71 series and flush-mounting inserts
(20venti, FF and 71). The ordering code of a Deep plate consists of a fixed part
(EK-D) and a variable part depending on shape (square or rectangular), window size

E K - D -
(small or large), material, colour and finishing.

Characters identifying the shape of the plate

(Q = square, R = rectangular, 2 = double Characters (3) identifying material,
and the window size) colour and finishing

Deep square plate codes PLASTIC MATERIAL

Series Window Colour Finishing Code
WALL-MOUNTING DEVICES
white normal EK-DQP-GAA
ice white soft-touch * EK-DQP-GAB
normal * EK-DQP-GAC
fire white
soft-touch * EK-DQP-GAD

intense black normal EK-DQP-GAE

45 x 45 mm RAL 9005 soft-touch * EK-DQP-GAF
silver normal EK-DQP-GAG
hematite normal * EK-DQP-GAI
graphite normal * EK-DQP-GAL
white normal EK-DQG-GAA
ice white soft-touch * EK-DQG-GAB
normal * EK-DQG-GAC
fire white
soft-touch * EK-DQG-GAD
20venti
FF intense black normal EK-DQG-GAE
71 RAL 9005
55 x 55 mm soft-touch * EK-DQG-GAF
silver normal EK-DQG-GAG
hematite normal * EK-DQG-GAI
graphite normal * EK-DQG-GAL
white normal EK-DQS-GAA
ice white soft-touch * EK-DQS-GAB
normal * EK-DQS-GAC
fire white
soft-touch * EK-DQS-GAD

intense black normal EK-DQS-GAE

60 x 60 mm RAL 9005 soft-touch * EK-DQS-GAF
silver normal EK-DQS-GAG
hematite normal * EK-DQS-GAI
graphite normal * EK-DQS-GAL
*) Version on request

170
 03 18 179 239 241 251 255 261 271 273 278
Introduction Wall-mounting devices Rail-mounting devices Accessories Supervision Tools Sales kit Technical section General terms of sale Index (codes) Index (description)

Deep square plate codes

WALL-MOUNTING DEVICES

ALUMINIUM FENIX NTM®

Series Window Colour Finishing Code Series Window Colour Code
aluminium EK-DQT-GBQ malè white EK-DQT-FBM
nickel EK-DQT-GBR beige luxor EK-DQT-FBL
20venti
titanium EK-DQT-GBS beaver ottawa EK-DQT-FCO
(4 rockers)
30 x 60 mm carbon EK-DQT-GBU 20venti cocoa orinoco EK-DQT-FCC
brass EK-DQT-GBB (4 rockers) grey efeso EK-DQT-FGE
30 x 60 mm
aluminium EK-DQP-GBQ grey london EK-DQT-FGL
nickel EK-DQP-GBR grey bromine EK-DQT-FGB
titanium EK-DQP-GBS green commodore EK-DQT-FVC
45 x 45 mm carbon EK-DQP-GBU malè white EK-DQP-FBM
brass EK-DQP-GBB beige luxor EK-DQP-FBL
brushed
aluminium EK-DQG-GBQ beaver ottawa EK-DQP-FCO
nickel EK-DQG-GBR cocoa orinoco EK-DQP-FCC
20venti
FF titanium EK-DQG-GBS grey efeso EK-DQP-FGE
71 45 x 45 mm
55 x 55 mm carbon EK-DQG-GBU grey london EK-DQP-FGL
brass EK-DQG-GBB grey bromine EK-DQP-FGB
aluminium EK-DQS-GBQ green commodore EK-DQP-FVC
nickel EK-DQS-GBR malè white EK-DQG-FBM
titanium EK-DQS-GBS beige luxor EK-DQG-FBL
60 x 60 mm carbon EK-DQS-GBU beaver ottawa EK-DQG-FCO
brass EK-DQS-GBB 20venti cocoa orinoco EK-DQG-FCC
FF
71 grey efeso EK-DQG-FGE
55 x 55 mm
grey london EK-DQG-FGL
grey bromine EK-DQG-FGB
green commodore EK-DQG-FVC
malè white EK-DQS-FBM
beige luxor EK-DQS-FBL
beaver ottawa EK-DQS-FCO
cocoa orinoco EK-DQS-FCC
grey efeso EK-DQS-FGE
60 x 60 mm
grey london EK-DQS-FGL
grey bromine EK-DQS-FGB
green commodore EK-DQS-FVC

171
 TECHNICAL020EN

Deep rectangular plate codes

WALL-MOUNTING DEVICES

PLASTIC MATERIAL FENIX NTM®

Series Window Colour Finishing Code Series Window Colour Code
white normal EK-DRG-GAA malè white EK-DRG-FBM
ice white soft-touch * EK-DRG-GAB beige luxor EK-DRG-FBL
normal * EK-DRG-GAC beaver ottawa EK-DRG-FCO
fire white
soft-touch * EK-DRG-GAD cocoa orinoco EK-DRG-FCC

intense black normal EK-DRG-GAE grey efeso EK-DRG-FGE

68 x 45 mm
68 x 45 mm RAL 9005 soft-touch * EK-DRG-GAF grey london EK-DRG-FGL
silver normal EK-DRG-GAG grey bromine EK-DRG-FGB
hematite normal * EK-DRG-GAI 20venti green commodore EK-DRG-FVC
FF
20venti graphite normal * EK-DRG-GAL malè white EK-DRS-FBM
71
FF
71 white normal EK-DRS-GAA beige luxor EK-DRS-FBL
ice white soft-touch * EK-DRS-GAB beaver ottawa EK-DRS-FCO
normal * EK-DRS-GAC cocoa orinoco EK-DRS-FCC
fire white
soft-touch * EK-DRS-GAD grey efeso EK-DRS-FGE
60 x 60 mm
intense black normal EK-DRS-GAE grey london EK-DRS-FGL
60 x 60 mm RAL 9005 soft-touch * EK-DRS-GAF grey bromine EK-DRS-FGB
silver normal EK-DRS-GAG green commodore EK-DRS-FVC
hematite normal * EK-DRS-GAI
graphite normal * EK-DRS-GAL
*) Version on request

ALUMINIUM
Series Window Colour Finishing Code
aluminium EK-DRG-GBQ
nickel EK-DRG-GBR
titanium EK-DRG-GBS
68 x 45 mm carbon EK-DRG-GBU
20venti brass EK-DRG-GBB
FF brushed
71 aluminium EK-DRS-GBQ
nickel EK-DRS-GBR
titanium EK-DRS-GBS
60 x 60 mm carbon EK-DRS-GBU
brass EK-DRS-GBB

172
 03 18 179 239 241 251 255 261 271 273 278
Introduction Wall-mounting devices Rail-mounting devices Accessories Supervision Tools Sales kit Technical section General terms of sale Index (codes) Index (description)

Deep double plate codes

WALL-MOUNTING DEVICES

PLASTIC MATERIAL ALUMINIUM

Series Window Colour Finishing Code Series Window Colour Finishing Code
white normal EK-D2P-GAA aluminium EK-D2E-GBQ
ice white soft-touch * EK-D2P-GAB nickel EK-D2E-GBR
normal * EK-D2P-GAC titanium EK-D2E-GBS
fire white
soft-touch * EK-D2P-GAD 45 x 45 mm (2) carbon EK-D2E-GBU

intense black normal EK-D2P-GAE brass EK-D2E-GBB

55 x 55 mm (2) RAL 9005 soft-touch * EK-D2P-GAF aluminium EK-D2F-GBQ
silver normal EK-D2P-GAG nickel EK-D2F-GBR
hematite normal * EK-D2P-GAI titanium EK-D2F-GBS
45 x 45 mm (1)
graphite normal * EK-D2P-GAL carbon EK-D2F-GBU
60 x 60 mm (1)
white normal EK-D2G-GAA brass EK-D2F-GBB
ice white soft-touch * EK-D2G-GAB aluminium EK-D2P-GBQ
normal * EK-D2G-GAC nickel EK-D2P-GBR
fire white
soft-touch * EK-D2G-GAD titanium EK-D2P-GBS
intense black normal EK-D2G-GAE 55 x 55 mm (2) carbon EK-D2P-GBU
55 x 55 mm (1) RAL 9005 soft-touch * EK-D2G-GAF brass EK-D2P-GBB
60 x 60 mm (1) FF - 71 brushed
silver normal EK-D2G-GAG aluminium EK-D2G-GBQ
hematite normal * EK-D2G-GAI nickel EK-D2G-GBR
20venti graphite normal * EK-D2G-GAL titanium EK-D2G-GBS
FF 55 x 55 mm (1)
71 white normal EK-D2S-GAA carbon EK-D2G-GBU
60 x 60 mm (1)
ice white soft-touch * EK-D2S-GAB brass EK-D2G-GBB
normal * EK-D2S-GAC aluminium EK-D2S-GBQ
fire white
soft-touch * EK-D2S-GAD nickel EK-D2S-GBR
intense black normal EK-D2S-GAE titanium EK-D2S-GBS
60 x 60 mm (2) RAL 9005 soft-touch * EK-D2S-GAF 60 x 60 mm (2) carbon EK-D2S-GBU
silver normal EK-D2S-GAG brass EK-D2S-GBB
hematite normal * EK-D2S-GAI aluminium EK-D2C-GBQ
graphite normal * EK-D2S-GAL nickel EK-D2C-GBR
white normal EK-D2C-GAA titanium EK-D2C-GBS
ice white soft-touch * EK-D2C-GAB 120 x 60 mm (1) carbon EK-D2C-GBU
normal * EK-D2C-GAC brass EK-D2C-GBB
fire white
soft-touch * EK-D2C-GAD

intense black normal EK-D2C-GAE

120 x 60 mm (1) RAL 9005 soft-touch * EK-D2C-GAF
silver normal EK-D2C-GAG
hematite normal * EK-D2C-GAI
graphite normal * EK-D2C-GAL
*) Version on request

173
 TECHNICAL020EN

Deep double plate codes

WALL-MOUNTING DEVICES

FENIX NTM® FENIX NTM®

Series Finestre Colour Code Series Finestre Colour Code
malè white EK-D2E-FBM malè white EK-D2G-FBM
beige luxor EK-D2E-FBL beige luxor EK-D2G-FBL
beaver ottawa EK-D2E-FCO beaver ottawa EK-D2G-FCO
cocoa orinoco EK-D2E-FCC cocoa orinoco EK-D2G-FCC
grey efeso EK-D2E-FGE 55 x 55 mm (1) grey efeso EK-D2G-FGE
45 x 45 mm (2)
grey london EK-D2E-FGL 60 x 60 mm (1) grey london EK-D2G-FGL
grey bromine EK-D2E-FGB grey bromine EK-D2G-FGB
green commodore EK-D2E-FVC green commodore EK-D2G-FVC
malè white EK-D2F-FBM malè white EK-D2S-FBM
beige luxor EK-D2F-FBL beige luxor EK-D2S-FBL
beaver ottawa EK-D2F-FCO beaver ottawa EK-D2S-FCO
20venti cocoa orinoco EK-D2F-FCC 20venti cocoa orinoco EK-D2S-FCC
FF FF
71 45 x 45 mm (1) grey efeso EK-D2F-FGE 71 grey efeso EK-D2S-FGE
60 x 60 mm (2)
60 x 60 mm (1) grey london EK-D2F-FGL grey london EK-D2S-FGL
grey bromine EK-D2F-FGB grey bromine EK-D2S-FGB
green commodore EK-D2F-FVC green commodore EK-D2S-FVC
malè white EK-D2P-FBM malè white EK-D2C-FBM
beige luxor EK-D2P-FBL beige luxor EK-D2C-FBL
beaver ottawa EK-D2P-FCO beaver ottawa EK-D2C-FCO
cocoa orinoco EK-D2P-FCC cocoa orinoco EK-D2C-FCC
grey efeso EK-D2P-FGE grey efeso EK-D2C-FGE
55 x 55 mm (2) 120 x 60 mm (1)
grey london EK-D2P-FGL grey london EK-D2C-FGL
grey bromine EK-D2P-FGB grey bromine EK-D2C-FGB
green commodore EK-D2P-FVC green commodore EK-D2C-FVC

174
 03 18 179 239 241 251 255 261 271 273 278
Introduction Wall-mounting devices Rail-mounting devices Accessories Supervision Tools Sales kit Technical section General terms of sale Index (codes) Index (description)

Deep triple plate codes

WALL-MOUNTING DEVICES

ALUMINIUM FENIX NTM®

Series Window Colour Finishing Code Series Finestre Colour Code
aluminium EK-D3P-GBQ malè white EK-D3P-FBM
nickel EK-D3P-GBR beige luxor EK-D3P-FBL
titanium EK-D3P-GBS beaver ottawa EK-D3P-FCO
55 x 55 mm (3) carbon EK-D3P-GBU cocoa orinoco EK-D3P-FCC
20venti brass EK-D3P-GBB grey efeso EK-D3P-FGE
FF brushed 55 x 55 mm (3)
71 aluminium EK-D3S-GBQ grey london EK-D3P-FGL
nickel EK-D3S-GBR grey bromine EK-D3P-FGB
titanium EK-D3S-GBS 20venti green commodore EK-D3P-FVC
FF
60 x 60 mm (3) carbon EK-D3S-GBU 71 malè white EK-D3S-FBM
brass EK-D3S-GBB beige luxor EK-D3S-FBL
beaver ottawa EK-D3S-FCO
cocoa orinoco EK-D3S-FCC
grey efeso EK-D3S-FGE
60 x 60 mm (3)
grey london EK-D3S-FGL
grey bromine EK-D3S-FGB
green commodore EK-D3S-FVC

How to order a Surface plate

WALL-MOUNTING DEVICES

Surface plates for devices of 20venti, 71 series and flush-mounting Fixed part

inserts (20venti, FF and 71). The ordering code of a Surface plate consists of
a fixed part (EK-S) and a variable part depending on shape (square or rectangular),

E K - S -
window size (small or large), material, colour and finishing.

Characters identifying the shape of the plate

(Q = square, R = rectangular, 2 = double Characters (3) identifying material,
and the window size) colour and finishing

175
 TECHNICAL020EN

Surface square plate codes

WALL-MOUNTING DEVICES

ALUMINIUM FENIX NTM®

Series Window Colour Finishing Code Series Window Colour Code
aluminium EK-SQT-GBQ malè white EK-SQT-FBM
nickel EK-SQT-GBR beige luxor EK-SQT-FBL
20venti beaver ottawa EK-SQT-FCO
titanium EK-SQT-GBS
(4 rockers)
20venti cocoa orinoco EK-SQT-FCC
30 x 60 mm carbon EK-SQT-GBU
(4 rockers) grey efeso EK-SQT-FGE
brass EK-SQT-GBB 30 x 60 mm grey london EK-SQT-FGL
aluminium EK-SQP-GBQ
grey bromine EK-SQT-FGB
nickel EK-SQP-GBR green commodore EK-SQT-FVC
titanium EK-SQP-GBS malè white EK-SQP-FBM
45 x 45 mm carbon EK-SQP-GBU beige luxor EK-SQP-FBL
brass EK-SQP-GBB beaver ottawa EK-SQP-FCO
brushed cocoa orinoco EK-SQP-FCC
aluminium EK-SQG-GBQ
grey efeso EK-SQP-FGE
nickel EK-SQG-GBR
20venti 45 x 45 mm grey london EK-SQP-FGL
FF titanium EK-SQG-GBS
71 grey bromine EK-SQP-FGB
55 x 55 mm carbon EK-SQG-GBU
green commodore EK-SQP-FVC
brass EK-SQG-GBB malè white EK-SQG-FBM
aluminium EK-SQS-GBQ beige luxor EK-SQG-FBL
nickel EK-SQS-GBR beaver ottawa EK-SQG-FCO
20venti cocoa orinoco EK-SQG-FCC
titanium EK-SQS-GBS
FF
71 grey efeso EK-SQG-FGE
60 x 60 mm carbon EK-SQS-GBU
55 x 55 mm grey london EK-SQG-FGL
brass EK-SQS-GBB
grey bromine EK-SQG-FGB
green commodore EK-SQG-FVC
malè white EK-SQS-FBM
beige luxor EK-SQS-FBL
beaver ottawa EK-SQS-FCO
cocoa orinoco EK-SQS-FCC
grey efeso EK-SQS-FGE
60 x 60 mm grey london EK-SQS-FGL
grey bromine EK-SQS-FGB
green commodore EK-SQS-FVC

Surface rectangular plate codes

WALL-MOUNTING DEVICES

ALUMINIUM FENIX NTM®

Series Window Colour Finishing Code Series Window Colour Code
aluminium EK-SRG-GBQ malè white EK-SRG-FBM
nickel EK-SRG-GBR beige luxor EK-SRG-FBL
beaver ottawa EK-SRG-FCO
titanium EK-SRG-GBS
cocoa orinoco EK-SRG-FCC
68 x 45 mm carbon EK-SRG-GBU
grey efeso EK-SRG-FGE
20venti brass EK-SRG-GBB 68 x 45 mm grey london EK-SRG-FGL
FF brushed
71 aluminium EK-SRS-GBQ grey bromine EK-SRG-FGB
nickel EK-SRS-GBR 20venti green commodore EK-SRG-FVC
FF
titanium EK-SRS-GBS 71 malè white EK-SRS-FBM

60 x 60 mm carbon EK-SRS-GBU beige luxor EK-SRS-FBL

brass EK-SRS-GBB beaver ottawa EK-SRS-FCO

cocoa orinoco EK-SRS-FCC
grey efeso EK-SRS-FGE
60 x 60 mm grey london EK-SRS-FGL
grey bromine EK-SRS-FGB
green commodore EK-SRS-FVC

176
 03 18 179 239 241 251 255 261 271 273 278
Introduction Wall-mounting devices Rail-mounting devices Accessories Supervision Tools Sales kit Technical section General terms of sale Index (codes) Index (description)

Surface double plate codes

WALL-MOUNTING DEVICES

ALUMINIUM FENIX NTM®

Series Window Colour Finishing Code Series Finestre Colour Code
aluminium EK-S2E-GBQ malè white EK-S2E-FBM
nickel EK-S2E-GBR beige luxor EK-S2E-FBL
titanium EK-S2E-GBS beaver ottawa EK-S2E-FCO

45 x 45 mm (2) carbon EK-S2E-GBU cocoa orinoco EK-S2E-FCC

brass EK-S2E-GBB grey efeso EK-S2E-FGE
45 x 45 mm (2)
aluminium EK-S2F-GBQ grey london EK-S2E-FGL
nickel EK-S2F-GBR grey bromine EK-S2E-FGB
titanium EK-S2F-GBS green commodore EK-S2E-FVC
45 x 45 mm (1) carbon EK-S2F-GBU malè white EK-S2F-FBM
60 x 60 mm (1)
brass EK-S2F-GBB beige luxor EK-S2F-FBL
aluminium EK-S2P-GBQ beaver ottawa EK-S2F-FCO
nickel EK-S2P-GBR cocoa orinoco EK-S2F-FCC
titanium EK-S2P-GBS grey efeso EK-S2F-FGE
45 x 45 mm (1)
55 x 55 mm (2) carbon EK-S2P-GBU 60 x 60 mm (1) grey london EK-S2F-FGL
20venti brass EK-S2P-GBB grey bromine EK-S2F-FGB
FF brushed
71 aluminium EK-S2G-GBQ green commodore EK-S2F-FVC
nickel EK-S2G-GBR malè white EK-S2P-FBM
titanium EK-S2G-GBS beige luxor EK-S2P-FBL
55 x 55 mm (1) carbon EK-S2G-GBU beaver ottawa EK-S2P-FCO
60 x 60 mm (1)
brass EK-S2G-GBB cocoa orinoco EK-S2P-FCC
aluminium EK-S2S-GBQ grey efeso EK-S2P-FGE
55 x 55 mm (2)
nickel EK-S2S-GBR grey london EK-S2P-FGL
titanium EK-S2S-GBS grey bromine EK-S2P-FGB
carbon EK-S2S-GBU 20venti green commodore EK-S2P-FVC
60 x 60 mm (2)
FF
brass EK-S2S-GBB 71 malè white EK-S2G-FBM
aluminium EK-S2C-GBQ beige luxor EK-S2G-FBL
nickel EK-S2C-GBR beaver ottawa EK-S2G-FCO
titanium EK-S2C-GBS cocoa orinoco EK-S2G-FCC

120 x 60 mm (1) carbon EK-S2C-GBU grey efeso EK-S2G-FGE

55 x 55 mm (1)
brass EK-S2C-GBB 60 x 60 mm (1) grey london EK-S2G-FGL
grey bromine EK-S2G-FGB
green commodore EK-S2G-FVC
malè white EK-S2S-FBM
beige luxor EK-S2S-FBL
beaver ottawa EK-S2S-FCO
cocoa orinoco EK-S2S-FCC
grey efeso EK-S2S-FGE
60 x 60 mm (2)
grey london EK-S2S-FGL
grey bromine EK-S2S-FGB
green commodore EK-S2S-FVC
malè white EK-S2C-FBM
beige luxor EK-S2C-FBL
beaver ottawa EK-S2C-FCO
cocoa orinoco EK-S2C-FCC
grey efeso EK-S2C-FGE
120 x 60 mm (1)
grey london EK-S2C-FGL
grey bromine EK-S2C-FGB
green commodore EK-S2C-FVC

177
RAIL-MOUNTING DEVICES

Power supply units 182

System modules 185
Universal interfaces 189
Inputs and actuators 197
I / O modules 204
Dimmers 207
Thermoregulation and PLC 211
Gateways 221
Metering 231
 TECHNICAL020EN

Power supply units

RAIL-MOUNTING DEVICES

EK-AB1-TP EK-AG1-TP
640 mA bus power 640 mA bus power
supply supply with 30 Vdc
auxiliary output

Power supply of a KNX bus line with max. 64 bus devices connected • •

Reset of the connected bus line through pushbutton • •

LED for output voltage on KNX bus • •

LED for overload / short circuit on KNX bus • •

Integrated decoupling choke • •

Power supply 110-230 Vac 50/60 Hz • •

Output for auxiliary power supply 30 Vdc - •

Mounting on standard 35 mm rail (EN 60715) • •

System modules
RAIL-MOUNTING DEVICES

EK-TM1-TP EK-BA1-TP
EK-BD1-TP EK-BB1-TP EK-BC1-TP
Time / astronomical Line / area
USB interface IP interface IP router
digital switch coupler

Suppress device configuration on the sub line - - • • •

Enable or disable filtering of group messages and suppress device oriented messages - - • • •

Trace the traffic on the sub line and reduced number of retransmissions - - • • •

Function pushbutton • - • • •

Status LED for KNX bus line - • • • •

Status LED for Ethernet - - - • •

Mounting on standard 35 mm rail (EN 60715) • • • • •

Plug in program • - - -
Programming pushbutton - • - • •

Connection of a PC or laptop to the KNX bus system - - - • •

Time programming (daily, weekly, monthly or yearly) or astronomical • - - - -

Control of 9 channels on bus • - - - -
Channel 1 can be replicated on the relay on board • - - - -
LC-display • - - - -
Backup battery • - - - -
Connection of an optional GPS module • - - - -

182
 03 18 179 239 241 251 255 261 271 273 278
Introduction Wall-mounting devices Rail-mounting devices Accessories Supervision Tools Sales kit Technical section General terms of sale Index (codes) Index (description)

640 mA bus power supply

POWER SUPPLY UNITS

Description Technical data

The Ekinex® 640 mA KNX bus power supply supplies and monitors the 30 Vdc voltage • Input voltage: 230 Vac, 50/60 Hz
required by the KNX bus for operation. An integrated choke provides for decoupling • Power absorption 22 W
power supply and bus line. On a bus line powered by a 640 mA power supply unit may • Loss < 3 W
be connected a maximum of 64 bus devices. Output is protected from overload and • Output voltage (KNX bus): 30 Vdc
short-circuit. The EK-AG1-TP version is provided with an additional 30 Vdc output • Output voltage (auxiliary output): 30 Vdc (only EK-AG1-TP)
can be used as auxiliary power supply for other devices requiring SELV voltage • Nominal current (output total): 640 mA
(Safety Extra Low Voltage). The total current provided by the two outputs (KNX bus • Buffer time: 200 ms
line and auxiliary power supply) cannot exceed 640 mA. The device supports short
network voltage interruptions (max. 200 ms). Products included
Delivery includes one terminal blocks for connection to the bus; the EK-AG1-TP
Main features version is delivered with a second terminal block for connection to the auxiliary
• Plastic casing output.
• Connection to bus line with KNX terminal block
• Connection of auxiliary output with dedicated terminal block (only EK-AG1-TP)
• Connection of 230 Vac power supply with screw terminals
• Classification climatic 3K5 and mechanical 3M2 (according to EN 50491-2)
• Pollution degree 2 (according to IEC 60664-1)
• Safety class II Dimensions [mm]
• Installation on 35 mm rail (according to EN 60715) 70

• 4 modular units (1 MU = 18 mm)

72 5 25 20 20

• IP20 protection grade (installed device)

• Weight 150 g (EK-AB1-TP), 165 g (EK-AG1-TP)
1 2 3

L N
90

45

bus KNX AUX 30 V

Terminal block for auxiliary output (white/yellow) only on EK-AG1-TP version

Order information Configuration and commissioning

Code Version Package Not necessary

EK-AB1-TP 1 pcs.

EK-AG1-TP with 30 Vdc auxiliary output 1 pcs.

Documentation
For more information, see the STEKAB1TP_EN.pdf
or STEKAG1TP_EN.pdf technical sheets available for download
from www.ekinex.com

EK-AB1-TP EK-AG1-TP

183
 TECHNICAL020EN

Time / astronomical
digital switch
SYSTEM DEVICES

Description Technical data

The EK-TM1-TP electronic digital time switch is a KNX device for the management • Power supply: 115 ÷ 230 Vac (-15% ÷ +10%) 50/60 Hz
over time of the electrical devices. It allows time programming (periodicity: daily, • Power consumption: 7 VA (2.6 W)
weekly or annual) or astronomical programming. The device can pilot 9 different
channels on KNX bus. The relay on the device replicates the channel 1 programming. Output
Each channel can be associated with a different programming (time or astronomical). • 1 monostable switching relay 16(10) A at 250 Vac
It is possible to connect via bus the EK-GPS-1 module (to be ordered separately), that
captures the time and the position through the satellite system, ensuring a greater Products included
accuracy over time. The backup battery keeps the settings even in case of power Delivery includes a terminal block for connection to the bus. The optional module
failure and can be replaced through the cover (sealable). EK-GPS-1 has to be ordered separately.

Main features
• Plastic casing
• LCD with backlight (active only with AC power supply)
• Password lockable keyboard
• 450 storable programs (900 events) divisible on 9 channels
• Daily/weekly/monthly/yearly + astronomical programming
• On/off, pulse, holiday, random, night (astronomical) programmes
• Programming resolution 1 minute Dimensions [mm]
• Actions type 1B 54 65

• Automatic update of daylight saving time (configurable)

• Connection to bus line with KNX terminal block
• Screw terminal blocks for connecting 230 Vac, output and GPS module
• Lithium backup battery: 3V, CR14250 type (5-years life, replaceable)
87

• Reinforced insulation between accessible parts (front) and all the other terminals EK-TM1-TP
Digital time / Astronomical switch

• Protection degree IP20 (device installed)

• Mounting on 35 mm standard DIN-rail (according to EN 60715)
• 3 modular units (1 UM = 18 mm)

Order information Configuration and commissioning

Code Package By means of ETS4 2.0 software (or later versions)

Application program: APEKTM1TP##.knxprod
EK-TM1-TP 1 pcs. (## = version, downloadable from www.ekinex.com)
EK-GPS-1 1 pcs.

Documentation

For more information, see the STEKTM1TP_EN.pdf technical sheet

available for download from www.ekinex.com

EK-TM1-TP EK-GPS-1

184
 03 18 179 239 241 251 255 261 271 273 278
Introduction Wall-mounting devices Rail-mounting devices Accessories Supervision Tools Sales kit Technical section General terms of sale Index (codes) Index (description)

USB interface
SYSTEM MODULES

Description Technical data

The Ekinex® USB interface EK-BD1-TP allows a bidirectional data connection • Power supply (bus side): 30 Vdc SELV, current consumption: max. 10 mA
between a PC and a KNX bus system. The device handles the addressing, parameter • Power supply (PC side): from USB, current consumption: max. 20 mA
setting, display, protocol management and diagnosis of KNX bus devices. The device
integrates a KNX bus communication module and is realized for mounting on a Products included
standard 35 mm DIN-rail. Delivery includes a terminal block for connection to the bus.

Main features
• Plastic casing
• LEDs indicators for data transmission on USB and KNX bus status
• Connection to bus line with KNX terminal block
• Connection to PC with USB type B connector
• Installation on 35 mm rail (according to EN 60715)
• 2 modular units (1 MU = 18 mm)
• IP20 protection degree (installed device)
• Weight 100 g

Dimensions [mm]
71
36 6 24 20 20

USB

KNX
EK-BD1-TP
USB/KNX interface
90

45

Order information Configuration and commissioning

Code Package Not necessary; the application program APEKBD1TP##.vd4 (download from
EK-BD1-TP 1 pcs. www.ekinex.com) is available for an ETS project.

Documentation

For more information, see the STEKBD1TP_EN.pdf

technical sheet available for download from www.ekinex.com

185
 TECHNICAL020EN

Line / area coupler

SYSTEM MODULES

Description Functions
The Ekinex® line / area coupler EK-BA1-TP can be used as a line coupler to connect a • Suppress device configuration on the sub line
secondary line to a main line, as an area coupler to connect a main line to a backbone • Enable or disable filtering of group messages
line or as a repeater. The device assures galvanic insulation between the two • Suppress device oriented messages
connected lines and filters the traffic based on installation position or on filter tables • Trace the traffic on the sub line
in case of group-oriented communications. The frontal LEDs indicate the status of • Reduced number of retransmissions
each bus line and facilitate the tracing of communication problems due to bus load
or to re-transmission on both lines. The device integrates a KNX bus communication Products included
module and is realized for mounting on a standard 35 mm DIN-rail. Delivery includes two terminal blocks for connection to the bus lines.

Main features
• Plastic casing
• Frontal programming pushbutton and LED
• LEDs indicators for status of KNX bus lines
• Pushbutton for activating special functions
• Connection to bus lines with KNX terminal blocks
• Installation on 35 mm rail (according to EN 60715)
Dimensions [mm]
• 2 modular units (1 MU = 18 mm)
• IP20 protection degree (installed device)
70

36 5 45 20
• Weight 100 g

Technical data
• 30 Vdc power supply by KNX bus
R
EK-BA1-TP
Line/area coupler
bus
status

• Current consumption (from main bus line) ca.10 mA

90

MAIN SUB

traffic

GA PA

function

Order information Configuration and commissioning

Code Package By means of ETS3 software (or later versions)

EK-BA1-TP 1 pcs. Application program APEKBA1TP##.vd4 (download from www.ekinex.com)

Documentation

For more information, see the STEKBA1TP_EN.pdf

technical sheet available for download from www.ekinex.com

186
 03 18 179 239 241 251 255 261 271 273 278
Introduction Wall-mounting devices Rail-mounting devices Accessories Supervision Tools Sales kit Technical section General terms of sale Index (codes) Index (description)

IP interface
SYSTEM MODULES

Description Products included

The Ekinex® EK-BB1-TP IP interface realizes the bidirectional data connection Delivery includes a terminal block for connection to the bus.
between a PC or a laptop and a KNX bus system through a LAN network. The IP
interface supports the tunneling protocol and allows the adressing, parameter
setting, display, protocol management and diagnosis of KNX bus devices with ETS.
The device integrates a KNX bus communication module and is realized for mounting
on a standard 35 mm DIN-rail. The device is powered by a 8...24 Vac or 12...35 Vdc
voltage.

Main features
• Plastic casing
• Frontal programming pushbutton and LED
• LEDs indicators for status and data traffic of KNX bus line and Ethernet
network
• Pushbutton for activating special functions
• Connection to bus line with KNX terminal block
• Connection to an Ethernet network with a RJ45 connector
Dimensions [mm]
• Installation on 35 mm rail (according to EN 60715)
• 2 modular units (1 MU = 18 mm)
70

36 5 45 20
• IP20 protection degree (installed device)
• Weight 70 g

Technical data
R
EK-BB1-TP
IP interface

bus
status

• 30 Vdc power supply by KNX bus

90

IP TP

traffic

GA PA

• Current consumption max. 38 mA function

Order information Configuration and commissioning

Code Package By means of ETS4 2.0 software (or later versions)

EK-BB1-TP 1 pcs. Application programs APEKBB1TP##.knxprod (download from www.ekinex.com)

Documentation

For more information, see the STEKBB1TP_EN.pdf technical sheets available

for download from www.ekinex.com

187
 TECHNICAL020EN

IP router
SYSTEM MODULES

Description Products included

The Ekinex® EK-BC1-TP IP router realizes the bidirectional data connection between Delivery includes a terminal block for connection to the bus.
a PC or a laptop and a KNX bus system through a LAN network. The IP router supports
the tunneling protocol and allows the adressing, parameter setting, display, protocol
management and diagnosis of KNX bus devices with ETS. The IP router integrates
also the line coupling function; through the device telegrams can be exchanged
between KNX TP lines on a TCP / IP backbone line. The device integrates a KNX bus
communication module and is realized for mounting on a standard 35 mm DIN-rail.
The device is powered by the KNX bus and does not require auxiliary power supply.

Main features
• Plastic casing
• Frontal programming pushbutton and LED
• LEDs indicators for status and data traffic of KNX bus line and Ethernet
network
• Pushbutton for activating special functions
• Connection to bus line with KNX terminal block
Dimensions [mm]
• Connection to an Ethernet network with a RJ45 connector
• Installation on 35 mm rail (according to EN 60715)
70

36 5 45 20
• 2 modular units (1 MU = 18 mm)
• IP20 protection degree (installed device)
• Weight 70 g
R
EK-BC1-TP
IP router

bus
status

Technical data
90

IP TP

traffic

GA PA

• 30 Vdc power supply by KNX bus function

• Current consumption max. 38 mA

Order information Configuration and commissioning

Code Package By means of ETS4 2.0 software (or later versions)

EK-BC1-TP 1 pcs. Application programs APEKBC1TP##.knxprod (download from www.ekinex.com)

Documentation

For more information, see the STEKBC1TP_EN.pdf technical sheets available for
download from www.ekinex.com

188
 03 18 179 239 241 251 255 261 271 273 278
Introduction Wall-mounting devices Rail-mounting devices Accessories Supervision Tools Sales kit Technical section General terms of sale Index (codes) Index (description)

Universal interfaces
RAIL AND FLUSH-MOUNTING DEVICES

EK-CG2-TP EK-CF2-TP
EK-CE2-TP
EK-LM2-TP EK-CC2-TP EK-CD2-TP 4 IN conf. AI for load
4 IN conf. / 2 OUT
4 IN 2 IN / 2 OUT 4 IN / 4 OUT for NTC probes monitoring
relay 5A
or DI / 4 OUT and control

Input channels [DI] 4 2 4 - 3 -

Channels configurable as input [DI] or output [DO] for low-consumption LEDs - - - - -
Input channels configurable as [AI] for NTC probes or [DI] - - - 4 1 -
Input channels for current transformers EK-TA-... - - - - - 3
Output channels for low-consumption LEDs - 2 4 4 - -
Output channels relay (5A) - - - - 2 -
ON/OFF command of single or grouped loads - • • • • -
Dimming command of lighting devices - • • • • -
Actuator command of shutters, blinds, venetians, etc. - • • • • -
Detection of the status of the indication contacts • • • • • -
Sending and storing of scenes - • • • • -
Logic functions (AND, OR or XOR), 4 channels • • • • • •

Room thermostat function - - - • • -

Pulse and actuator counting - • • • • -
Mounting on 35 mm standard DIN rail (EN 60715) through support EK-SMG-35 • • • • • •

189
 TECHNICAL020EN

Configurable logical module

UNIVERSAL INTERFACES

Description Each function can be configured in different ways by means of parameters in the ETS
The configurable logical module Ekinex® EK-LM2-TP is a KNX S-mode device that application. There are several independent instances available for each type of block,
can be used to perform logic and data processing functions on data exchanged on the therefore the device can be used to fulfill many requirements or to solve a large
KNX bus. The device is suitable for mounting in wall box or on 35 mm rail (EN 60715) number of contingencies in the same installation. An additional terminal block allows
with the support EK-SMG-35 included in the delivery. To be used in KNX installations the connection of up to 4 dry contacts for simple external inputs.
for home and building automation. The device is powered by the KNX bus line with a
SELV voltage 30 Vdc and does not require auxiliary power. Power supply
• 30 Vdc power supply by KNX bus
Main features • Current consumption from bus < 10 mA
• Housing in plastic material
• Wall installation in flush mounting box or, with a mounting support, Products included
on 35 mm rail (according to EN 60715) Delivery includes a terminal block for connection to the bus.
• Protection degree IP20 (installed device)
• Classification climatic 3K5 and mechanical 3M2 (according to EN 50491-2) Accessories
• Pollution degree 2 (according to IEC 60664-1) Support for mounting on a standard 35 mm DIN-rail (code EK-SMG-35) and spring
• Weight 20 g for snapping on the back of Ekinex® wall-mounting devices (code EK-MAR-...) to be
ordered separately.
Functions
The device implements independent blocks of the below listed types: Dimensions [mm]
• Logic: Combines a number of boolean inputs according to logic operations. 43 14

• Arithmetic: Performs mathematical computations on one or more input values.

• Range: Performs a scaling of the input value to a different range of values,
or a boundary limit.
• Mapping: Translates a set of input values (up to 8 points) to a different set
43

of output values.
• Conversion: Converts a KNX communication object to another one with a
different KNX data type (DPT).
• Timer: Implements a one-shot (monostable) or freerunning (astable) timer, 16

with configurable on- and offdelay times.

• Compare: Returns the result of a comparison (equal, larger, smaller etc.)
between two input values
• Multiplexer: Copies the value of one input object to either 1 of N output objects,
or to all objects selected in the output set.

Order information Configuration and commissioning

Code Version Package By means of ETS4 2.0 software (or later versions)
EK-LM2-TP 4 IN 1 pcs. Application program APEKLM2TP##.knxprod (download from www.ekinex.com))

Documentation

For more information, see the STEKLM2TP_EN.pdf technical sheet

available for download from www.ekinex.com

190
 03 18 179 239 241 251 255 261 271 273 278
Introduction Wall-mounting devices Rail-mounting devices Accessories Supervision Tools Sales kit Technical section General terms of sale Index (codes) Index (description)

Universal interface
2 (4) IN, 2 (4) OUT
UNIVERSAL INTERFACES

Description Products included

The Ekinex® universal interface is a KNX device which can be used as input and/or Delivery includes a terminal block for connection to the bus.
output module. The device is equipped with:
- inputs to connect the KNX bus to switches, pushbuttons or classic sensors (normally Accessories
not communicating on the KNX bus) or any binary signals from other devices, in order Support for mounting on a standard 35 mm DIN-rail (code EK-SMG-35) and spring
to control KNX bus functions; for snapping on the back of Ekinex® wall-mounting devices (code EK-MAR-...) to be
- control outputs for low consumption LEDs. ordered separately.
The voltage for polling the inputs is supplied within the device. The device integrates
a KNX bus communication module and is realized for flush-mounting or for mounting
on a standard 35 mm DIN-rail. The device is powered by the KNX bus and does not
require auxiliary power supply.

Main features
• Plastic casing
• Programming pushbutton and LED on the case
• Connection to bus line with KNX terminal block
• Screw terminal blocks for connecting inputs and outputs
• IP20 protection degree (installed device)
• Weight 20 g Dimensions [mm]
43 14

Power supply
• 30 Vdc power supply by KNX bus
• Current consumption from bus < 10 mA
43

16

Order information Configuration and commissioning

Code Version Package By means of ETS4 2.0 software (or later versions)
Application program APEKCC2TP##.knxprod (EK-CC2-TP) or
EK-CC2-TP 2 IN / 2 OUT 1 pcs.
APEKCD2TP##.knxprod (EK-CD2-TP) (download from www.ekinex.com)
EK-CD2-TP 4 IN / 4 OUT 1 pcs.

Documentation

For more information, see the STEKCCD2TP_EN.pdf technical sheet

available for download from www.ekinex.com

EK-CC2-TP EK-CD2-TP

191
 TECHNICAL020EN

Universal interface
4 configurable IN, 4 OUT
UNIVERSAL INTERFACES

Description Products included

The Ekinex® EK-CG2-TP pushbutton interface is a KNX device which can be used as Delivery includes a terminal block for connection to the bus. The NTC temperature
input and/or output module. The device is equipped with 4 configurable inputs and 4 sensors (page 173) for those channels configured as [AI] must be ordered separately.
control outputs for low consumption LEDs.
Inputs can be independently configured to connect the KNX bus to: Accessories
- switches, pushbuttons, classic sensors (normally not communicating on the KNX Support for mounting on a standard 35 mm DIN-rail (code EK-SMG-35) and spring
bus ) or any binary signals from other devices, in order to control KNX bus functions; for snapping on the back of Ekinex® wall-mounting devices (code EK-MAR-...) to be
- passive temperature sensors (NTC 10 k at 25°C). The environment air mass ordered separately.
temperature value, measured by those sensors, can be sent onto the bus or be used
to control a room or zone temperature through the integrated thermostat function.
The voltage for polling the inputs is supplied within the device. The device integrates
a KNX bus communication module and is realized for flush-mounting or for mounting
on a standard 35 mm DIN-rail. The device is powered by the KNX bus and does not
require auxiliary power supply.

Main features
• Plastic casing
• Programming pushbutton and LED on the case
• Connection to bus line with KNX terminal block Dimensions [mm]
• Screw terminal blocks for connecting inputs and outputs 43 14

• IP20 protection degree (installed device)

• Weight 20 g

Power supply
43

• 30 Vdc power supply by KNX bus

• Current consumption from bus < 10 mA

16

Order information Configuration and commissioning

Code Version Package By means of ETS4 2.0 software (or later versions)
EK-CG2-TP 4 IN / 4 OUT 1 pcs. Application program APEKCG2TP##.knxprod (download from www.ekinex.com)

Documentation

For more information, see the STEKCG2TP_EN.pdf technical sheet

available for download from www.ekinex.com

192
 03 18 179 239 241 251 255 261 271 273 278
Introduction Wall-mounting devices Rail-mounting devices Accessories Supervision Tools Sales kit Technical section General terms of sale Index (codes) Index (description)

Universal interface
4 IN, 2 OUT (relay 5A)
UNIVERSAL INTERFACES

Description Products included

The Ekinex® universal interface is a KNX device which can be used as input and/or Delivery includes a terminal block for connection to the bus. The NTC temperature
output module. The device is equipped with: sensors (page 173) for those channels configured as [AI] must be ordered separately.
- 4 inputs to connect the KNX bus to switches, pushbuttons or classic sensors
(normally not communicating on the KNX bus) or any binary signals from other Accessories
devices, in order to control KNX bus functions. In addition, one input is configurable Support for mounting on a standard 35 mm DIN-rail (code EK-SMG-35) and spring
as analog to connect a NTC temperature sensor (10 k a 25 °C); for snapping on the back of Ekinex® wall-mounting devices (code EK-MAR-...) to be
- 2 5A relay outputs to be used as electrical load control (independent) or paired for ordered separately.
shutter and blind actuator control.
The voltage for polling the inputs is supplied within the device. The device integrates
a KNX bus communication module and is realized for flush-mounting or for mounting
on a standard 35 mm DIN-rail. The device is powered by the KNX bus and does not
require auxiliary power supply.

Main features
• Plastic casing
• Programming pushbutton and LED on the case
• Connection to bus line with KNX terminal block
• Screw terminal blocks for connecting inputs and outputs Dimensions [mm]
• IP20 protection degree (installed device) 23

• Weight 35 g 43 14 9

Power supply
• 30 Vdc power supply by KNX bus
• Current consumption from bus < 10 mA
43

Order information Configuration and commissioning

Code Package By means of ETS4 2.0 software (or later versions)

Application program APEKCE2TP##.knxprod
EK-CE2-TP 1 pcs.
(download from www.ekinex.com))

Documentation

For more information, see the STEKCE2TP_EN.pdf technical sheet

available for download from www.ekinex.com

193
 TECHNICAL020EN

Load monitoring
and control interface
UNIVERSAL INTERFACES

Description Load control

The Ekinex® EK-CF2-TP interface for load monitoring and control is a KNX devices • Possibility to independently handle up to 8 loads for each channel
which can be used to: • Configurable power threshold for load control and related hysteresis
- measure the instantaneous current absorbed by (up to) three single-phase or one • Sending on the bus of an indication when the threshold is reached
three-phase electrical circuits; • Possibility to exclude loads from the bus
- control electrical loads with priority disconnection and reconnection. • Disconnection and reconnection delay independently configurable for each channel
The current measurement is performed by means of max three Ekinex® EK-TA-...
current transformers. The device is powered by the KNX bus and does not require Power supply
auxiliary power supply. Flush-mounting or mounting on a standard 35 mm DIN-rail • 30 Vdc power supply by KNX bus
by means of a support included in the delivery. • Current consumption from bus < 10 mA

Main features Products included

• Plastic casing Delivery includes a terminal block for connection to the bus and a support for
• Programming pushbutton and LED on the case mounting on a standard 35 mm DIN-rail. Current transformers EK-TA-... (page 151)
• Connection to bus line with KNX terminal block must be ordered separately.
• Connection to current transformers by means of a 6-wire screw terminal block
• IP20 protection degree (installed device)
• Weight 20 g
Dimensions [mm]
Functional characteristics 43 14

• Connection to current transformers EK-TA-... by means of 3 physical inputs

• Possibility to measure (up to) three single-phase or one three-phase lines;
• Possibility to receive power values from bus
• 8 general purpose power thresholds
43

• 4 4-channel logic functions (AND, OR or XOR)

Load monitoring
• Direct measurement of instantaneous current by means of transformers EK-TA-... 16

• Calculation of instantaneous power

• Total electricity metering
• Sending on the bus of measured current, power and energy values

Order information Configuration and commissioning

Code Package By means of ETS4 2.0 software (or later versions)

Application program APEKCF2TP##.knxprod
EK-CF2-TP 1 pcs.
(download from www.ekinex.com))

Documentation

For more information, see the STEKCF2TP_EN.pdf technical sheet

available for download from www.ekinex.com

194
 03 18 179 239 241 251 255 261 271 273 278
Introduction Wall-mounting devices Rail-mounting devices Accessories Supervision Tools Sales kit Technical section General terms of sale Index (codes) Index (description)

Current transformer (TA)

for EK-CF2-TP interface
ACCESSORIES FOR UNIVERSAL INTERFACES

Description
Current transformer (TA) to used in combination with an Ekinex® EK-CF2-TP load
monitoring and control interface.

Main features
• Plastic casing
• Ferrite core
• 1,5 m connecting cable with free ends
• Weight: 55 g

Technical data
• Nominal voltage: 0...1 Vac
• Precision: ±1 %
• Linearity: ≤ 0,2 %
• Operation frequency: 50...1KHz
• Dielectric resistance (50 Hz, 1 min): 3 KV
• Fire resistance: UL 94-V0

Dimensions [mm]

13

12
22
32
13
24

57 31

Order information Configuration and commissioning

Code Nominal current [A] Package

The device does not require any configuration. The used version must be set in the
EK-TA-05A 0...5 1 pcs. application program of the EK-CF2-TP interface.

EK-TA-20A 0...20 1 pcs.

EK-TA-30A 0...30 1 pcs.

EK-TA-40A 0...40 1 pcs. Documentation

EK-TA-50A 0...50 1 pcs. For more information, see the STEKTA_EN.pdf technical sheet
available for download from www.ekinex.com
EK-TA-60A 0...60 1 pcs.

195
 TECHNICAL020EN

Support for DIN-rail mounting

ACCESSORIES FOR UNIVERSAL INTERFACES

Description
Support for mounting universal interfaces (except EK-CB2-TP) on a standard 35 mm
DIN-rail.

Order information

Code Package

EK-SMG-35-1 1 pcs.

EK-SMG-35-5 5 pcs.

Spring for snapping on

wall-mounting devices
ACCESSORIES FOR UNIVERSAL INTERFACES

Description
Spring for snapping universal interfaces (except EK-CB2-TP) on the back of Ekinex®
wall-mounting devices.

Order information

Code Package

EK-MAR-1 1 pcs.

EK-MAR-5 5 pcs.

196
 03 18 179 239 241 251 255 261 271 273 278
Introduction Wall-mounting devices Rail-mounting devices Accessories Supervision Tools Sales kit Technical section General terms of sale Index (codes) Index (description)

Inputs
RAIL-MOUNTING DEVICES

EK-CA1-TP
8-fold
binary input

ON / OFF switching of individual loads or groups of loads •

Dimming control for lighting devices •

Operating control for shutters and roller blinds •

Detecting the status of signaling contacts •

Recalling and saving of scenes •

Pushbutton for toggling between manual and automatic operation •

Pushbuttons for forced operation of the inputs •

Counting of impulses and switching cycles •

Mounting on standard 35 mm rail (EN 60715) •

197
 TECHNICAL020EN

8-fold binary input

INPUTS

Description Technical data

The Ekinex® EK-CA1-TP binary input has 8 independent input channels for Power supply
connecting to the KNX bus commands and sensors of traditional type, having • Voltage 30 Vdc by KNX bus
potential-free contacts. Thanks to the binary input, it is possible to command and • Current consumption from bus < 13 mA
control bus functions with standard switches, pushbuttons or sensors (not natively • Power on bus 320 mW
communicating with the KNX bus) or binary signals made available by other devices.
The query voltage of input channels is produced within the device. The device Inputs
integrates a KNX bus communication module and is realized for mounting on a • Number: 8
standard 35 mm DIN-rail. The device is supplied by the KNX bus and does not require • Query voltage: < 11 V
auxiliary power supply. • Query current: < 5 mA

Main features Products included

• Plastic casing Delivery includes a terminal block for connection to the bus.
• Frontal programming pushbutton and LED
• Membrane keyboard with LED’s for status indication
• Pushbutton for switching operating mode (normal / programming)
• Connection to bus line with KNX terminal block
• Connection of inputs with screw terminals
• Installation on 35 mm rail (according to EN 60715) Dimensions [mm]
• 4 modular units (1 MU = 18 mm) 70

• IP20 protection degree (installed device)

72 5 25 20 20

• Weight 145 g
1 1A 2 3 2A 4 5 3A 6 7 4A 8

9 1B 10 11 2B 12 13 3B 14 15 4B 16

1A 2A 3A 4A
90

45

1B 2B 3B 4B

EK-CA1-TP
8xD.I. Dry Contacts

Area
Line
Dev.
bus KNX

Order information Configuration and commissioning

Code Package By means of ETS4 2.0 software (or later versions)

Application program APEKCA1TP##.knxprod
EK-CA1-TP 1 pcs.
(download from www.ekinex.com)

Documentation

For more information, see the STEKCA1TP_EN.pdf

technical sheet available for download from www.ekinex.com

198
 03 18 179 239 241 251 255 261 271 273 278
Introduction Wall-mounting devices Rail-mounting devices Accessories Supervision Tools Sales kit Technical section General terms of sale Index (codes) Index (description)

Actuators
RAIL-MOUNTING DEVICES

EK-FE1-TP EK-FF1-TP
EK-FA1-TP EK-FB1-TP
8-fold 16-fold
4-fold 8-fold
binary output / 4-fold binary output / 8-fold
binary output binary output
blind actuator blind actuator

ON / OFF switching of individual loads or groups of loads • • • •

Configurable as normally open or normally closed switch • • • •

Logical gates and forced mode for each channel • • • •

Manual control by membrane pushbuttons - - • •

Manual control by levers (also without bus voltage) • • - -

Status feedback of output channels through the position of the levers • • - -

Status feedback of output channels through LEDs - - • •

Switching pushbutton manual / automatic mode - - • •

Block function for each channel - - • •

Auxiliary power supply - - • •

Time scheduling: switching delay for on and off, staircase lighting function • • • •

Management of scenarios • • • •

Operating hours counter configurable via bus • • • •

Shutters / blinds operation mode - - • •

Automatic control for protection against direct sunlight - - • •

Automatic control for protection against weather conditions (rain, wind, frost) - - • •

Mounting on standard 35 mm rail (EN 60715) • • • •

199
 TECHNICAL020EN

4-fold binary output

ACTUATORS

Description Technical data

The Ekinex® EK-FA1-TP binary output allows to command 4 groups of loads Power supply
independently; to this purpose, the device has outputs fitted with potential-free • 30 Vdc voltage by KNX bus
relays. The device’s latching relays guarantee the upkeep of command status even • Current consumption from bus < 12 mA
in the case of bus power failures. The front levers indicate the status of each output • Power from bus 360 mW
channel and, in case of emergency, allow manual command (by means of a tool) of
the loads. The device integrates a KNX bus communication module and is realized for Outputs
mounting on a standard 35 mm DIN-rail. The device is supplied by the KNX bus and • 4 latch relays
does not require auxiliary power supply. • Nominal voltage (Un): 100-230Vac, 50/60Hz
• Nominal current (In): max 10 A (both @100Vac and @230Vac)
Main features • Switched power: 1000W @100Vac - 2200 W @230Vac
• Plastic casing
• Frontal programming pushbutton and LED Products included
• Connection to bus line with KNX terminal block Delivery includes a terminal block for connection to the bus.
• Connection of outputs with screw terminals
• Overvoltage class III (according to EN 60664-1)
• Classification climatic 3K5 and mechanical 3M2 (according to EN 50491-2)
• Pollution degree 2 (according to IEC 60664-1)
• Installation on 35 mm rail (according to EN 60715) Dimensions [mm]
• 4 modular units (1 MU = 18 mm) 70

• IP20 protection degree (installed device)

72 5 25 20 20

• Weight 205 g 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
C1 C2 C3 C4

0N 0N 0N 0N
90

45

0FF 0FF 0FF 0FF

C1 C2 C3 C4

EK-FA1-TP
4xD.O. 10A/230Vac ~ 50/60 Hz

Area
Line
Dev.
bus KNX

Order information Configuration and commissioning

Code Package By means of ETS4 2.0 software (or later versions)

Application program APEKFA1TP##.knxprod
EK-FA1-TP 1 pcs.
(download from www.ekinex.com)

Documentation

For more information, see the STEKFA1TP_EN.pdf

technical sheet available for download from www.ekinex.com

200
 03 18 179 239 241 251 255 261 271 273 278
Introduction Wall-mounting devices Rail-mounting devices Accessories Supervision Tools Sales kit Technical section General terms of sale Index (codes) Index (description)

8-fold binary output

ACTUATORS

Description Technical data

The Ekinex® EK-FB1-TP binary output allows to command 8 groups of loads Power supply
independently; to this purpose, the device has outputs fitted with potential-free • 30 Vdc voltage by KNX bus
relays. The device’s latching relays guarantee the upkeep of command status even • Current consumption from bus < 12 mA
in the case of bus power failures. The front levers indicate the status of each output • Power from bus 360 mW
channel and, in case of emergency, allow manual command (by means of a tool) of
the loads. The device integrates a KNX bus communication module and is realized for Outputs
mounting on a standard 35 mm DIN-rail. The device is supplied by the KNX bus and • 4 latch relays
does not require auxiliary power supply • Nominal voltage (Un): 100-230Vac, 50/60Hz
• Nominal current (In): max 10 A (both @100Vac and @230Vac)
Main features • Switched power: 1000W @100Vac - 2200 W @230Vac
• Plastic casing
• Frontal programming pushbutton and LED Products included
• Connection to bus line with KNX terminal block Delivery includes a terminal block for connection to the bus.
• Connection of outputs with screw terminals
• Overvoltage class III (according to EN 60664-1)
• Classification climatic 3K5 and mechanical 3M2 (according to EN 50491-2)
• Pollution degree 2 (according to IEC 60664-1)
• Installation on 35 mm rail (according to EN 60715) Dimensions [mm]
• 8 modular units (1 MU = 18 mm) 70

• IP20 protection degree (installed device)

144 5 25 20 20

• Weight 385 g 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
C1 C2 C3 C4 C5 C6 C7 C8

0N 0N 0N 0N 0N 0N 0N 0N

45
90

0FF 0FF 0FF 0FF 0FF 0FF 0FF 0FF

C1 C2 C3 C4 C5 C6 C7 C8
EK-FB1-TP
8xD.O. 10A/230Vac ~ 50/60 Hz

Area
Line
Dev.
bus KNX

Order information Configuration and commissioning

Code Package By means of ETS4 2.0 software (or later versions)

Application program APEKFB1TP##.knxprod
EK-FB1-TP 1 pcs.
(download from www.ekinex.com)

Documentation

For more information, see the STEKFB1TP_EN.pdf

technical sheet available for download from www.ekinex.com

201
 TECHNICAL020EN

8-fold binary output/

4-fold blind actuator
ACTUATORS

Description Technical data

The Ekinex® EK-FE1-TP binary output / blind actuator allows to command 8 groups Power supply
of loads or control 4 drives for motorised blinds independently. The device is fitted • Voltage auxiliary 100-230 Vac 50/60 Hz
with membrane pushbuttons for manual command (even in the absence of bus power) • Voltage control section 30 Vdc by KNX bus
and LED’s for status indication; a pushbutton allows to switch between automatic and • Current consumption from bus < 10 mA
manual operation modes. The device integrates a KNX bus communication module • Power on bus < 240 mW
and is realized for mounting on a standard 35 mm DIN-rail. The device is supplied by
the KNX bus and requires an additional 230 Vac power supply to operate. Outputs
• Number: 8 or 4 independent channels (depending on device use)
Main features • Nominal voltage (Un): 100-230 Vac 50/60Hz
• Plastic casing • Nominal current (In): max 16 (10) A (both @100Vac and @230Vac)
• Frontal programming pushbutton and LED • Max. switched power: max 4000 VA @250Vac
• Membrane keyboard with LED’s for status indication
• Pushbutton for switching operating mode (normal / programming) Products included
• Connection to bus line with KNX terminal block Delivery includes a terminal block for connection to the bus.
• Connection of outputs and 230 Vac power supply with screw terminals
• Overvoltage class III (according to EN 60664-1)
• Classification climatic 3K5 and mechanical 3M2 (according to EN 50491-2)
• Pollution degree 2 (according to IEC 60664-1) Dimensions [mm]
• Installation on 35 mm rail (according to EN 60715) 70

• 4 modular units (1 MU = 18 mm)

72 5 25 20 20

• IP20 protection degree (installed device)

3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
1A 2A 3A 4A

• Weight 315 g
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
1B 2B 3B 4B

1A 2A 3A 4A
90

45

1B 2B 3B 4B

EK-FE1-TP
8xD.O. 16(10)A/230Vac ~ 50/60 Hz
4xBlind 16(10)A/230Vac ~ 50/60 Hz

Area
Line
L N
Dev.

bus KNX 1 2

Order information Configuration and commissioning

Code Package By means of ETS4 2.0 software (or later versions)

Application program APEKFE1TP##.knxprod
EK-FE1-TP 1 pcs.
(download from www.ekinex.com)

Documentation

For more information, see the STEKFE1TP_EN.pdf

technical sheet available for download from www.ekinex.com

202
 03 18 179 239 241 251 255 261 271 273 278
Introduction Wall-mounting devices Rail-mounting devices Accessories Supervision Tools Sales kit Technical section General terms of sale Index (codes) Index (description)

16-fold binary output/

8-fold blind actuator
ACTUATORS

Description Technical data

The Ekinex® EK-FF1-TP binary output / blind actuator allows to command 16 groups Power supply
of loads or control 8 drives for motorised blinds independently. The device is fitted • Voltage auxiliary 100-230 Vac 50/60 Hz
with membrane pushbuttons for manual command (even in the absence of bus power) • Voltage control section 30 Vdc by KNX bus
and LED’s for status indication; a pushbutton allows to switch between automatic and • Current consumption from bus < 10 mA
manual operation modes. The device integrates a KNX bus communication module • Power on bus < 240 mW
and is realized for mounting on a standard 35 mm DIN-rail. The device is supplied by
the KNX bus and requires an additional 230 Vac power supply to operate. Outputs
• Number: 16 or 8 independent channels (depending on device use)
Main features • Nominal voltage (Un): 100-230 Vac 50/60Hz
• Plastic casing • Nominal current (In): max 16 (10) A (both @100Vac and @230Vac)
• Frontal programming pushbutton and LED • Max. switched power: max 4000 VA @250Vac
• Membrane keyboard with LED’s for status indication
• Pushbutton for switching operating mode (normal / programming) Products included
• Connection to bus line with KNX terminal block Delivery includes a terminal block for connection to the bus.
• Connection of outputs and 230 Vac power supply with screw terminals
• Overvoltage class III (according to EN 60664-1)
• Classification climatic 3K5 and mechanical 3M2 (according to EN 50491-2)
• Pollution degree 2 (according to IEC 60664-1) Dimensions [mm]
• Installation on 35 mm rail (according to EN 60715) 70

• 8 modular units (1 MU = 18 mm)

144 5 25 20 20

• IP20 protection degree (installed device)

3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
1A 2A 3A 4A 5A 6A 7A 8A

19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34

• Weight 595 g
1B 2B 3B 4B 5B 6B 7B 8B

1A 2A 3A 4A 5A 6A 7A 8A

45
90

1B 2B 3B 4B 5B 6B 7B 8B

EK-FF1-TP
16xD.O. 16(10)A/230Vac ~ 50/60 Hz
8xBlind 16(10)A/230Vac ~ 50/60 Hz

Area
Line L N

Dev.
bus KNX 1 2

Order information Configuration and commissioning

Code Package By means of ETS4 2.0 software (or later versions)

Application program APEKFF1TP##.knxprod
EK-FF1-TP 1 pcs.
(download from www.ekinex.com)

Documentation

For more information, see the STEKFF1TP_EN.pdf

technical sheet available for download from www.ekinex.com

203
 TECHNICAL020EN

I/O modules
RAIL-MOUNTING DEVICES

EK-HU1-TP EK-HO1-TP
Input/output module Input/output module
for office applications for hotel applications

30 Vdc power supply from bus • •

Auxiliary power supply 230 Vac 50/60 Hz • •

Analog Inputs 1 1

Freely programmable inputs as analogue or binary inputs 1 1

Binary inputs 3 9

Relay outputs 5 (3) A 2 4

Relay outputs 5 (3) A, for fan control 3 3

Relay outputs 16 (10) A, for heating and cooling valve control - 2

Relay outputs for electric lock control 1 1

Relay outputs 16 (10) A - 6

0-10 Vdc output 1 1

Membrane keypad for manual control of outputs • •

Function for ON/OFF lighting control 1 6

Function for roller shutters / awnings control 1 2

Function for electric strike control - •

Temperature control function • •

Switch-off scenarios and courtesy lights function - •

Logical functions • •

204
 03 18 179 239 241 251 255 261 271 273 278
Introduction Wall-mounting devices Rail-mounting devices Accessories Supervision Tools Sales kit Technical section General terms of sale Index (codes) Index (description)

Input/output module
for office applications
I/O MODULES

Description Inputs
The Ekinex® EK-HU1-TP module allows to manage all functions of an office or a open- • 1 analog for NTC temperature sensor (thermostat function)
space zone: lighting, temperature control, shades and input/output indications. The • 4 digital
device is equipped with membrane keys for manual control and status indication
LEDs; a pushbutton allows to switch mode from automatic to manual and vice versa. Outputs
The device integrates a KNX bus communication module and is intended for mounting • 10 digital of which:
on a 35 mm standard DIN-rail. It is supplied by the KNX bus; in order to be operational - 3 general purpose
it also requires a 230 Vac voltage. - 2 (paired) for blind or shade control
- 5 fancoil: 3 for fan speed (3 speeds) and 2 for controlling electrothermal
Main features actuators on hot/cold valves
• Plastic casing • 1 analog 0-10V for fan speed control
• Frontal programming pushbutton and LED
• Membrane keypad with LED indication of the input status Products included
• Pushbutton for automatic/manual mode switch Delivery includes a terminal block for connection to the bus.
• Connection to bus line with KNX terminal block
• Screw terminal blocks for connecting inputs, outputs and 230 Vac power supply
• 3K5 climatic and 3M2 mechanic classification (according to EN 50491-2)
• Overvoltage class III (according to EN 60664-1)
• Pollution level 2 (according to IEC 60664-1)
• Mounting on 35 mm standard DIN-rail (according to EN 60715)
• 8 modular units (1 UM = 18 mm)
• Protection degree IP20 (device installed) Dimensions [mm]
• Weight 595 g 70
144 5 25 20 20
COOL

Technical data
HEAT

50 51 52 53

BO1 COM BO2 COMV V1 V2 V3

12/24 Vac

12/24 Vac
BO3

BO4

26 27 28 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41

Power supply
• Load power supply 230 Vac 50/60 Hz; electrical lock 12-24 V HEAT COOL

• Power supply (electronics) 30 Vdc via KNX bus

45
90

BO1 BO2 BO3 BO4 S

V1 V2 V3

Area

• Current consumption by bus < 10 mA

Line
Dev.
AI2/BI2

• Power on bus < 240 mW

0..10V
Com
Com
AI1

230 Vac 50/60 Hz

BI3

BI4

BI5

bus KNX 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 23 24 25 1 2

L N

Order information Configuration and commissioning

Code Package By means of ETS4 2.0 software (or later versions)

Application program: APEKHU1TP##.knxprod
EK-HU1-TP 1 pcs.
(## = version, downloadable from www.ekinex.com)

Documentation

For more information, see the STEKHU1TP_EN.pdf technical sheet

available for download from www.ekinex.com

205
 TECHNICAL020EN

Input/output module
for hotel applications
I/O MODULES

Description Inputs
The Ekinex® EK-HO1-TP module allows to manage all functions of a hotel room: • 1 analog for NTC temperature sensor (thermostat function)
lighting, temperature control, shades and input/output indications. The device is • 1 configurable as analog or digital
equipped with membrane keys for manual control and status indication LEDs; a • 10 digital of which:
pushbutton allows to switch mode from automatic to manual and vice versa. The - 4 general purpose
- 2 door or window opening contact
device integrates a KNX bus communication module and is intended for mounting on
- 1 pushbutton with pulling call for assistance/emergency
a 35 mm standard DIN-rail. It is supplied by the KNX bus; in order to be operational
- 1 badge contact
it also requires a 230 Vac voltage.
- 2 pushbuttons «Do not disturb» e «Please make room»

Main features
Outputs
• Plastic casing • 15 digital of which:
• Frontal programming pushbutton and LED - 3 general purpose
• Membrane keypad with LED indication of the input status - 3 for indications: «guest in the room», «room assigned», busy room or
• Pushbutton for automatic/manual mode switch emergency»
• Connection to bus line with KNX terminal block - 2 (paired) for blind or shade control
• Screw terminal blocks for connecting inputs, outputs and 230 Vac power supply - 1 for courtesy light control
• 3K5 climatic and 3M2 mechanic classification (according to EN 50491-2) - 5 for fancoil: 3 for fan speed (3 speeds) and 2 for controlling electrothermal
• Overvoltage class III (according to EN 60664-1) actuators on hot/cold valves
- 1 digital room contactor and auxiliaries
• Pollution level 2 (according to IEC 60664-1)
• 1 powered at 12/24 Vac for controlling an electric lock
• Mounting on 35 mm standard DIN-rail (according to EN 60715)
• 1 analog 0-10 V for fan speed control
• 8 modular units (1 UM = 18 mm)
• Protection degree IP20 (device installed) Products included
• Weight 595 g Delivery includes a terminal block for connection to the bus.

Technical data
Dimensions [mm]
Power supply
70
• Load power supply 230 Vac 50/60 Hz; electrical lock 12-24 V 144 5 25 20 20

• Power supply (electronics) 30 Vdc via KNX bus

COOL

42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57
HEAT

BO10
BO5

BO6

BO7

BO8

BO9

• Current consumption by bus < 10 mA BO1 COM BO2 COMV V1 V2 V3

BO3

BO4

12/24 Vac

12/24 Vac

26 27 28 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41

• Power on bus < 240 mW

BO5 BO6 BO7 BO8 HEAT COOL BO9 BO10
45
90

BO1 BO2 BO3 BO4 S

V1 V2 V3
Area
Line
EK-HO1-TP Dev.
Room Hotel Controller
AI1/BI1

AI2/BI2

0..10V
COM

COM

Com
Com
BI10
BI11

230 Vac 50/60 Hz

BI3

BI4

BI5

BI6

BI7
BI8
BI9

bus KNX 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 1 2

L N

Order information Configuration and commissioning

Code Package By means of ETS4 2.0 software (or later versions)

Application program: APEKHO1TP##.knxprod
EK-HO1-TP 1 pcs.
(## = version, downloadable from www.ekinex.com)

Documentation

For more information, see the STEKHO1TP_EN.pdf technical sheet

available for download from www.ekinex.com

206
 03 18 179 239 241 251 255 261 271 273 278
Introduction Wall-mounting devices Rail-mounting devices Accessories Supervision Tools Sales kit Technical section General terms of sale Index (codes) Index (description)

Dimmers
RAIL-MOUNTING DEVICES

EK-GA1-TP EK-GC1-TP EK-GF1-TP

2-fold dimming 4-fold RGBW LED 4-fold 0-10 V
actuator dimmer actuator

ON/OFF switching of single or groups of lighting device • • •

Brightness regulation and adjusting the light intensity • • •

Logical gates and forced mode for each channel • • •

Manual control by membrane pushbuttons • • •

Status feedback of output channels through LEDs • • •

Block function for each channel • • •

Without auxiliary power supply • • •

Time scheduling: switching delay for on and off, staircase lighting function • • •

Integration in scenarios • • •

Operating hours counter configurable via bus • • •

Fade adjustable ramps • • •

RGB / HSV operating mode - • •

Mounting on standard 35 mm rail (EN 60715) • • •

207
 TECHNICAL020EN

2-fold dimming actuator

DIMMERS

Description Technical data

The Ekinex® EK-GA1-TP dimming actuator allows to command and regulate the light Power supply
intensity of 2 groups of lighting devices. The device is suitable for the control of • Voltage (loads): 230 Vac 50/60 Hz
resistive, inductive and capacitive loads powered with 230 Vac. Different types of • Voltage (electronics): 30 Vdc by KNX bus
loads can be connected to different channels. The device is fitted with membrane • Current consumption from bus: < 13 mA
pushbuttons for manual command and LEDs for status indication; a pushbutton allows • Max. power from bus: 320 mW
the switching between automatic or manual operation modes. The device integrates
a KNX bus communication module and is realised for mounting on a standard 35 mm Outputs
DIN-rail. The device is powered by the KNX bus and requires an additional 230 Vac • Number: 2
power supply to operate the loads. • Max. controlled power: 300 W
• Min. controlled power: 10 W
Main features
• Plastic casing Products included
• Frontal programming pushbutton and LED Delivery includes a terminal block for connection to the bus.
• Membrane keyboard with LEDs for status indication of outputs
• Pushbutton for switching operating mode (normal / programming)
• Connection to bus line with KNX terminal block
• Connection of outputs and 230 Vac power supply with screw terminals
• Installation on 35 mm rail (according to EN 60715) Dimensions [mm]
• 4 modular units (1 MU = 18 mm) 70

• IP20 protection degree (installed device)

72 5 25 20 20

• Weight 160 g
3
~/ 5
~/
C1 4 C2 6

- + - +
C1 C2
90

45

EK-GA1-TP
2xDimmer 20-300W
230Vac ~ 50/60 Hz

Area
Line
L N
Dev.

bus KNX 1 2

Order information Configuration and commissioning

Code Package By means of ETS4 2.0 software (or later versions)

Application program APEKGA1TP##.knxprod
EK-GA1-TP 1 pcs.
(download from www.ekinex.com)

Documentation

For more information, see the STEKGA1TP_EN.pdf

technical sheet available for download from www.ekinex.com

208
 03 18 179 239 241 251 255 261 271 273 278
Introduction Wall-mounting devices Rail-mounting devices Accessories Supervision Tools Sales kit Technical section General terms of sale Index (codes) Index (description)

4-fold RGBW LED dimmer

DIMMERS

Description Technical data

The Ekinex® EK-GC1-TP 4-fold RGBW LED dimmer allows to regulate independently Power supply
the light intensity emitted by 4 LED strips at 12/24 Vdc or, alternatively, to regulate • Voltage (strip LED): max 30 Vdc, 16 A
the light intensity and the colour emitted by a RGB or RGBW LED strip. The device • Voltage (control): 30 Vdc by KNX bus
is suitable for use with LED strips powered at constant voltage. The selection of the
colour can be made optionally in HSV or RGB mode. Scenarios, predefined sequences, Outputs
sequence repetition and random functions are available; the dimming speed and the • Number: 4
holding time are programmable. The device is fitted with membrane pushbuttons for • Load current for each channel: 4 A
manual command and LEDs for status indication; a pushbutton allows the switching
between automatic or manual operation modes. The device integrates a KNX bus Products included
communication module and is realised for mounting on a standard 35 mm DIN-rail. Delivery includes a terminal block for connection to the bus.
The device is powered by the KNX bus and requires an additional 12...30 Vdc to
supply the controlled loads.

Main features
• Plastic casing
• Frontal programming pushbutton and LED
• Membrane keyboard with LEDs for status indication of outputs
• Pushbutton for switching operating mode (normal / programming) Dimensions [mm]
• CH pushbutton for individual or simultaneous channels control 70

• HSV / RGB pushbutton colour control mode

72 30 20 20

• Auxiliary dry contact to disconnect load power supply during standby

12..30 VDC 12..30 VDC C1/R C2/G C3/B C4/W
+ + - - - - - -

• Connection to bus line with KNX terminal block

• Connection of outputs and 12-30 Vdc power supply with screw terminals
• Installation on 35 mm rail (according to EN 60715)
90

45

• 4 modular units (1 MU = 18 mm)

• IP20 protection degree (installed device) Dev.
Area
Line
230V~/6A max

bus KNX

Order information Configuration and commissioning

Code Package By means of ETS4 2.0 software (or later versions)

Application program APEKGC1TP##.knxprod
EK-GC1-TP 1 pcs. (download from www.ekinex.com)

Documentation

For more information, see the STEKGC1TP_EN.pdf

technical sheet available for download from www.ekinex.com

209
 TECHNICAL020EN

4-fold 0-10 V actuator

DIMMERS

Description Technical data

The Ekinex® 4-fold 0-10 V actuator EK-GF1-TP can be used as 0-10 V control output Power supply
device or, alternatively, for controlling dimmerable LED power supply units. When • Voltage (control): 30 Vdc by KNX bus
used for LED controlling, the selection of the colour can be made optionally in HSV • Rated output stage supply voltage: 100-230Vac, 50/60Hz max 5W
or RGB mode. Scenarios, predefined sequences, sequence repetition and random
functions are available; the dimming speed and the holding time are programmable. Outputs
The device is fitted with membrane pushbuttons for manual command and LEDs for • Number: 4
status indication; a pushbutton allows the switching between automatic or manual • Range: 0-10 V or 1-10V
operation modes. The device integrates a KNX bus communication module and is • Max. current for each channel: 50 mA
realised for mounting on a standard 35 mm DIN-rail. The device is powered by the
KNX bus. Products included
Delivery includes a terminal block for connection to the bus and a terminal block for
Main features connection to the auxiliary power supply.
• Plastic casing
• Frontal programming pushbutton and LED
• Membrane keyboard with LEDs for status indication of outputs
• Pushbutton for switching operating mode (normal / programming)
• CH pushbutton for individual or simultaneous channels control
• HSV / RGB pushbutton colour control mode Dimensions [mm]
• Connection to bus line with KNX terminal block 70

• Connection of outputs with screw terminals

72 30 20 20

• Installation on 35 mm rail (according to EN 60715)

C1/R C2/G C3/B C4/W
+ - + - + - + -

• 4 modular units (1 MU = 18 mm)

• IP20 protection degree (installed device)
90

45

EK-GF1-TP
4xDimmer RGBW 0...10V

Area
Line
Dev. L N

bus KNX

Order information Configuration and commissioning

Code Package By means of ETS4 2.0 software (or later versions)

Application program APEKGF1TP##.knxprod
EK-GF1-TP 1 pcs.
(download from www.ekinex.com)

Documentation

For more information, see the STEKGF1TP_EN.pdf

technical sheet available for download from www.ekinex.com

210
 03 18 179 239 241 251 255 261 271 273 278
Introduction Wall-mounting devices Rail-mounting devices Accessories Supervision Tools Sales kit Technical section General terms of sale Index (codes) Index (description)

Thermoregulation and PLC

RAIL-MOUNTING DEVICES

EK-HE1-TP
EK-HA1-TP EK-HB1-TP EK-HC1-TP
8-fold actuator EK-IA1-TP
Fan-coil actuator / Fan-coil actuator / Fan-coil actuator / EK-HH1-TP
/ controller for CODESYS PLC
controller 3-speed controller 0-10 V controller Mixing actuator
electrothermal with KNX interface
fan control fan control full version
valve drives

Power 30 Vdc from KNX bus • • • • • •

Auxiliary power supply 230 Vac 50/60 Hz • • • • • -

Analog input (passive temperature sensors 10 k NTC at 25°C) • • • - • -

Digital input (potential-free) • • • - • -

Output relays • • • - • -

Output triac relays - - - • • -

Output 0-10V (high impedence signal control) - • - - • -

Membrane keyboard for manual/automatic control with status indication LEDs - - • - • -

LCD-display - - - - • -

2-pipe hydraulic distribution systems applications • • • • - -

4-pipe hydraulic distribution systems applications - - • • - -

Actuator • • • • - -

Internal controller • • • • • -

Air flow terminal: ventilation • • • - - -

Air flow terminal: convector • • • - - -

Air flow terminal: fan-coil • • • - - -

Air flow terminal: fan-coil + 2° electrical stage - - • - - -

Underfloor and ceiling systems distribution - - - • • -

Underfloor and ceiling mixing valve systems - - - - • -

Mounting on standard 35 mm rail (EN 60715) • • • • • •

211
 TECHNICAL020EN

Fancoil actuator / controller

3-speed fan control
THERMOREGULATION

Description Technical data

The Ekinex® EK-HA1-TP fancoil actuator / controller allows to control a fan coil unit Power supply
for the air conditioning of a room. The device can perform the function of simple • Voltage (loads) 230 Vac 50/60 Hz
actuator in combination with a KNX room thermostat or that of actuator / controller • Voltage (electronics) 30 Vdc by KNX bus
with acquisition of the temperature value by a KNX room sensor or a probe connected
to an analog input. The device is suitable for 2-pipe hydraulic distribution systems Inputs
with ON / OFF control of one electrothermal shut-off valve actuator and a 3-speed • 2 freely configurable for passive temperature sensors (10 k NTC at 25°C)
fan. The outputs not used to control the fan coil unit can be configured as binary or as potential-free binary inputs
output channels for different functions. The device is equipped with 2 inputs freely
configurable as analog or digital. The device integrates a KNX bus communication Outputs
module and is realized for mounting on a standard 35 mm DIN-rail. The device is • 3 interlocked relay outputs to control a 3-speed fan (or configurable as binary
supplied by the KNX bus and requires an additional 230 Vac power supply to operate. outputs for different applications)
• 1 relay SPST (single pole, single throw) to control an ON / OFF valve (in 2-pipe
Main features hydraulic distribution systems)
• Plastic casing
• Frontal programming pushbutton and LED Products included
• Connection to bus line with KNX terminal block Delivery includes a terminal block for connection to the bus.
• Connection of inputs, outputs and 230 Vac power supply with screw terminals
• Classification climatic 3K5 and mechanical 3M2 (according to EN 50491-2)
• Overvoltage class III (according to EN 60664-1)
• Pollution degree 2 (according to IEC 60664-1) Dimensions [mm]
• 35 mm rail mounting (according to EN 60715) 70

• 4 modular units (1 MU = 18 mm)

72 5 25 20 20

• IP20 protection degree (installed device)

C V1 V2 V3 DO1
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18

IN1 IN2
3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

• Weight 175 g
90

45

R
EK-HA1-TP
Fan-coil actuator/controller

Area
230Vac-50/60Hz
Line
Dev. L N

bus KNX 1 2

Order information Configuration and commissioning

Code Package By means of ETS4 2.0 software (or later versions)

Application program APEKHA1TP##.knxprod
EK-HA1-TP 1 pcs. (download from www.ekinex.com)

Documentation

For more information, see the STEKHA1TP_EN.pdf

technical sheet available for download from www.ekinex.com

212
 03 18 179 239 241 251 255 261 271 273 278
Introduction Wall-mounting devices Rail-mounting devices Accessories Supervision Tools Sales kit Technical section General terms of sale Index (codes) Index (description)

Fancoil actuator / controller

0-10 V fan control
THERMOREGULATION

Description Technical data

The Ekinex® EK-HB1-TP fancoil actuator / controller allows to control a fan coil unit Power supply
for the air conditioning of a room. The device can perform the function of simple • Voltage (loads) 230 Vac 50/60 Hz
actuator in combination with a KNX room thermostat or that of actuator / controller • Voltage (electronics) 30 Vdc by KNX bus
with acquisition of the temperature value by a KNX room sensor or a probe connected
to an analog input. The device is suitable for 2-pipe hydraulic distribution systems Inputs
with ON / OFF control of one electrothermal shut-off valve actuator and a fan with • 2 freely configurable for passive temperature sensors (10 k NTC at 25°C)
brushless motor. The outputs not used to control the fan coil unit can be configured or as potential-free binary inputs
as binary output channels for different functions. The device is equipped with 2
inputs freely configurable as analog or digital. The device integrates a KNX bus Outputs
communication module and is realized for mounting on a standard 35 mm DIN-rail. • 1 to control a brushless motor driven fan with 0-10 V signal
The device is supplied by the KNX bus and requires an additional 230 Vac power • 1 relay SPST (single pole, single throw) to control an ON / OFF valve (in 2-pipe
supply to operate. hydraulic distribution systems)

Main features Products included

• Plastic casing Delivery includes a terminal block for connection to the bus.
• Frontal programming pushbutton and LED
• Connection to bus line with KNX terminal block
• Connection of inputs, outputs and 230 Vac power supply with screw terminals
• Classification climatic 3K5 and mechanical 3M2 (according to EN 50491-2)
• Overvoltage class III (according to EN 60664-1) Dimensions [mm]
• Pollution degree 2 (according to IEC 60664-1) 70

• 35 mm rail mounting (according to EN 60715)

72 5 25 20 20

• 4 modular units (1 MU = 18 mm)

DO1
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18

IN1 IN2 0-10V

3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

• IP20 protection degree (installed device)

+ -

• Weight 175 g
90

45

R
EK-HB1-TP
Fan-coil actuator/controller

Area
230Vac-50/60Hz
Line
Dev. L N

bus KNX 1 2

Order information Configuration and commissioning

Code Package By means of ETS4 2.0 software (or later versions)

Application program APEKHB1TP##.knxprod
EK-HB1-TP 1 pcs. (download from www.ekinex.com)

Documentation

For more information, see the STEKHB1TP_EN.pdf

technical sheet available for download from www.ekinex.com

213
 TECHNICAL020EN

Fancoil actuator / controller

full version
THERMOREGULATION

Description Technical data

The Ekinex® EK-HC1-TP fancoil actuator / controller allows to control a fan coil unit Power supply
for the air conditioning of a room. The device can perform the function of simple • Voltage (loads) 230 Vac 50/60 Hz
actuator in combination with a KNX room thermostat or that of actuator / controller • Voltage (electronics) 30 Vdc by KNX bus
with acquisition of the temperature value by a KNX room sensor or a probe connected
to an analog input. The device is suitable for 2 or 4-pipe hydraulic distribution Inputs
systems with ON / OFF control of one or two electrothermal shut-off valve actuators • 3 freely configurable for passive temperature sensors (10 k NTC at 25°C)
and a 3-speed fan or a brushless motor driven fan. The outputs not used to control the or as potential-free binary inputs
fan coil unit can be configured as binary output channels for different functions. The
device is equipped with 3 inputs freely configurable as analog or digital. The device Outputs
is fitted with membrane pushbuttons for manual command and LED’s for status • 1 to control a brushless motor driven fan with 0-10 V signal
indication; a pushbutton allows to switch between automatic and manual operation • 3 interlocked relay outputs to control a 3-speed fan (or configurable as binary
modes. The device integrates a KNX bus communication module and is realized for outputs for different applications)
mounting on a standard 35 mm DIN-rail. The device is supplied by the KNX bus and • 2 relay SPST (single pole, single throw) to control two ON / OFF valves (in
requires an additional 230 Vac power supply to operate. 2 or 4-pipe hydraulic distribution systems)

Main features Products included

• Plastic casing Delivery includes a terminal block for connection to the bus.
• Frontal programming pushbutton and LED
• Membrane keyboard with LED’s for status indication
• Pushbutton for switching operating mode (normal / programming) Dimensions [mm]
• Connection to bus line with KNX terminal block 70

• Connection of inputs, outputs and 230 Vac power supply with screw terminals
72 5 25 20 20

• Classification climatic 3K5 and mechanical 3M2 (according to EN 50491-2)

C V1 V2 V3 DO1 DO2
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18

IN1 IN2 IN3 0-10V

3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

• Overvoltage class III (according to EN 60664-1)

+ -

• Pollution degree 2 (according to IEC 60664-1) 1 2 3

DO1

• 35 mm rail mounting (according to EN 60715)

90

45

DO2

• 4 modular units (1 MU = 18 mm)

R
EK-HC1-TP
Fan-coil actuator/controller

• IP20 protection degree (installed device)

Area
230Vac-50/60Hz
Line
Dev. L N

• Weight 205 g bus KNX 1 2

Configuration and commissioning

By means of ETS4 2.0 software (or later versions)
Application program APEKHC1TP##.knxprod
(download from www.ekinex.com)

Order information Documentation

Code Package For more information, see the STEKHC1TP_EN.pdf

EK-HC1-TP 1 pcs. technical sheet available for download from www.ekinex.com

214
 03 18 179 239 241 251 255 261 271 273 278
Introduction Wall-mounting devices Rail-mounting devices Accessories Supervision Tools Sales kit Technical section General terms of sale Index (codes) Index (description)

8-fold actuator / controller

for electrothermal valve drives
THERMOREGULATION

Description Technical data

The Ekinex® EK-HE1-TP actuator / controller allows to control electrothermal Power supply
actuators or servomotors in hydronic systems for room heating and / or cooling. • Voltage (loads) 230 Vac 50/60 Hz
The device can perform the function of simple actuator in combination with one or • Voltage (electronics) 30 Vdc by KNX bus
more KNX room thermostats or that of actuator / controller with acquisition of the
temperature value by one or more KNX sensors. The device is suitable for 2 or 4-pipe Outputs
hydraulic distribution systems with ON / OFF control of electrothermal shut-off valve • 8 TRIAC relays to control ON / OFF zone valve drives
actuators. The device is fitted with membrane pushbuttons for manual command and
LED’s for status indication; a pushbutton allows to switch between automatic and Products included
manual operation modes. The device integrates a KNX bus communication module Delivery includes a terminal block for connection to the bus.
and is realized for mounting on a standard 35 mm DIN-rail. The device is supplied by
the KNX bus and requires an additional 230 Vac power supply to operate.

Main features
• Plastic casing
• Frontal programming pushbutton and LED
• Membrane keyboard with LED’s for status indication
• Pushbutton for switching operating mode (normal / programming)
• Connection to bus line with KNX terminal block
• Connection of outputs and 230 Vac power supply with screw terminals
• Classification climatic 3K5 and mechanical 3M2 (according to EN 50491-2) Dimensions [mm]
• Overvoltage class III (according to EN 60664-1) 70

• Pollution degree 2 (according to IEC 60664-1)

72 5 25 20 20

• 35 mm rail mounting (according to EN 60715)

3A 3B 4A 4B L N N

9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16

1A 1B 2A 2B L N N

• 4 modular units (1 MU = 18 mm) 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

• IP20 protection degree (installed device)

• Weight 160 g
90

45

Area

Line

Dev.
bus KNX

Order information Configuration and commissioning

Code Package By means of ETS4 2.0 software (or later versions)

Application program APEKHE1TP##.knxprod
EK-HE1-TP 1 pcs. (download from www.ekinex.com)

Documentation

For more information, see the STEKHE1TP_EN.pdf

technical sheet available for download from www.ekinex.com

215
 TECHNICAL020EN

Mixing actuator
THERMOREGULATION

Description Technical data

The Ekinex® EK-HH1-TP mixing actuator allows the control of 3 floating points or Power supply
0-10 V servo-motor for mixing valves. The flow temperature of the conveying fluid • Voltage (loads) 230 Vac 50/60 Hz
can be set at a fixed point, with external climatic compensation and with external • Voltage (electronics) 30 Vdc by KNX bus
climatic compensation plus internal conditions recalibration. The regulation modes
are selectable separately for heating and cooling. The device is particularly suitable Inputs
for underfloor or ceiling heating and cooling radiant panels applications in combination • 3 analogic exclusively for connection of NTC temperature sensors 10 k at 25°C
with Ekinex® room thermostats with integrated temperature and humidity sensor. • 2 configurable as analogic (exclusively for NTC temperature sensors 10 k at
A 0-10 V output allows the remote setting of a heat pump temperature setpoint 25°C) or digital (potential free)
value. The startup function enables a radiant floors drying concrete phase according
to EN 1264 standard. The membrane keyboard allows the manual command and Outputs
includes LED’s for status indication; the LCD-display allows displaying / setting • 1 for control of a 3 point floating servomotor, 1 A, 250 Vac
of the main working parameters. The device integrates a KNX bus communication • 1 for control of a servomotor with 0-10 V signal connection of high impedance input
module and is realized for mounting on a standard 35 mm DIN-rail. The device is • 3 for additional functions, relays 10(5) A, 250 Vac
supplied by the KNX bus and requires an additional 230 Vac power supply to operate.
Products included
Main features Delivery includes a terminal block for connection to the bus.
• Plastic casing
• Frontal programming pushbutton and LED
• Membrane keyboard with LED’s for status indication
• Pushbutton for switching operating mode (normal / programming) Dimensions [mm]
• Connection to bus line with KNX terminal block 70

• Connection of inputs, outputs and 230 Vac power supply with screw terminals
144 5 25 20 20

• Classification climatic 3K5 and mechanical 3M2 (according to EN 50491-2)

POWER AUX CLOSE COM OPEN DO1 DO2 DO3
15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25

IN1 4 IN2 6 IN3 8 IN4 10 IN5 12 + AO1 -

3 5 7 9 11 13 14

• Overvoltage class III (according to EN 60664-1)

• Pollution degree 2 (according to IEC 60664-1) OK

• 35 mm rail mounting (according to EN 60715)

45
90

ESC

• 8 modular units (1 MU = 18 mm)

EK-HH1-TP
Mixing group controller

• IP20 protection degree (installed device) Area

Line L N

• Weight 380 g
Dev.
bus KNX 1 2

Order information Configuration and commissioning

Code Package By means of ETS4 2.0 software (or later versions)

Application program APEKHH1TP##.knxprod
EK-HH1-TP 1 pcs. (download from www.ekinex.com)

Documentation

For more information, see the STEKHH1TP_EN.pdf

technical sheet available for download from www.ekinex.com

216
 03 18 179 239 241 251 255 261 271 273 278
Introduction Wall-mounting devices Rail-mounting devices Accessories Supervision Tools Sales kit Technical section General terms of sale Index (codes) Index (description)

NTC 10 k
temperature sensors
TEMPERATURE CONTROL

Description Dimensions [mm]

Temperature sensors with NTC (Negative Temperature Coefficient, 10 k ±1% a
25 °C, ß = 3435) sensitive element for temperature measurement, to be used in 52
combination with Ekinex® KNX devices equipped with an analog input (or configurable
as [AI]) for temperature measurement.

50
Characteristics and Technical data
Outdoor version (EK-STE-10K-3435) h = 35
• Sensitive element with high IP protection degree casing EK-STE
• Cable gland (connecting cable not included in delivery)
• Working conditions:
1500
- operating temperature: −40°C...+100°C 50

- relative humidity: 0...100%

6

Immersion version (EK-STI-10K-3435)

EK-STI
• Sensitive element with INOX cylinder casing
• Two-wire connecting cable (length 1,5 m)
1500
30

• Operating temperature: -40°C...+105°C 20 5

5
6

Contact version (EK-STC-10K-3435) 22

• Brass toecap EK-STC

• Two-wire connecting cable (length 1,5 m)
• Operating temperature: -40°C...+100°C
5

Air mass version (EK-STL-10K-3435)

6

5
• Sensor printed directly on the connecting cable 15
1500

• Two-wire connecting cable (length 1,5 m)

EK-STL
• Operating temperature: -50°C...+105°C

Order information Configuration and commissioning

Code Version Package The configuration is necessary for the Ekinex® KNX device connected to the temperature
sensor.
EK-STE-10K-3435 outdoor

EK-STI-10K-3435 immersion
1 pcs.
EK-STC-10K-3435 contact

EK-STL-10K-3435 air mass Documentation

For further information,
please see
STEKSTX10K3435_EN.pdf
technical sheet, available for
download from www.ekinex.com EK-STE EK-STI EK-STC EK-STL

217
 TECHNICAL020EN

CODESYS PLC
with KNX interface
THERMOREGULATION

Description Products included

The Ekinex® EK-IA1-TP PLC allows to realize complex control and regulation logics for Delivery includes a terminal block for connection to the bus.
the automation of homes and buildings, integrating basic KNX functions. The device
is completely programmable by using the CODESYS* development environment (V3 Further information
release); it incorporates an interface to the KNX bus and a USB port for programming. CODESYS (COntroller DEvelopment SYStem) is a trademark of 3S-Smart Software
The device is entirely supplied at SELV voltage by the KNX bus and does not require Solutions GmbH, Kempten (Germany). The CODESYS platform complies with standard
auxiliary power supply. It is delivered with a software tool to list all variables used IEC 61131-3 Programmable controllers - Part 3: Programming languages. For more
for programming the device. information, also consult www.codesys.com

Main features
• Plastic casing
• Connection to bus line with KNX terminal blockX
• Connection to PC with USB connector
• Classification climatic 3K5 and mechanical 3M2 (according to EN 50491-2)
• Overvoltage class III (according to EN 60664-1)
• Pollution degree 2 (according to IEC 60664-1)
• 35 mm rail mounting (according to EN 60715)
• 4 modular units (1 MU = 18 mm)
• IP20 protection degree (installed device)
• Weight 130 g
Dimensions [mm]
Technical data 70

Power supply
72 5 25 20 20

• 30 Vdc voltage by KNX bus

90

45

EK-IA1-TP
PLC CODESYS with KNX interface

bus KNX

Order information Configuration and commissioning

Code Package Import of ETS database by means of a dedicated software tool

EK-IA1-TP 1 pcs.

Documentation

For more information, see the STEKIA1TP_EN.pdf

technical sheet available for download from www.ekinex.com

218
 03 18 179 239 241 251 255 261 271 273 278
Introduction Wall-mounting devices Rail-mounting devices Accessories Supervision Tools Sales kit Technical section General terms of sale Index (codes) Index (description)

PLC SMART-U
RAIL-MOUNTING DEVICES

EK-IB1-TP EK-IC1-TP
PLC - SMART-U PLC - SMART-U

SmartLab Development Environment • •

Web HMI HTML 5 • •

VPN Tosibox® Support • •

Power supply 12.. 30 Vdc

Binary inputs 8 - 24 Vdc

Analog Inputs 8 - 0-10 Vdc

Binary outputs 8 - 24 Vdc

Analog outputs 4 – 0-10 Vdc

Ethernet port • •

WiFi card • -

USB port • •

DIN modules 6 6

219
 TECHNICAL020EN

SMART-U PLC
REMOTE CONTROL AND MONITORING

Description Connectivity
Central unit for remote control and monitoring which integrates in a single device the • Ethernet: 1 10/100 Mbps port
characteristics of a PLC with I/Os, Web HMI HTML5 and teleassistance. Programming • USB: 1 port (type A)
through SmartLab rel. 5.0 (according to IEC 61131-3) development suite. Digital and • Serial: 2 RS485 (Modbus) ports
analog on-board I/Os (16 inputs and 12 outputs). The integrated TOSIBOX® allows • VPN: TOSIBOX®
to remotely connect in order to modify the application or monitor the machine status • HMI: Webserver HTML5
through integrated Webserver and SCADA. The device is realized for mounting on a
standard 35 mm DIN-rail. Power supply
• 12...30 Vdc (possibly)
Functional characteristics • Pmax -> 2W (to be added to output consumption)
• Local acquisition and elaboration of physical values
• Acquired data recording on SD Card (optional) Outputs Inputs
• Remote data monitoring from pc or mobile • 8 digital outputs (DO) 24 Vdc 8 digital inputs (DI) 24 Vdc
• Interaction with other network controllers • 4 analog outputs (AO) 0-10 V 8 analog inputs (AI) 0-10 V
• Integration in existent networks (Ethernet, Modbus)
• Realization of control programs Products included
• Compact SBC system expandable via local bus Delivery includes a terminal block for connection to the bus.
• Alarm / threshold control

Technical data
Hardware Dimensions [mm]
• Processor: i.MX6UL @ 528MHz
• Operating system: Linux 3.14.52
• RAM: 256 MB DDR3
• Flash memory: 256 MB NAND
• SD: optional
101

46
92

108 50 20

70

Order information Configuration and commissioning

Code Internet connection Package Through SmartLab release 5.0 or later versions.

EK-IB1 Ethernet port or Wi-Fi connection 1 pcs.

EK-IC1 Ethernet port 1 pcs.

EK-IBC1-ACC 3-pole terminals 2 pcs.

Tosibox Key cryptographic micro-controller

®
Documentation
EK-DEL-TBK1 1 pcs.
that realizes 1 client PC + 1 mobile client
For further information, please see STEKIBC1TP_EN.pdf technical sheet
available for download from www.ekinex.com

220
 03 18 179 239 241 251 255 261 271 273 278
Introduction Wall-mounting devices Rail-mounting devices Accessories Supervision Tools Sales kit Technical section General terms of sale Index (codes) Index (description)

Gateway
RAIL-MOUNTING DEVICES

EK-BJ1-TP-MSTP
EK-BH1-TP-485 EK-BH1-TP-TCP EK-BJ1-TP-IP EK-BK1-TP EK-BM1-TP-xx EK-BN1-TP EK-BG1-TP
Gateway
Gateway Modbus Gateway Modbus Gateway Gateway Gateway Gateway Gateway
BACnet
RS485-KNX TCP/IP-KNX BACnet IP-KNX DMX-KNX M-Bus-KNX PROFINET-KNX DALI-KNX
MS/TP-KNX

Auxiliary power supply • • • • • • • •

Electrically insulated RS485 serial

• - - • • - - -
communication port
1-way DIP switch to activate the line terminator
• - - - • - - -
(120 Ohm)
Modbus master RTU (Remote Terminal Unit)
• • - - - - - -
communication
BACnet slave communication - - • - - - - -

BACnet communication - - - - - - - -

PROFINET slave communication - - - - - - • -

BACnet records exchange - - • - - - - -

PROFINET records exchange - - - - - - • -

DMX master communication - - - - • - - -

250 kbaud communication speed - - - - • - - -

From 1200 to 115200 baud communication

• - - • - - - -
speed
from 3000 to 38400 baud communication speed - - - - - • - -

Ethernet (IEEE 802.3) communication port,

- • • - - - • •
RJ45 connector
M-Bus communication port - - - - - • - -

Device addressing from 1 to 250 - - - - - • - -

Device addressing from 0 to 250 • • - - - - - -

Device addressing from 0 to 512 - - - - • - - -

Register exchange of Coil, Input, and Input

• • - - - - - -
Register Holding Register type
Reading and writing of single and multiple
• • - - - - - -
registers
1 byte register writing on a maximum of 512
- - - - • - - -
DMX devices
Volatile support memory with “image Modbus”
• • - - - - - -
of 1440 byte
Volatile support memory with“image BACnet”
- - • • - - - -
of 1440 byte
Volatile support memory with “image M-Bus”
- - - - - • - -
of 1440 byte
Volatile support memory with “image PROFINET
- - - - - - • -
” of 1440 byte
KNX TP (twisted pair) 9600 baud
• • • • • • • •
communication port
Volatile support memory with “image KNX” of
• • • • • • • •
1440 byte
Additional plug-in program • • • • • • • •

Mounting on standard 35 mm rail (EN 60715) • • • • • • • •

DALI communication protocol - - - - - - - •

Ballast addressing to 64 devices - - - - - - - •

221
 TECHNICAL020EN

Gateway Modbus RS485 - KNX

GATEWAYS

Description Configuration
The Ekinex® Modbus RS485 - KNX Gateway performs a protocol conversion between • Ethernet communication port (IEEE 802.3), RJ45 connector, minimum cable
a serial RS485 Modbus RTU and a KNX TP network. The device works as Modbus category: 5E
master. The device integrates a KNX bus communication module and it is suitable for
mounting on a 35 mm DIN rail; it requires an auxiliary power supply. Products included
The delivery includes the device and terminal blocks to connect to the KNX bus.
Main features
• Plastic casing Other information
• Connection to bus line with KNX terminal block Modbus® is an open source, standard communication protocol suitable for
• Installation on 35 mm rail (according to EN 60715) master / slave data exchange between smart devices in various applications, such as
• 4 modular units (1 MU = 18 mm) industrial production, infrastructure, transportation and energy management.
• IP20 protection degree (installed device)
• Weight 145 g

Technical data
• Power supply: 8...24 Vac or 12...35 Vdc
• Absorption at 24 Vdc: 3,5 VA

Communication Dimensions [mm]

KNX side 70

• KNX TP (Twisted Pair) communication port electrically isolated from power supply
72 5 25 20 20

• 1440-byte volatile support “KNX image” memory buffer

Modbus RS485 side

3 4 5
ETHERNET RT+ RT- Com RS485

Failure Area

• RS485 serial communication port, electrically isolated from power supply,

45
90

KNX Line
Modbus
Dev.

120 ohm termination resistance pluggable by a 1-way microswitch

Device state
POWER S.
EK-BH1-TP-485 +V 0V
Modbus Master RS485 RTU 8...24 Vac
/ KNX TP Converter 12...35 Vdc
1 2

• Modbus master RTU (Remote Terminal Unit) communication

• Selectable baud rate from 1200 to 115200 baud
bus KNX

• Device addressing from 0 to 250

• Coil, Input, Holding Register e Input Register data exchange
• Single and multiple register reading/writing
• 1440-byte volatile support “Modbus image” memory buffer
Configuration and commissioning

By means of software tool CGEKBH1TP485.exe (download from www.ekinex.com)

Order information Documentation

Code Application Package For further information please refer to data sheet
STEKBH1TP485_EN.pdf, download from www.ekinex.com
EK-BH1-TP-485 protocol conversion KNX - Modbus RTU 1 pcs.

222
 03 18 179 239 241 251 255 261 271 273 278
Introduction Wall-mounting devices Rail-mounting devices Accessories Supervision Tools Sales kit Technical section General terms of sale Index (codes) Index (description)

Gateway Modbus TCP/IP - KNX

GATEWAYS

Description Configuration
The Ekinex® Modbus TCP/IP - KNX Gateway performs a protocol conversion between • Ethernet communication port (IEEE 802.3), RJ45 connector, minimum cable
a Modbus RTU over TCP / IP and a KNX TP network. The device works as Modbus category: 5E.
master. The device integrates a KNX bus communication module and it is suitable for
mounting on a 35 mm DIN rail; it requires an auxiliary power supply. Products included
The delivery includes the device and terminal blocks to connect to the KNX bus.
Main features
• Plastic casing Other information
• Connection to bus line with KNX terminal block Modbus® is an open source, standard communication protocol suitable for master/
• Installation on 35 mm rail (according to EN 60715) slave data exchange between smart devices in various applications, such as industrial
• 4 modular units (1 MU = 18 mm) production, infrastructure, transportation and energy management.
• IP20 protection degree (installed device)
• Weight 145 g

Technical data
• Power supply: 8...24 Vac or 12...35 Vdc
• Absorption at 24 Vdc: 3,5 VA

Communication Dimensions [mm]

KNX side 70

• KNX TP (Twisted Pair) communication port electrically isolated from power supply
72 5 25 20 20

• 1440-byte volatile support “KNX image” memory buffer

Modbus TCP/IP side ETHERNET

Failure Area

• Ethernet communication port (IEEE 802.3), RJ45 connector, minimum cable

45
90

KNX Line
Modbus
Dev.

category: 5E.Communication Modbus master RTU (Remote Terminal Unit)

Device state
POWER S.
EK-BH1-TP-TCP +V 0V
Modbus Master TPC/IP 8...24 Vac
/ KNX TP Converter 12...35 Vdc
1 2

• Device addressing from 0 to 250

• Coil, Input, Holding Register e Input Register data exchange
bus KNX

• Single and multiple register reading/writing

• 1440-byte volatile support “Modbus image” memory buffer

Configuration and commissioning

By means of software tool CGEKBH1TPTCP.exe (download from www.ekinex.com)

Order information Documentation

Code Application Package For further information please refer to data sheet
STEKBH1TPTCP_EN.pdf, download from www.ekinex.com
EK-BH1-TP-TCP protocol conversion KNX - Modbus RTU 1 pcs.

223
 TECHNICAL020EN

Gateway BACnet - KNX

GATEWAYS

Description BACnet side (IP version)

The Ekinex® BACnet - KNX Gateway performs a protocol conversion between a • Ethernet communication port (IEEE 802.3), RJ45 connector, minimum cable
BACnet and a KNX TP network. Two versions are available: BACnet MS/TP (master- category: 5E.Communication BACnet slave
slave / token-passed) over serial RS485 network and BACnet IP over Ethernet. The • BACnet objects exchange
device integrates a KNX bus communication module and it is suitable for mounting • 1440-byte volatile support “BACNet image” memory buffer
on a 35 mm DIN rail; it requires an auxiliary power supply.
Configuration
Main features • Ethernet communication port (IEEE 802.3), RJ45 connector, minimum cable
• Plastic casing category: 5E.
• Connection to bus line with KNX terminal block
• Installation on 35 mm rail (according to EN 60715) Products included
• 4 modular units (1 MU = 18 mm) The delivery includes the device and terminal blocks to connect to the KNX bus.
• IP20 protection degree (installed device)
• Weight 145 g Other information
BACnet® is an ASHRAE (American Society of Heating, Refrigerating and Air-
Technical data Conditioning Engineers) trademark.
• Power supply: 8...24 Vac or 12...35 Vdc
• Absorption at 24 Vdc: 3,5 VA
Dimensions [mm]
Communication 70

KNX side
72 5 25 20 20

• KNX TP (Twisted Pair) communication port electrically isolated from power supply
• 1440-byte volatile support “KNX image” memory buffer
ETHERNET

Failure Area

BACnet (MS/TP version) side

45
90

KNX Line
BACnet
Dev.

• RS485 serial communication port, electrically isolated from power supply,

Device state
POWER S.
EK-BJ1-TP-IP +V 0V
BACnet IP Server 8...24 Vac
/ KNX TP Converter 12...35 Vdc
1 2

120 ohm termination resistance pluggable by a 1-way microswitch

• BACnet communication
bus KNX

• Selectable baud rate from 1200 to 115200 baud

• BACnet objects exchange
• 1440-byte volatile support “BACNet image” memory buffer

Configuration and commissioning

By means of software tool CGEKBJ1TP.exe (download from www.ekinex.com)

Order information

Code Version Application Package Documentation

EK-BJ1-TP-IP IP over Ethernet protocol conversion 1 pcs. For further information please refer to data sheet
KNX - BACnet STEKBJ1TP_EN.pdf, download from www.ekinex.com
EK-BJ1-TP-MSTP MS / TP over RS485 1 pcs.

MS/TP IP

224
 03 18 179 239 241 251 255 261 271 273 278
Introduction Wall-mounting devices Rail-mounting devices Accessories Supervision Tools Sales kit Technical section General terms of sale Index (codes) Index (description)

Gateway DMX - KNX

GATEWAYS

Description Configuration
The Ekinex® DMX - KNX Gateway performs a protocol conversion between a serial • Ethernet communication port (IEEE 802.3), RJ45 connector, minimum cable
RS485 DMX and a KNX TP network. The device works as DMX master. The device category: 5E
integrates a KNX bus communication module and it is suitable for mounting on a 35
mm DIN rail; it requires an auxiliary power supply. Products included
The delivery includes the device and terminal blocks to connect to the KNX bus.
Main features
• Plastic casing Other information
• Connection to bus line with KNX terminal block DMX512 is a standard for asynchronous serial transmission of digital data between
• Installation on 35 mm rail (according to EN 60715) controllers, devices and accessories for the light industry, approved by ANSI
• 4 modular units (1 MU = 18 mm) (American National Standards Institute) and supported by ESTA (Entertainment
• IP20 protection degree (installed device) Services and Technology Association).
• Weight 145 g

Technical data
• Power supply: 8...24 Vac or 12...35 Vdc
• Absorption at 24 Vdc: 3,5 VA

Communication Dimensions [mm]

KNX side 70

• KNX TP (Twisted Pair) communication port electrically isolated from power supply
72 5 25 20 20

• 1440-byte volatile support “KNX image” memory buffer

DMX side
3 4 5
ETHERNET RT+ RT- Com RS485

Failure Area

• RS485 serial communication port, electrically isolated from power supply,

45
90

KNX Line
DMX
Dev.

120 ohm termination resistance pluggable by a 1-way microswitch

Device state
POWER S.
EK-BK1-TP +V 0V
DMX / KNX TP Converter 8...24 Vac
12...35 Vdc
1 2

• DMX master communication

• Baud rate 250 kbaud
bus KNX

• Device addressing from 0 to 512

• 1-byte register writing on max 512 DMX devices

Configuration and commissioning

By means of software tool CGEKBK1TP.exe (download from www.ekinex.com)

Order information Documentation

Code Application Package For further information please refer to data sheet
STEKBK1TP_EN.pdf, download from www.ekinex.com
EK-BK1-TP protocol conversion KNX - DMX512 1 pcs.

225
 TECHNICAL020EN

Gateway M-Bus - KNX

GATEWAYS

Description Configuration
The Ekinex® M-Bus - KNX Gateway performs a protocol conversion between an M-Bus • Ethernet communication port (IEEE 802.3), RJ45 connector, minimum cable
and a KNX TP network. The device acts as M-Bus master. Versions for networks category: 5E
with a maximum number of 20, 40, 80 and 160 connected M-Bus slave devices are
available. The device integrates a KNX bus communication module and it is suitable Products included
for mounting on a 35 mm DIN rail; it requires an auxiliary power supply. The delivery includes the device and terminal blocks to connect to the KNX bus.

Main features Other information

• Plastic casing M-Bus (Meter-Bus) is a standard protocol for remote reading of data acquired from
• Connection to bus line with KNX terminal block thermal energy, electricity, gas and water meters. M-Bus is fully compliant with EN
• Installation on 35 mm rail (according to EN 60715) 13757: Communication Systems for remote meter reading, parts 2 (Physical and
• 4 modular units (1 MU = 18 mm) connection layer) and 3 (Application layer).
• IP20 protection degree (installed device)
• Weight 145 g

Technical data
• Power supply: from M-Bus network
• Absorption at 24 Vdc: 3,5 VA (without load);
4, 5, 8 or 14 VA (resp. with 20, 40, 80 or 160 M-Bus devices) Dimensions [mm]
70

Communication
72 5 25 20 20

KNX side
• KNX TP (Twisted Pair) communication port electrically isolated from power supply
• Baud rate 9600 baud ETHERNET

Failure
Area

• 1440-byte volatile support “KNX image” memory buffer

Line
45
90

KNX
Dev.
M-Bus
8...24 Vac
Device state 12...35 Vdc
M-BUS POWER S.
EK-BM1-TP-160 + - +V 0V
M-Bus Master
/ KNX TP Converter 160 Dev. 1 2 3 4

M-Bus side
• M-Bus communication port (wired version, two-pole cable)
bus KNX

• Selectable baud rate from 300 to 9600 baud

• Device addressing from 1 to 250
• Variable reading through M-Bus slave device mapping
• 1440-byte volatile support “M-Bus image” memory buffer
Configuration and commissioning
By means of software tool CGEKBM1TP.exe (download from www.ekinex.com)

Order information

Code Version Package

EK-BM1-TP-20 max 20 slave devices 1 pcs.

EK-BM1-TP-40 max 40 slave devices 1 pcs. Documentation

EK-BM1-TP-80 max 80 slave devices 1 pcs. For further information please refer to data sheet
STEKBM1TP_EN.pdf, download from www.ekinex.com
EK-BM1-TP-160 max 160 slave devices 1 pcs.

226
 03 18 179 239 241 251 255 261 271 273 278
Introduction Wall-mounting devices Rail-mounting devices Accessories Supervision Tools Sales kit Technical section General terms of sale Index (codes) Index (description)

Gateway PROFINET - KNX

GATEWAYS

Description Configuration
The Ekinex® PROFINET - KNX Gateway performs a protocol conversion between • Ethernet communication port (IEEE 802.3), RJ45 connector, minimum cable
a PROFINET and a KNX TP network. The device acts as slave of PROFINET category: 5E.
communication. The device integrates a KNX bus communication module and it is
suitable for mounting on a 35 mm DIN rail; it requires an auxiliary power supply. Products included
The delivery includes the device and terminal blocks to connect to the KNX bus.
Main features
• Plastic casing Other information
• Connection to bus line with KNX terminal block PROFINET (Process Field Net) is an open source, Ethernet based (IEEE 802.xx)
• Installation on 35 mm rail (according to EN 60715) standard communication protocol, suitable for data exchange between field devices
• 4 modular units (1 MU = 18 mm) in industrial and process automation applications. The standard is supported by
• IP20 protection degree (installed device) PROFIBUS & PROFINET International (PI) association.
• Weight 145 g

Technical data
• Power supply: 8...24 Vac or 12...35 Vdc
• Absorption at 24 Vdc: 3,5 VA

Communication Dimensions [mm]

KNX side 70

• KNX TP (Twisted Pair) communication port electrically isolated from power supply
72 5 25 20 20

• 1440-byte volatile support “KNX image” memory buffer

PROFINET side ETHERNET

Failure Area

• Ethernet communication port (IEEE 802.3), RJ45 connector, minimum cable

45
90

KNX Line
PROFINET
Dev.

category: 5E.Communication PROFINET slave

Device state
POWER S.
EK-BN1-TP +V 0V
PROFINET 8...24 Vac
/ KNX TP Converter 12...35 Vdc
1 2

• PROFINET data exchange

• 1440-byte volatile support “PROFINET image” memory buffer
bus KNX

Order information Configuration and commissioning

Code Application Package By means of software tool CGEKBN1TP.exe (download from www.ekinex.com)

EK-BN1-TP protocol conversion KNX - PROFINET 1 pcs.

Documentation

For further information please refer to data sheet

STEKBN1TP_EN.pdf, download from www.ekinex.com

227
 TECHNICAL020EN

Gateway DALI - KNX

GATEWAYS

Description Technical data

The Ekinex® DALI - KNX Gateway allows the control of the devices present in a DALI • Device power supply: 230 Vac
network from a KNX TP network. The device has an integrated KNX bus communication • Power supply output for the DALI bus: 12 VDC 250mA
module and integrates the power supply stage for the DALI bus.
Products included
Main features The delivery includes the device and terminal blocks to connect to the KNX bus.
• Connection to the KNX bus line with standard KNX terminal block
• Plastic casing Other information
• Installation on 35 mm rail (according to EN 60715) DALI® (Digital Addressable Lighting Interface) is a worldwide standard protocol for
• 4 modular units (1 MU = 18 mm) lighting control interfacing systems, whose data exchange protocol is compliant
• IP20 protection degree (installed device) with IEC 62386. DALI is a trademark of ZVEI (Zentralverband Elektrotechnik- und
Elektronikindustrie e.V.).
DALI functions
• Control of up to 64 DALI devices in up to 16 groups
• Up to 16 light Scenes
• Broadcast function
• Individual, group or central addressing
• Suitable for operation in emergency lighting systems
• Readout of DALI device status via KNX (e.g. brightness or device error) Dimensions [mm]
70

Configuration 72 5 25 20 20

• Application program for ETS v.5 for the configuration of the KNX functions
+ DALI - + DALI -

3 4 5 6

of the device
PWR COM

• PC application program for the configuration of the device and of DALI appliances
90

45

Connections
• KNX port with standard connector
Area
Line
L N
Dev.

• Screw terminals (doubled) for the DALI bus

bus KNX 1 2

• Ethernet port (IEEE 802.3), RJ45 connector, category 5E cable (or higher)

Order information Configuration and commissioning

Code Application Package By means of the PC software CGEKBG1TP.exe and the ETS v.5 application
EK-BG1-TP protocol conversion KNX - DALI 1 pcs. program APEKBG1TP##.knxprod (download both from www.ekinex.com)

Documentation

For further information please refer to data sheet

STEKBG1TP_EN.pdf, download from www.ekinex.com

228
 03 18 179 239 241 251 255 261 271 273 278
Introduction Wall-mounting devices Rail-mounting devices Accessories Supervision Tools Sales kit Technical section General terms of sale Index (codes) Index (description)

Voice control interface

GATEWAY

Description Dimensions [mm]

Device with interface function between home speakers equipped with Google or Amazon
Alexa voice assistant, and a KNX (TP) network. Possibility of installing several interfaces 36

on the same bus system. Status LED on the front panel. Panel mounting on profile rail
according to EN 60715 (2 modular 18 mm units). Power supply at 12/24 V DC. Terminal
for KNX bus connection included in delivery. LAN connection via Ethernet cable (not
included in delivery). Use in KNX standard building and home automation systems.

90.5
Main features
Simplified configuration of KNX functions through entry of command and status
addresses. Integrated environment management, which speeds up the procedure for
association with voice assistants. Possibility to create customized scenarios, also
timed, that can be called up by voice command or within the routines of Alexa and
Google. Possibility of simultaneous association to more than one Google or Amazon
account. Diagnostic and KNX command testing functions before synchronization.

• Lights (ON/OFF, dimmer, RGB)

• Climate control
• Motorizations
• Switches
• Commanded sockets
• Sensors
• Scenarios

Order information Configuration and commissioning

Code Application Package Through internet browser configurable both locally and remotely via cloud access.

EK-BW1-TP Voice control 1 pcs.

229
 TECHNICAL020EN

CoolMasterNet with
integrated KNX module
GATEWAY

Description Main features

CoolMasterNet Ekinex® is a plug and play interface for bidirectional data exchange • Plastic material
between the KNX home automation system and the bus communication system • Colour LCD touch-screen display
dedicated to air conditioning through VRV / VRF and splits. CoolMasterNet allows • Green (on/off connection) and orange (Tx/Rx indication LED
the KNX system to individually monitor and control all the units connected to the bus • Connection to bus line with KNX terminal block
system dedicated to air conditioning. The LCD touch-screen also allows the direct • RS232 (ASCII), RS485 (Modbus RTU), Ethernet (ASCII, Modbus IP), mini
control of every unit. Among the available* controls there are: USB (maintenance) ports
• Wall-mounting
- on/off • Weight 270 g
- mode (Cool, Heat, Auto, Fan)
- fan speed KNX module
- temperature setpoint • Pre-installed in factory
- room temperature feedback • Activated through assignment of L3 communication line
- error code • 128 default group addresses (expandable to 1.024)

The dedicated CoolRemote App allows the remote login via web through smartphone,
tablet or PC to verify the status of the system and possible error codes (where
available) and perform basic controls such as on/off (individual or collective), setup of Dimensions [mm]
the temperature setpoint, selection of the operating mode and fan speed. The device 156 35

is equipped with communication lines for the following manufacturers: Mitsubishi

Electric, Daikin, Toshiba, Panasonic, Sanyo, Hitachi, Mitsubishi Heavy Industries, LG,
Samsung, and Gree. The device integrates a KNX bus communication module and
is realized for wall-mounting. The device is powered by a SELV 12-24 Vdc voltage.
109
90

Order information Configuration and commissioning

Code Package By means of application program Quickinstall

(download from www.ekinex.com)
EK-BQ1-TP 1 pcs.

Documentation

For further information please refer to data sheet

STEKBQ1TP_EN.pdf, download from www.ekinex.com

230
 03 18 179 239 241 251 255 261 271 273 278
Introduction Wall-mounting devices Rail-mounting devices Accessories Supervision Tools Sales kit Technical section General terms of sale Index (codes) Index (description)

Metering
RAIL-MOUNTING DEVICES

EK-MEK-xx
EK-ME1-06T EK-ME1-80M EK-ME1-80T EK-MC1-MD EK-MC1-TP
EK-ME1-MDB Kit network
6 A three-phase 80 A single- 80 A three- Modbus KNX
Network analyzer
MID energy phase MID phase MID communication communication
analyzer (basic) (enhanced) and
meter energy meter energy meter module module
Rogowski coils

Three-phase energy meter • • • - • - -

Single-phase energy meter - - - • - - -

Direct connection - - • • • - -

Rogowski coil • • - - - - -

Fully bi-directional four quadrants measurements for all energies and powers • • • • • - -

Main electrical parameters measured and displayed

• • - - - - -
for a cost-effective consumption analysis

For 3 / 4 wire networks with balanced or unbalanced load • • • - • - -

Class B according to EN 50470-3 - - • • • - -

Tariff Input - - • • • - -

2 S0 outputs for energy pulse emission - - • • • - -

1 configurable digital output • • - - - - -

Possibility to record MIN / AVG / MAX values for all powers • • - - - - -

LCD-Display • • • • • - -

Optical port for communication - - • • • - -

Sealable cover to prevent tampering • • • • • - -

MID Certificate - - • • • - -

Modbus RTU (8N1) and ASCII (7E2) protocol • • - - - • -

- RS485 port - - - - - • -

- Communication speed: 300 ÷ 115200 bps - - - - - • -

- Termination resistor integrated in the module - - - - - • -

- Optical port for communication - - - - - • -

- Communication speed: 38400 bps - - • • • - -

KNX protocol - - - - - - •

- Communication speed: 9600 bps - - - - - - •

Plug-in software • • - - - - -

Mounting on standard 35 mm rail (EN 60715) • • • • • • •

231
 TECHNICAL020EN

Network analyzer
METERING

Description Technical data

The Ekinex® network analyzer EK-ME1-MDB is a three-phase multifunctional Power supply
instrument for measurement and recording of electrical parameters with separate • Voltage range: 85...265 Vac
inductive and capacitive counters. Delivery includes a digital output (DO) and a • Max consumption: 1,6 VA - 1 W
RS485 serial port for communication over Modbus RTU/ASCII protocol. Possibility
to update the firmware version remotely is given. The device is suitable for mounting Voltage inputs
on a 35 mm DIN rail; it requires an auxiliary power supply. • Voltage range: 3x10 / 17 ... 3x285 / 495 Vac, Cat III 300 V

Functions Current inputs

• Fully bidirectional four quadrants measurements for all energies and powers • Maximum value: 6 A
• Main electrical parameters measured and displayed for a cost effective
consumption analysis Digital output (DO)
• Version for 1 or 5A CT • Type: Passive optoisolated
• 1 MB for data recording • Maximum values (according to IEC / EN 62053-31): 27 Vdc - 27 mA
• Possibility to record average values for active & reactive powers
• Modbus RTU / ASCII communication by RS485 port
• Possibility to manage the instrument in remote mode by WintoolNETME1
software
Dimensions [mm]
Main features 64

• Plastic casing
72 44

• Backlighted LCD-Display , 43 x 29 mm 3 rows, 4 digits + symbols 1 2 3 4 5 6

• Keyboard: 3 front buttons + 1 protected button

N
SET

EK-ME1-MDB

• Screw terminal blocks connection

• Installation on 35 mm DIN rail (according to EN 60715)
90

45

• 4 modular units (1 MU = 18 mm)

• Protection degree IP20 (installed device) L1 L2 L3

• Weight 310 g A V A A V A A V A

Order information Remote management

Code Device Package By means of the software tool WintoolNETME1 (download from www.ekinex.com)

EK-ME1-MDB Network analyzer in enhanced version 1

Documentation

For more information, see the STEKME1MDBE_EN.pdf,

technical sheet for download from www.ekinex.com

232
 03 18 179 239 241 251 255 261 271 273 278
Introduction Wall-mounting devices Rail-mounting devices Accessories Supervision Tools Sales kit Technical section General terms of sale Index (codes) Index (description)

Kit with network analyzer

and Rogowski coils
METERING

Description Electrical features

The kit Ekinex® EK-MEK includes a EK-ME1-MDE network analyzer (enhanced version) • Output level (RMS): 100 mV / 1 kA @50Hz (standard)
and three sensors for measurement and recording of Rogowski current. Sensors are • Transducer resistance: from 70 to 900 
available with the following lengths: 300, 450 and 700 mm. • Position error: less than ±1% of reading (with wire diameter = 15 mm)
• Frequency: around 40 Hz at 20 kHz
Functions (network analyzer) • Operating voltage: 1000 VRMS CAT III, 600 VRMS CAT IV
• Fully bidirectional four quadrants measurements for all energies and powers • Pollution degree 2
• Main electrical parameters measured and displayed for a cost effective • Test voltage: 7400 VRMS / 1 min
consumption analysis
• Version for 1 or 5A CT Connection wires
• 8 MB for data recording • Type: 2 x 0,15 mm shielded
• Possibility to record MIN / AVG / MAX for instantaneous parameters • Length: 300 cm
• Possibility to record all energy counters
• Modbus RTU / ASCII communication by RS485 port Products included
• Possibility to manage the instrument in remote mode by WintoolNETME1 software Delivery includes a network analyzer and 3 Rogowski coils.

Main features
Network analyzer
• Plastic casing
Dimensions [mm]
• Backlighted LCD-Display , 43 x 29 mm 3 rows, 4 digits + symbols
• Keyboard: 3 front buttons + 1 protected button
64
72 44

• Screw terminal blocks connection

• Installation on 35 mm DIN rail (according to EN 60715) N
1 2 3 4 5 6

SET

• 4 modular units (1 MU = 18 mm) EK-ME1-MDE

• Protection degree IP20 (installed device)

90

45

• Weight 260 g

Rogowski coils L1 L2 L3

Transducer A V A A V A A V A

• Coil length: 30, 45 or 70 cm

• Wire diameter: 8,3 ± 0,2 mm
• Closing: bayonet
• Weight: from 150 to 500 g
• Material: thermoplastic UL94-V0

Order information Remote management

Code (kit) Device Sensors By means of the software tool WintoolNETME1 (download from www.ekinex.com)

EK-MEK-30 3 Rogowski coils 30 cm length

Network analyzer
EK-MEK-45 3 Rogowski coils 45 cm length
(enhanced version) Documentation
EK-MEK-70 3 Rogowski coils 70 cm length
For more information, see the STEKME1MDBE_EN.pdf and
STEKROG_EN.pdf technical sheets for download from www.ekinex.com

233
 TECHNICAL020EN

80 A MID single phase

energy meter
METERING

Description Current
The 80 A single-phase compact energy meter Ekinex® EK-ME1-80M performs the • Starting current Ist: 20 mA
measurement of energy and main electrical parameters in industrial and civilian • Minimum current Imin: 250 mA
application. The backlighted LCD allows to display energies and instantaneous • Transition current Itr: 500 mA
powers. Delivery includes a tariff input and two S0 outputs for energy pulse • Reference current Iref (Ib): 5 A
emission. The device is also equipped with an optical port for communication with • Maximum current Imax: 80 A
other systems as well as Ekinex® Modbus RS485 (EK-MC1-MD) and KNX (EK-MC1- Accuracy
TP) communication modules. It has MID certification for billing, metrological LED on • Active energy class B according to EN 50470-3
the front panel and lateral anti-effraction sealing. The device is suitable for mounting • Reactive energy class 2 according to IEC / EN 62053
on a 35 mm DIN rail.
S0 outputs
• 2 passive optoisolated
Functions
• Maximum values: 250 Vac-dc - 100 mA
• Fully bidirectional four quadrants measurements for all energies and powers
• Pulse length: 50 ± 2 ms ON time
• Direct connection up to 80 A
Tariff input
Main features • Active optoisolated
• Plastic casing • Voltage range for tariff 2: 80 ... 276 Vac-dc
• Backlighted LCD-Display with 7 main digits Metrological LED
• Screw terminal blocks connection • Meter constant: 10000 imp / kWh
• Installation on 35 mm DIN rail (according to EN 60715)
• Protection degree IP20 (installed device) Products included
• 2 modular units (1 MU = 18 mm) Delivery includes a sealable cover for terminal blocks.
• Weight 200 g
Dimensions [mm]

Technical data
64
36 44

Power supply
• Power supplied from the voltage circuit
• Nominal measurement voltage ± 20% EK-ME1-80M

• Max consumption: 7,5 VA - 0,5 W

90

45

Voltage
• 230...240 V 50 / 60 Hz (nominal values)

Order information Monitoring

Code Package By means of the software tool Ekinex® Modbus Master

(download from www.ekinex.com)
EK-ME1-80M 1 pcs.

Documentation

For more information, see the STEKME180M_EN.pdf,

technical sheet for download from www.ekinex.com

234
 03 18 179 239 241 251 255 261 271 273 278
Introduction Wall-mounting devices Rail-mounting devices Accessories Supervision Tools Sales kit Technical section General terms of sale Index (codes) Index (description)

6 A MID three phase

energy meter
METERING

Description Current
The 6 A three-phase compact energy meter Ekinex® EK-ME1-06T performs the • Starting current Ist: 2 mA
measurement of energy and main electrical parameters in industrial and civilian • Minimum current Imin: 10 mA
application. The backlighted LCD allows to display energies and instantaneous • Transition current Itr: 50 mA
powers. Delivery includes a tariff input and two S0 outputs for energy pulse • Reference current Iref (Ib): 1 A
emission. The device is also equipped with an optical port for communication with • Maximum current Imax: 6 A
other systems as well as Ekinex® Modbus RS485 (EK-MC1-MD) and KNX (EK-MC1- Accuracy
TP) communication modules. It has MID certification for billing, metrological LED on • Active energy class B according to EN 50470-3
the front panel and lateral anti-effraction sealing. The device is suitable for mounting • Reactive energy class 2 according to IEC / EN 62053
on a 35 mm DIN rail.
S0 outputs
• 2 passive optoisolated
Functions • Maximum values: 250 Vac-dc - 100 mA
• Fully bidirectional four quadrants measurements for all energies and powers • Pulse length: 50 ± 2 ms
• Version for 1 or 5A CT (programmable CT value)
Tariff input
• For 3 / 4 wire networks with balanced or unbalanced load
• Active optoisolated
• Voltage range for tariff 2: 80 ... 276 Vac-dc
Main features
• Plastic casing Metrological LED
• Backlighted LCD-Display with 8 main digits • Meter constant: 10000 imp / kWh
• Screw terminal blocks connection
• Installation on 35 mm DIN rail (according to EN 60715) Products included
• Protection degree IP20 (installed device) Delivery includes a sealable cover for terminal blocks.
• 4 modular units (1 MU = 18 mm)
Dimensions [mm]
• Weight 320 g
64
72 44

Technical data
Power supply
• Power supplied from the voltage circuit EK-ME1-06T

• Nominal measurement voltage ± 20%

90

45

• Max consumption: 7,5 VA - 0,5 W

• CT burden (for each phase): 0,04 VA

Voltage and frequency

• 3x230 / 400 3x240 / 415 V 50 / 60 Hz (nominal values)
Monitoring

By means of the software tool Ekinex® Modbus Master

(download from www.ekinex.com)

Order information Documentation

Code Package For more information, see the STEKME106T_EN.pdf,

technical sheet for download from www.ekinex.com
EK-ME1-06T 1 pcs.

235
 TECHNICAL020EN

80 A MID three phase

energy meter
METERING

Description Current
The 80 A three-phase compact energy meter Ekinex® EK-ME1-80T performs the • Starting current Ist: 20 mA
measurement of energy and main electrical parameters in industrial and civilian • Minimum current Imin: 250 mA
application. The backlighted LCD allows to display energies and instantaneous • Transition current Itr: 500 mA
powers. Delivery includes a tariff input and two S0 outputs for energy pulse • Reference current Iref (Ib): 5 A
emission. The device is also equipped with an optical port for communication with • Maximum current Imax: 80 A
other systems as well as Ekinex® Modbus RS485 (EK-MC1-MD) and KNX (EK-MC1- Accuracy
TP) communication modules. It has MID certification for billing, metrological LED on • Active energy class B according to EN 50470-3
the front panel and lateral anti-effraction sealing. The device is suitable for mounting • Reactive energy class 2 according to IEC / EN 62053
on a 35 mm DIN rail.
S0 outputs
• 2 passive optoisolated
Functions • Maximum values: 250 Vac-dc - 100 mA
• Fully bidirectional four quadrants measurements for all energies and powers • Pulse length: 50 ± 2 ms ON time
• Direct connection up to 80 A
Tariff input
• For 3 / 4 wire networks with balanced or unbalanced load
• Active optoisolated
• Voltage range for tariff 2: 80 ... 276 Vac-dc
Main features
Metrological LED
• Plastic casing
• Meter constant: 10000 imp / kWh
• Backlighted LCD-Display with 8 main digits
• Tariff input
Products included
• 2 S0 outputs for energy pulse emission
Delivery includes a sealable cover for terminal blocks.
• Optical port for communication with external modules
• Screw terminal blocks connection Dimensions [mm]
• Installation on 35 mm DIN rail (according to EN 60715) 64

• Protection degree IP20 (installed device) 72 44

• 4 modular units (1 MU = 18 mm)

• Weight 435 g
EK-ME1-80T

Technical data
90

45

Power supply
• Power supplied from the voltage circuit
• Nominal measurement voltage ± 20%
• Max consumption: 7,5 VA - 0,5 W
Monitoring
Voltage and frequency By means of the software tool Ekinex® Modbus Master
• 3x230 / 400 3x240 / 415 V 50 / 60 Hz (nominal values) (download from www.ekinex.com)

Order information Documentation

Code Package For more information, see the STEKME180T_EN.pdf,

technical sheet for download from www.ekinex.com
EK-ME1-80T 1 pcs.

236
 03 18 179 239 241 251 255 261 271 273 278
Introduction Wall-mounting devices Rail-mounting devices Accessories Supervision Tools Sales kit Technical section General terms of sale Index (codes) Index (description)

Modbus communication module

METERING

Description Communication
The Ekinex® RS485 Modbus communication module EK-MC1-MD collects and Modbus side
transmits, through Modbus RTU or ASCII protocol, measurement data of Ekinex® • Protocol: Modbus RTU (8N1) and ASCII (7E2)
single and three phase energy meters. Data transmission between meter and • Port: RS485
communication module is performed through the integrated optical port. Change of • Communication speed: 300...115200 bps
RS485 parameters is made directly on the combined meter or by sending the proper • Termination resistor integrated in the module
Modbus protocol commands to the module. The device is suitable for mounting on a
35 mm DIN rail. Meter side
• Type: serial, optical port
Main features • Communication speed: 38400 bps
• Plastic casing
• Set default pushbutton to restore all parameters to the factory settings Products included
• Frontal LED for Power (POWER) and Communication (ACT / ERR) status Delivery includes a terminal block for connecting the bus line.
• Bus line connection through KNX terminal block
• Installation on 35 mm DIN rail (according to EN 60715)
• 1 modular unit (1 MU = 18 mm)
• Protection degree IP20 (installed device)
• Weight 65 g
Dimensions [mm]
Technical data 65
18 44
Power supply
• Nominal voltage: 230 Vac ± 20% / 50 Hz 1 2

• Max repetitive voltage: 300 Vac 3 4 5

• Max non repetitive voltage peak: 320 Vac (20 ms)

EK-MC1-MD

Modbus

• Consumption: max 5 VA
RS485
90

45

DEF

POWER

ACT/ERR

6 7

Order information Monitoring

Code Application Package By means of the software tool Ekinex® Modbus Master
(download from www.ekinex.com)
EK-MC1-MD Transmission over Modbus of data measured by Ekinex meters
®
1 pcs.

Documentation

For more information, see the STEKMC1MD_EN.pdf,

technical sheet for download from www.ekinex.com

237
 TECHNICAL020EN

KNX communication module

METERING

Description Communication
The Ekinex® KNX communication module EK-MC1-TP collects and transmits, through KNX side
KNX bus line, measurement data of Ekinex® single and three phase energy meters. • Protocol: KNX (TP)
Data transmission between meter and communication module is performed through
the integrated optical port. A LED on the front displays informations about powering Meter side
status. The device integrates a KNX bus communication module and is realized for • Type: serial, optical port
mounting on a standard 35 mm DIN-rail. • Communication speed: 38400 bps

Main features Products included

• Plastic casing Delivery includes a terminal block for connecting the bus line.
• Programming LED and pushbutton on the front
• Connection to bus line with KNX terminal block
• Installation on 35 mm DIN rail (according to EN 60715)
• 1 modular unit (1 MU = 18 mm)
• Protection degree IP20 (installed device)
• Weight 40 g

Technical data
• Voltage range: 24 Vdc from KNX bus Dimensions [mm]
• Max consumption: < 10 mA 44
65
18

EK-MC1-TP

R
90

45

PROG

POWER

STATUS

Order information Configuration and commissioning

Code Application Package By means of ETS4 2.0 software (or later versions)
Application program APEKMC1TP##.knxprod
EK-MC1-TP Transmission over KNX of data measured by Ekinex® meters 1 pcs.
(## = version, download from www.ekinex.com)

Documentation

For more information, see the STEKMC1TP_EN.pdf,

technical sheet for download from www.ekinex.com

238
 03 18 179 239 241 251 255 261 271 273 278
Introduction Wall-mounting devices Rail-mounting devices Accessories Supervision Tools Sales kit Technical section General terms of sale Index (codes) Index (description)

Terminal blocks
ACCESSORIES

Description Technical data

Terminal block for the connection of KNX bus lines or SELV auxiliary power supply. • Nominal voltage 100 V
It allows the connection of max. 4 pairs of wires. To be used also as distribution • Nominal current 6 A
terminal in wall boxes.
Products included
Colour coding Package of 50 pieces.
• EK-MNR-TP: red = + (positive), black = - (negative)
• EK-MGB-TP: yellow = + (positive), white = - (negative) Note
A terminal block for the connection of KNX bus line (EK-MNR-TP) is supplied with
Main features every
• 4 plug-in seats for each polarity Ekinex® device. A terminal block for the connection of SELV auxiliary power supply is
• Fast spring connection supplied along with EK-AG1-TP power supply and Touch&See unit.
• Suitable for solid wire diameter 0,6÷0,8 mm
• Mechanical coding for terminal block housing on devices
• Wire strip length (advised) 5-6 mm Dimensions [mm]

Order information

Code Colour coding Use Package

EK-MNR-TP red/black bus connection 50

EK-MGB-TP yellow/white SELV connection 50

EK-MNR-TP EK-MGB-TP

Bus cable
ACCESSORIES

Description Technical data

The bus cable LSHF (Low Smoke Halogen Free) is a twisted pair cable for the • Nominal voltage: 50 V
connection of KNX bus devices and the derivation of KNX bus lines. It is available • Test voltage: 4 kV
with a single pair of wires with a diameter of 0.8 mm. Screen in aluminium foil. For
use in dry interior. Products included
100 m bundle covered with cellophane.
Main features
• Cable for KNX based applications (TP)
• Single pair of wires Ø 0,8 mm
• Black/red wires for KNX bus line connection
• Yellow/white wires for auxiliary SELV or spare power supply

Order information

Code Type Use Package [m]

EK-112-TP 1 x 2 x 0,8 bus connection 100

EK-114-TP 2 x 2 x 0,8 bus connection and spare pair 100

EK-112-TP EK-114-TP

239
 TECHNICAL020EN

240
 03 18 179 239 241 251 255 261 271 273 278
Introduction Wall-mounting devices Rail-mounting devices Accessories Supervision Tools Sales kit Technical section General terms of sale Index (codes) Index (description)

Ekinex Delégo: the system

SUPERVISION

Delégo is a system for the supervision and control of a KNX home automation
system. Developed with web-oriented technologies, it has a uniform interface with
high graphical impact on every platform, both desktop (PC) and mobile (Apple iOS
and Android devices), with both local and remote connection. The system consists of
a compact server (based on Linux operating system) to be installed in an electrical
box: the device connects directly to the KNX bus via twisted pair; the connection to
the home router is made via the Ethernet port on your local network (LAN).

The user can interact with the system either by means of mobile devices, or with
one or more fixed stations, by means of Delégo panel a touch-panel with elegant
and minimal design, for wall installation, connected via Ethernet port on its local
network (LAN). The Delégo supervision system is characterized by a simple and at the
same time extremely complete configuration, thanks to the direct import of the ETS
project file. The functional definition of the various imported domotic objects and the
correspondence with a rich and customizable set of controls (widgets) for the user,
is also very straightforward.

The renewed interface is simple and intuitive and allows the user to interact with the
home automation system of his smarthome through the use of different devices, with
absolute uniformity of use. The app allows you to remotely control lights, climate,
automatisms, audio/video equipment, shutters and more with a simple touch, from
a single device and from anywhere in the building reached by the Wi-Fi network, or
remotely via web connection.

241
 TECHNICAL020EN

Renewed graphic interface

SUPERVISION

The redesigned visual interface can be accessed either via an app for smartphone and
tablet (supported operating systems: Apple iOS and Android) or from a desktop PC
workstation. All the devices can be interfaced with the server previously configured
so that all the functions of the automation system can be controlled and viewed.
The app, accessible from mobile devices (smartphones and tablets) or fixed devices
(Delégo panel), is structured for the logical vision of the building, by areas or
services. The supervision with desktop PC also allows the visualization with synoptic:
the plan of the space can be associated, following the physical location, with the set
of available services.

VISUALIZATION BY AREAS
The app will display a list of configured areas, each identified by an image inserted in
the web configurator during the commissioning phase;
In each area set through the web configurator (for example: living room, bedroom,
kitchen) the user can choose whether to turn on or off the lights, or to change the
settings of the room thermostat and other settings for each of the available features;
Simple navigation between the different areas configured with a touch of the display.

VISUALIZATION BY SERVICES
The visualization of each area can be filtered through a toolbar that allows you to
easily select the individual function available:

Lighting
Air conditioning
Shading and motorized automations
Scenarios

The app can be extended with the functions provided by the compatible video
surveillance, intrusion detection and audio/video systems integrated in the Delégo
server.

242
 03 18 179 239 241 251 255 261 271 273 278
Introduction Wall-mounting devices Rail-mounting devices Accessories Supervision Tools Sales kit Technical section General terms of sale Index (codes) Index (description)

243
 TECHNICAL020EN

Delégo Panel 5” Delégo Panel 8”

PoE injector

Multi room wireless speaker Multi room wireless speaker

Switch

Video doorbell

Delégo Server

RS-485

Photovoltaic inverter Local

with Modbus interface connection

Compatible
anti-intrusion
system

Slave RTU with 1/0

Bus power supply
analog and digital

Touch-screen
display

Actuator Amazon Alexa

Google Home

HVAC actuator
KNX

Pushbutton
Gateway
M-Bus / KNX

M-Bus
heat meter
Electricity m
meter
with KNX interface
M-Bus

Cold water
M-Bus meter
PN 16 30°C
H-V Qn 1,5
Hot water
M-Bus meter
PN 16 90°C

M-Bus
H-V Qn 1,5

M-Bus cold water

hot water meter
meter
244
 03 18 179 239 241 251 255 261 271 273 278
Introduction Wall-mounting devices Rail-mounting devices Accessories Supervision Tools Sales kit Technical section General terms of sale Index (codes) Index (description)

Simplified configuration
and maintenance
SUPERVISION

Thanks to the web interface it is possible to program the system online and offline
(without Delégo server connected), and thanks to the ETS’ project file import tool,
it is possible to quickly integrate all the group addresses used. The system also
supports the incremental upgrade of the installation via subsequent imports.

The graphics of the widgets adapt automatically according to the KNX communication
objects connected in the project. The remote connection of the Delégo server can be
made either via port forwarding or via native cloud connection. Maintenance and
support can thus be carried out quickly and with reduced running costs.

Direct remote Remote cloud

connection connection

INTERNET
Modem Router

245
 TECHNICAL020EN

Complete versatility
SUPERVISION

Multiplatform Reliable
Delégo server can be managed by PC, MAC, Touch-PC, smartphone and tablet The Delégo server is based on a Linux operating system that guarantees reliability
through a common Internet browser or with a free dedicated app (available for Apple and stability. of the platform for continuous use, as well as providing a high degree
devices and Android). of safety on the net.

Customizable Also offline

the graphics and automatic functions of Delégo server can be easily modified It is possible to build the supervision project even without being connected to the
according to your needs, accessing the web pages with your PC of administration. webserver, working in “offline” mode directly on your PC or MAC.

Quick to configure 100% Made in Italy

Delégo server proposes a set of ready-to-use functions typically used in the home Hardware and software are designed, manufactured, assembled and tested entirely
automation supervisors and allows you to quickly import the structure of your own in Italy, to guarantee the highest quality of the product and after-sales service
ETS building (KNX installation). competent and helpful.

Multi-protocol
Delégo server can be connected directly to both the KNX bus in the twisted version
pair, both to Modbus on RS485 network and via TCP/IP protocol via Ethernet port.
Thanks to the multi-protocol management it is possible to connect intrusion detection
systems, thermoregulation, multimedia systems and video surveillance.

Easy to install
Thanks to the size of only 2 modules on DIN rail, Delégo server can be easily installed
directly into the electrical cabinet. The communication ports to the LAN, KNX bus and
other technological subsystems do not require any additional external interfaces.

246
 03 18 179 239 241 251 255 261 271 273 278
Introduction Wall-mounting devices Rail-mounting devices Accessories Supervision Tools Sales kit Technical section General terms of sale Index (codes) Index (description)

Main features
SUPERVISION

SOFTWARE FEATURES SETUP AND CONFIGURATION

Standard technologies KNX Configuration mode Online
RS-485 / TCP / UDP configurable Offline via free downloadable tool
Modbus RTU/TCP
Environment Integrated search engine
User Interface Web / HTMLS (All operating systems) of configuration Navigation tree for access to all functions Drag
Dedicated app (iOS I Android) & drop
Multi-tab for multiple simultaneous configuration
Number of users Unlimited without additional licenses
functions
Synchronized connections Up to 20 (scalable on request)
Setup and maintenance Network
Technological systems Lighting Date and time
Heating / air conditioning Backup / stay configuration via browser
Motorized doors and windows Language selection
Irrigation Graphic Themes Selection and Layout
Thermal power plant I thermoregulation Customization
Technical alarms Software update via browser
Consumption and energy management
Environments / graphic Grid layout and graphic map
Load control
pages Customizable background images
Weather control
Custom Object Sorting/Placement
IP Cameras / IP Video Intercoms
Intrusion detection Advanced Functions Scenarios with timings
Audio/Video broadcasting Logics
Comparison of values and levels
Compatibility Microsoft Windows Apple iOS
Mathematical operations
of operating systems Apple Mac OSX Android
Custom functions via scripting
Linux
Planning Unlimited number of daily profiles for each
and calendar object
VISUALIZATION Weekly and annual profiles
Layout Graphics scalable by resolution Configuration accessible by end user
Automatic recognition of mobile devices Energy Management Support for KNX network analyzers, ModBus
Full support for touch and multi-touch devices Integrated load control function
Navigation Personalized graphic pages Graphical visualization of consumption and
Multi-level environment navigation production
Navigation by functions Real-time load absorption display
Summary popups for the most complex functions Automatic comparisons and consumption
Always accessible and customizable menu indicators

Customization Scenarios, Calendar schedules Voice Control Amazon Alexa - Google Assistant

Notifications and messages Notifications on screen, Email, Push notifications Users and security Unlimited number of users
Unlimited access
Cloud Services Remote Accessibility, Weather Services, IFTTT Secure SSL access via internet

247
 TECHNICAL020EN

Delégo server
SUPERVISION

Description Dimensions [mm]

Web supervisor for home and building automation systems based on the KNX system. KNX

It allows to manage the functions present in the building through any type of device 36

(PC/MAC, touch-PC, smartphone, tablet) as long as it is equipped with a web

browser, both locally and remotely through internet. Customizable graphics suitable
for any context and application, optimized for visualization on different fixed and
mobile platforms. Simplified and fast configuration of KNX functions. Possibility

90.5
to realize scenarios, time sequences, logics, conditions, operations mathematics,
temporal planning through simple graphical tools and intuitive; reporting events and
alarms on screen or via email. Configuration online or offiine via free downloadable
PDF tool; does not require programming or HTML skills for supervision customization.
Interfacing with other communication technologies and protocols by enabling
36

additional modules.
LAN
62

Main features
• Dimensions: 90.5 x 62 x 36 mm 2 DIN modules
• Power supply 12 - 24 VDC Plug-in terminal provided
• Absorption 240mA at 24V 12-24 USB RS
VDC 485

• Connections LAN (RJ45)

KNX (standard red-black connector)
RS485 (terminal supplied)
USB
• LED Power
Service / Reset
• Degree of protection IP 20 (according to EN 60529)
• Insulation class II (according to EN 60335-1)
• Operating temperature +0°C ... +40°C
• Storage temperature 10°C ... +70°C

Order information - Licenses

Code Composition License version KNX Addresses Scenarios Logics/Thresholds Environments Loads Cameras Package
EK-DEL-SRV-BAS-TP BASIC 400 100 100 Unlimited Unlimited Unlimited
EK-DEL-SRV-ADV-TP Delégo server ADVANCED 1200 100 100 Unlimited Unlimited Unlimited 1 pcs.
EK-DEL-SRV-PRM-TP PREMIUM 2500 100 100 Unlimited Unlimited Unlimited
EK-DEL-UPGR-BA upgrade server Delégo BASIC-ADVANCED
EK-DEL-UPGR-BP License upgrade server Delégo BASIC-PREMIUM
EK-DEL-UPGR-AP upgrade server Delégo ADVANCED-PREMIUM
Voucher to enable one of the following modules at your choice: multimedia, video surveillance, IP video intercom, intrusion detection, Modbus RS485/TCP-IP
EK-DEL-V1 Voucher
(> 30 registers), energy module

248
 03 18 179 239 241 251 255 261 271 273 278
Introduction Wall-mounting devices Rail-mounting devices Accessories Supervision Tools Sales kit Technical section General terms of sale Index (codes) Index (description)

Delégo panel
SUPERVISION

Description Dimensions [mm]

The touch-panels of the Delégo series are a must-have instrument for the
management of the modern connected building. Through these you can control all
the automation functions of the premises: lights, roller shutters, burglar alarm,

149 mm
climate control, building management, etc. energy saving and multimedia system.

103 mm
104 mm

132 mm
Delégo touch-panels are available in two cuts, with 5” and 8” capacitive display, with
black and glossy white frame. The elegance of the minimalist design, the exceptional
graphic of the HD display and the outstanding performances, make Delégo panel
ideal for home, office, businesses, and any other area of installation. 58 mm 183 mm

81 mm 224 mm
Main features
• Overall dimensions (mm) 81 x 132 x 14 (5”) - 224 x 149 x 16 (8”)
• Wall-mounting box (5”) 2M wall-mounting box (Ex: Bticino mod. 502E)
Round box diameter 60 (Ex: Gewiss mod. 24232)
3M wall-mounting box (e.g. BTicino mod. 503E) (*)
• Wall-mounting box (8”) Bticino mod. 16204
• Orientation Horizontal or vertical
• Power supply Power Over Ethernet (POE)
• Typology LCD HD IPS 5” - LCD HD IPS 8”
• Resolution 1280 x 720
• Colours 16.7 million colours (true colour)
• Brightness 400 nits
• Touch screen Capacitive with multi-touch & gestures support
• Speakers High definition with built-in 2W amplifier
• Microphone Integrated high resolution with echo canceling
• Gyroscope Automatic orientation detection
• Proximity Integrated proximity detection
• Brightness Integrated ambient light sensor
• Connectivity LAN 100baseT
• Certifications CE / FCC class B / FCC part15 / ROHS / WEEE
• Operating System Android 6

Possibility of customization through aluminium frame (5” version only)

Order information

Code Composition Package

EK-DEL-5PAN Delégo panel 5” - black panel 1 pcs.

EK-DEL-5PANWH Delégo panel 5” - white panel 1 pcs.

EK-DEL-8PAN Delégo panel 8” - black panel 1 pcs.

EK-DEL-8PANWH Delégo panel 8” - white panel 1 pcs.

EK-DEL-5FR-... Aluminium frame for 5” Delégo panel 1 pcs.

(*) Box 503 must be mounted with the same orientation as the device.

249
 TOOLS

Planner 252
Bim 253
 TECHNICAL020EN

Planner
TOOLS

Description Offer request

PLANNER is a configuration software made available on its website from Ekinex®. Planner is a great business tool. You can request this offer and conditions for devices
This tool, from the easy to use and driven, allows the end user and the designer to of your project directly in the “PROJECT CONFIGURATION” by clicking on “request a
identify products that are perfectly suited to the needs of the project. With PLANNER quotation”. The network of Ekinex® will contact you and will answer quickly and with
you can also choose and test different combinations of buttons and civil series the best offer for your project.
finishes to get closer as possible to the desired result. PLANNER allows you to fill
out a simple list of devices to be used or they can be placed in a preview of a user- For further information contact: [email protected]
uploaded file, in order to recreate the actual conditions of the future installation.
Finally, the software allows you to create a database of your projects with the ability
to retrieve and modify projects at all times. When you finish using PLANNER allows
you the chance to ask Ekinex® the best trade offer to the list of materials in your
project

Use in 4 steps
1) ADD A PROJECT
From the Ekinex® site, reach PLANNER by following this link: planner.ekinex.com/en/.
At this point you can decide whether or not to insert a map (jpeg, gif, png, pdf image
format); in any case you will be asked to give a name to your project, so that you can
identify it later.

2) SELECT DEVICES, MODELS AND FINISHING

PLANNER guides you on the page where you can find a list of products and create a
list of devices to be installed in the system. All the wall-mounting and rail-mounting
products can be placed on the image of the plan if previously inserted.

3) GET THE LIST

PLANNER gives you the ability to export and manage the list of chosen devices, to be
able to control the features chosen.

4) SAVE THE PROJECT

By clicking on “save changes”, you will save the positions and changes made. You can
also print the project and export the list of products in pdf format.

252
 03 18 169 229 231 241 245 251 261 263 268
Introduction Wall-mounting devices Rail-mounting devices Accessories Supervision Tools Sales kit Technical section General terms of sale Index (codes) Index (description)

Bim
TOOLS

Description Software
BIM stands for Building Information Modeling and indicates a methodology aimed at The BIM library is available in Autodesk Revit® format, by installing our Ekinex BIM
optimizing and managing the design and construction of a building. Content Creator software, a real advanced configurator of the product range that
will be enriched with future updates and expansions.
The BIM is therefore used mainly in the construction sector to promote a working
method that involves the generation of a building model that can also manage the For further information:
data of the entire life cycle through multi-dimensional virtual models generated en.ekinex.com/bim/library-wall-mount.html
digitally by means of specific software. en.ekinex.com/bim/bim-library-rail-mounting-devices.html

A BIM can contain any information about the building and its parts. The most commonly
collected information is geometry, technical and mechanical data, electrical data,
material specifications, financial, energy and environmental assessments.

What are the benefits of bim in home automation and construction?

The role of BIM in the construction industry is to support collaboration between the
different actors involved (designers, builders, architects, clients) and integrate the
design and simulation processes into a single model that can manage all phases of
the life cycle of the building.

The main benefit of adopting the BIM methodology is the 3D representation during the
design phase, which speeds up processes, reduces delivery times and allows errors
and inaccuracies to be detected first. The greater efficiency in sharing information
and a more precise control over all the processes involved, also make it possible to
contain costs and schedule in advance maintenance operations.

The fields of BIM related to technology allow the management of complex projects
such as home automation and the willingness of the customer to control the building.
During the design phase it is already possible to simulate the integration of the
different systems and the control of the possible scenarios in a 3D environment,
giving all the professionals involved the opportunity to work together without data
or process conflicts.

253
 SALES KIT

Pocket Box 256

Color Ring 256
Color Box 257
Color Box Pro 257
Style Box 258
Style Case 258
Tech Case 259
 TECHNICAL020EN

Pocket Box
TOOLS

Description Order information

Pocketbox is a small and versatile tool that allows you to present Ekinex products in Code Package Weight
their natural size. Inside the box there are 19 1:1 scale cardboard models complete EK-POC-BOX-EN 1 pcs. 0.109 Kg
with description and QR code. Pocketbox is a small and versatile tool that allows you
to present Ekinex® products in their natural size.

For further information: [email protected]

Color Ring
TOOLS

Description Order information

Color Ring is a ring equipped with rectangular keys made of plastic, metal and Fenix Code Finishing Package Weight
NTM® in real size that allows you to evaluate the chromatic combination between EK-CC-MET Metal 1 pcs. 0.152 Kg
the button and the wall.
EK-CC-FEN Fenix NTM ®
1 pcs. 0.117 Kg

EK-CC-PLA Plastic 1 pcs. 0.032 Kg

For further information: [email protected]

256
 03 18 179 239 241 251 255 261 271 273 278
Introduction Wall-mounting devices Rail-mounting devices Accessories Supervision Tools Sales kit Technical section General terms of sale Index (codes) Index (description)

Color Box Pro

TOOLS

Description Order information

Color Box Pro is a finishing folder that contains a working KNX button equipped with Code Finishing Package Weight
12 different materials, colours and button types. It is available in two versions: a EK-CBP-NTM Fenix NTM ®
1 pcs. 1.332 Kg
folder is fully dedicated to the Fenix NTM® material, the other contains 6 plastic and
EK-CBP-PLA-MET Plastic and Metal 1 pcs. 1.332 Kg
6 metal samples.

For further information: [email protected]

257
 TECHNICAL020EN

Style Box
TOOLS

Description Order information

Style Box is an presentation box that contains one pushbutton to 4 channels of the Code Version Package Weight
20venti, FF or 71 series in plastic material, complete with buttons and programmable EK-SB4-FF-FORM style box FF series - Form 1 pcs.
KNX communication interface. It includes inside it more buttons and plates in
EK-SB4-71-DEEP style box 71 series - Deep 1 pcs.
different colours to assess the different colours and aesthetic solutions available. 0.500 Kg
EK-SB4-71-SURFACE style box 71 series - Surface 1 pcs.
The pushbutton can be wall mounted and programmed to test its many functions.
EK-SB4-20VENTI style box 20venti series 1 pcs.

For further information: [email protected] EK-SB4-5PAN style box Delégo panel 5” 1 pcs. 1.500 Kg

Style Case
TOOLS

Description Order information

Style Case was thought to display the Ekinex® wall-mounting devices, appreciate Code Package Weight
the feel of materials and colours, test the effect on different wall backgrounds. It has EK-SC1-01 1 pcs. 9,300 Kg
four drawers for the different product lines (one of them is equipped with functioning
devices) containing demo-versions of pushbutton and thermostats. Style Case also
includes an array of pushbutton faceplates as a colour sampler; the front lid hosts a
pouch for catalogues or note sheets. The suede leather belt provides for a convenient
carrying handle.

For further information: [email protected]

258
 03 18 179 239 241 251 255 261 271 273 278
Introduction Wall-mounting devices Rail-mounting devices Accessories Supervision Tools Sales kit Technical section General terms of sale Index (codes) Index (description)

Tech Case
TOOLS

Description Order information

Tech Case is an ideal solution to support KNX training (basic, advanced, hvac)
Code Version Package Weight
and product presentations. Tech Case is made of a shock-resistant housing and
EK-TCB-TP basic 1 pcs. 11.000 Kg
is equipped with an integrated trolley system that makes it suitable for business
EK-TCA-TP advanced 1 pcs. 12.000 Kg
travels. Tech Case is delivered with connected Ekinex devices and preinstalled
application programmes.

For further information: [email protected]

259
 TECHNICAL020EN

Projecting, configuration The first activity required consists of assigning a name to the project, along with

and commissioning
general descriptive information, which will permit to re-use the same project without
problems, even after a long time. The next step is to define the building’s structure
TECHNICAL SECTION and the topology required by the home automation project. The devices are looked up
in the database, copied into the structure and assigned a unique id, corresponding to
The Ekinex® home and buildings automation system was developed in accordance their physical address. At this point, each device may be configured independently, by
with the KNX open standard; therefore, the planning and the commissioning of a setting a series of parameters, which vary according to the function to be performed.
system as well as the configuration of its devices can be carried out easily by means For example, independent function can be attributed to each different channel of
of a PC and the ETS® software. The software allows to program Ekinex® devices, a single push-button command, e.g. switching on or off an electrical appliance, a
as well as thousands of other interoperable devices produced by companies which dimmer for a light source or the opening/closing control for a roll-up shutter. The
are members of KNX Association. All is needed to use Ekinex® devices in a system next step is to define the interaction between multiple devices; unlike traditional
project, is the download from the www.ekinex.com website of either the application installations, where this is achieved by physically laying cables, in a home automation
programs general file, the Ekinex® product database containing software for all system this action is performed by means of virtual connections generated by the
devices, or the single, specific-application program as necessary. After importing ETS® program.
product data into the internal ETS® database, one may start laying out the home
automation project.

260
 03 18 179 239 241 251 255 261 271 273 278
Introduction Wall-mounting devices Rail-mounting devices Accessories Supervision Tools Sales kit Technical section General terms of sale Index (codes) Index (description)

It is then possible to upload the application program to each device, thereby including
all the settings required to perform the expected function within the system. ETS®
also has utility functions for diagnoses and error search; for instance, it is possible
to verify physical addresses and to check the status of each single devices on the
connected bus. Lastly, the program can produce the necessary project documentation
for the end user, so that it may be further expanded and adapted in the future. The
constant attention of KNX towards the world of professionals developed into a wide
offer of training courses. Courses for experts have been offered for years in numerous
countries and KNX constantly monitors the activity of all certified training centres,
where it is possible to become KNX Partners. The professional role of a KNX Partner
is to guarantee a high level of system expertise in order to achieve the best results.
Among KNX Partners are designers, installers and system integrators, who offer
expert advice to plan, install, run and maintain a KNX-standard control system for
homes and buildings.

In order to become KNX Partner, one must withstand a 40-hours theory and ETS® (Engineering Tool Software) is manufacturer-independent software.
practise exam at a KNX-certified Training Centre. A complete list of KNX produced and marketed by KNX Association (www.knx.org)
Partner is available on the website of KNX Association (www.knx.org).

261
 TECHNICAL020EN

KNX technology
TECHNICAL SECTION

KNX systems realize decentralized building automation; therefore, neither a central Connecting the devices
unit nor a supervising PC for control are required. Each device is fitted with an Ekinex® devices are connected to the signal bus cable by means of the KNX bus termination
electronic part, which allows bus communication with all other devices on the bus, block. The termination block and the cable form part of a convenient, fast-connection
processes the received information or transmits the stored working parameters and system aimed at eliminating errors: the cable has rigid connectors and the termination
the logics required for the completion of its task. block is fitted with holding springs (instead of screws); besides, the termination block is
formed by two elements having the same colour-coding (black/red) of the conductors to
Communication be connected. Each stripped bus conductor will be simply inserted in place, where it will
Communication between KNX devices occurs in digital form, by means of serial stay firm thanks to the provided holding spring. Each polarity has 4 connection areas and
transmissions of organized information, called “telegrams”. A telegram includes the the termination block may be extracted from its seat; Thanks to these two characteristics,
main information to be transmitted – e.g. a switch on or switch off command, a the removal of any device from the bus cabling does not determine the interruption
numerical value corresponding to a physical size detected by a sensor, etc. – and of communications with the remaining devices. The termination block is also used for
a series of accessory information required to guarantee an efficient, error-free branching cable segments on the same bus.
communication. Any telegram, which is not duly received, can be repeated up to
three times by the transmitting device. In order to avoid collisions between telegrams
being sent out at the same time along the same bus from different devices, the
CSMA/CA (Carrier Sense Multiple Access / Collision Avoidance) protocol is used. The Ekinex® devices are connected
to the KNX network via the bus
The information transmission speed occurs at 9600 bit/s, which makes it possible to terminal included in every
avoid bus line resistor terminations. appliance supplied.

Transmission medium
The family of Ekinex® TP bus devices uses twisted-pair signal cables to transmit
data; the correct communication is guaranteed by employing bus cables with 1 or Installation
2 conductor pairs made in accordance with KNX Association’s TP1 specifications. KNX bus cables can be laid underneath the 230 Vac power cables along the same
duct, provided they are kept isolated. Should the insulating sheath be removed, a
distance of at least 4 mm between cable types must be guaranteed.

The transmission medium utilized by

Ekinex® devices are standard KNX TP1
cables in the 2 or 4 conductors version

4 mm

262
 03 18 179 239 241 251 255 261 271 273 278
Introduction Wall-mounting devices Rail-mounting devices Accessories Supervision Tools Sales kit Technical section General terms of sale Index (codes) Index (description)

Topology
The smallest KNX system may include a single bus line along which up to 64 devices Adding line couplers, allows the system to expand to accommodate for larger
can be connected. The line must be equipped with the special bus power supply, buildings and/or higher numbers of required bus functions. Connecting more lines
which provides the necessary SELV voltage for the system to work. The effective between them by means of couplers and a backbone line constitutes an area. An
number of bus devices that can be connected to the line is determined at project area is formed by a backbone line, up to 15 secondary lines and by all the devices
level and may vary depending on the voltage supplied by the bus power supply and connected along them. A unique number between 1 and 15 characterizes each
on the electrical absorption of each device on the bus. Since each Ekinex® device secondary line. With little less than 1000 connectible KNX devices, an area permits
can process multiple functions, a single-bus line can suffice to control an apartment, the handling of a medium/large size system.
a detached house or even a larger building with a limited number of bus functions.

Bus Bus Bus

device n.63 device n.64 power supply

Main bus line

KNX Bus line

Line coupler Line coupler

n.1 n.2

Bus Bus Bus Bus

power supply device n.1 device n.2 device n.3

Bus Bus
device n.1 device n.1
Next to a simple single-line configuration, a bus line can be subdivided into
more segments, thus obtaining a star-shaped or a tree-shaped topology, or any
Bus Bus
combinations of the two. power supply power supply

Bus Bus Bus

device n.64 device n.2 device n.2

KN
Bus line n.2
Bus line n.1

XB
us
lin
e
Bus Bus
power supply device n.63

Bus Bus
device n.64 device n.64

Bus Bus
device n.1 device n.3

Bus
device n.2
263
 TECHNICAL020EN

KNX technology
TECHNICAL SECTION

It is necessary to respect KNX topology prescriptions while designing the system, in

order to guarantee communication within the system:
• the maximum allowed line length is 1000 m, including all branches;
Bus
device n.1 • up to 64 bus devices can be connected to one line;
KNX Bus line • the maximum distance between 2 devices is 700 meters;
• no bus device may be more than 350 meters apart from a bus power supply;
• in case of high numbers of bus devices (> 30) along limited sections lengths
Bus Bus device n.2 (10m), a second bus power supply can be installed, provided it sits at
power supply least 200 meters away from the first.

Should the demand increase, a KNX system can be further extended by connecting
Bus
device n.3 one another up to 15 areas. The main lines of each single area are connected to a
backbone line by means of area couplers. Areas and main lines are numbered 1 to 15,
while the backbone line bears number 0. The most extended KNX system permits to
connect tens of thousands of devices, thus satisfying the necessities of very large
buildings.

Bus
device n.64
Device addressing
The bus is a shared communication medium and each connected device must be
exclusively distinguished from all others. The ETS® program takes care of that by
assigning a physical address to each device; the address is represented in the form
“area.line.device”. Thanks to that, the topology of the entire system is mirrored
into the devices’ physical addresses, making it easy to locate a device in the whole
topology, by simply knowing its physical address. For instance:

3.5.12 is the physical address of the bus device number 12, installed
along line 5 in area 3

7.11.4 is the physical address of bus device number 4 on line 11 in area 7

A line coupler connects a secondary line to the backbone line; the device forms an
integral part of the secondary line and conventionally assumes the device number
“0”. The physical address of a line coupler can be, for instance:

3.5.0 is the physical address of the coupler connecting the secondary

line n. 5 to the main line of area 3

The area coupler connects an area’s main line to the backbone line; the device is part
of the main line and conventionally assumes device number “0” and line number “0”.
The physical address of an area coupler is, for example:

3.0.0 is the physical address of the coupler connecting the main line of
area 3 to the system’s backbone line

264
 03 18 179 239 241 251 255 261 271 273 278
Introduction Wall-mounting devices Rail-mounting devices Accessories Supervision Tools Sales kit Technical section General terms of sale Index (codes) Index (description)

KNX technology
TECHNICAL SECTION

The physical address of the transmitting device is always present in a telegram,

working as the “source address” of the message.

3.5.12 2/6/54
The physical address (area.line.device)
The group address is used when commanding
is used when programming
and controlling the bus devices.
and diagnosing bus devices.

To coordinate the performance of several devices over a particular bus function, a Power supply
so-called group address is used; this is represented by a two levels structure “main KNX systems work with the 30 Vdc SELV (Safety Extra Low Voltage) voltage, supplied
group/subgroup” (e.g. “2/15”) or by a three level structure “main group/middle by the bus power supply present on each line; this power feeds the electronic parts of
group/subgroup” (e.g. “2/6/54”). This type of address is almost exclusively used as the devices and provides for the transmission of information over the bus. Normally,
a “destination” address for telegrams. KNX commands and sensors are exclusively connected to the bus line, while parts of
KNX actuators require a separate 230 Vac power supply for commanding connected
loads. Some devices may require an auxiliary SELV power supply for their operation.

Bus power
Area coupler
supply

Line coupler Line coupler

Bus power Bus power

line supply supply
Bus power o ne
ckb
supply Ba
Dev. 1 Dev. 1
Bus power
Area coupler
supply

Bus power
Line 2

Accoppiatore di Line
supply
Bus power
Area coupler Dev. 64 Dev. 64
supply
Bus power supply
Bus power
supply

Bus power
Accoppiatore di Line Dev. #1 Dev. 1
supply
Bus power
Area coupler
supply
Bus power
supply
Line #1

Line 2#2

Line coupler Line coupler Dev. #1 Dev. 1

Line

Dev. #64 Dev. 64

Bus power Bus power
Bus power supply
supply supply
Line 2

Dev. 1 Dev.
Dev. #11

Dev. #64 Dev. 64

Line 1

Line 2

Dev. 64 Dev. 64
Dev. #64

265
 TECHNICAL020EN

Normative references
TECHNICAL SECTION

Norms are, by nature, voluntary application dispositions; anyhow, complying with efficiency models, consistently abiding to recent tendencies aiming at global
norms constitutes the best guarantee in the choice of a product for designers, system-envelope system efficiency, more so than seek optimization of single parts.
installers and end users. In fact, norms are “state-of-the-art” developments in their KNX represents an open and interoperable system for the automation of houses and
technology sector and precisely define quality, performance and safe conditions of buildings, normed at global level thanks to its conformity with international (ISO/IEC
use for a product. Beyond safety norms regarding all products, the systems for the 14543-3), European (CENELEC EN 50090, CEN EN 13321-1 e 13321-2), Chinese
control of houses and buildings are more often requested to integrate energetic (GB/Z 20965) and American (ANSI/ASHRAE 135) norms.

Norm Title Notes

In sight of the great interest towards KNX compatible products and the technology by them consolidated well beyond European
markets, the KNX Association took all necessary steps to obtain approval of its own KNX standards at international levels. At
Information technology - Home electronic system
ISO/IEC 14543-3 the end of 2004, active CENELEC member countries proposed the European EN 50090 norm for ISO/IEC standardization. In
(HES) architecture
November 2006, the KNX protocol and all transmission media (TP, PL, RF and IP) became approved and published under the
international ISO/IEC 14543-3-x normative.

In December 2003, the KNX protocol and the two TP (twisted pair) and PL (power line) transmission media were approved by
EN 50090 Home and Building Electronic Systems (HBES) the European national committees and ratified by the CENELEC Bureau Technique under the European EN 50090 norm. The
transmission medium KNX RF (radio frequency) was approved the month of may 2006.

Open data communication in building automation, Since KNX supplies more and more technical specifications used not only for the automation of electrical devices, but also
controls and building management. Home and for HVAC (Heating, Ventilation and Air Conditioning) applications, the KNX Association submitted its specifications to CEN
CEN EN 13321-1
building electronic system. for publishing a European normative for building control systems. CEN accepted the proposal and KNX specifications where
Product and system requirements published by CEN as EN 13321-1 and EN 13321-2.

Open data communication in building automation,

controls and building management. Home and
CEN EN 13321-2
building electronic systems.
KNXnet/IP Communication

The great interest demonstrated by China for KNX products and technology was the main reason for the KNX Association to
Control network HBES technology
GB/Z 20965 have the international ISO/IEC 14543 norm translated into Chinese. The Chinese standardization committee SAC TC 124
specification - Home and building control
introduced the KNX standard into China and adopted it under the GB/Z 20965 norm in July 2007.

BACnet - A Data Communication Protocol for

Even the interfacing of KNX with other automation systems is now internationally standardized: the norms US ANSI/ASHRAE
ANSI/ASHRAE 135 Building Automation and Control Networks
135 and ISO 16484-5 support mapping between KNX and BACnet.
(ANSI Approved)

2018 Home and Building Electronic Systems

CEI EN IEC 63044-3 (HBES) and Building Automation and Control Part 3: Electrical safety requirements
Systems (BACS)

2017 Home and Building Electronic Systems

CEI EN IEC 63044-5-1 (HBES) and Building Automation and Control Part 5-1: EMC requirements, conditions and test set-up
Systems (BACS)

266
 03 18 179 239 241 251 255 261 271 273 278
Introduction Wall-mounting devices Rail-mounting devices Accessories Supervision Tools Sales kit Technical section General terms of sale Index (codes) Index (description)

Normative references
TECHNICAL SECTION

The EN 50090 norm

The European EN 50090 norm “Home and Building Electronic Systems (HBES)” was Beyond the requirements for the development of HBES systems and components,
developed at CENELEC from the TC 205 Technical Committee, specifically established aimed at builders, the norm also defines the criteria for designing, installing and
in 1996 to write norms covering all relevant aspects of electronic systems dedicated testing an HBES system. The KNX standard is entirely compliant with the EN 50090
to the control of homes and buildings. Parts of the norm were progressively released norm.
and published by the standard committee of several European countries giving birth
to the national norms about the electronic systems for homes and buildings.

Part Home and Building Electronic Systems (HBES) - Title of the part Year

EN 50090-1 Part 1: Standardization structure 2011

EN 50090-2-1 Part 2-1: System overview - Architecture 1998

EN 50090-2-2/A2 Part 2-2/A2: System overview - General technical requirements 2008

EN 50090-2-3 Part 2-3: System overview - General functional safety requirements for products intended to be integrated in HBES 2006

EN 50090-3-1 Part 3-1: Aspects of application - Introduction to the application structure 1997

EN 50090-3-2 Part 3-2: Aspects of application - User process for HBES Class 1 2004

EN 50090-3-3 Part 3-3: Aspects of application - HBES Interworking model and common HBES data types 2010

EN 50090-4-1 Part 4-1: Media independent layers - Application layer for HBES Class 1 2006

EN 50090-4-2 Part 4-2: Media independent layers - Transport layer, network layer and general parts of data link layer for HBES Class 1 2005

EN 50090-4-3 Part 4-3: Media independent layers - Communication over IP 2008

EN 50090-5-1 Part 5-1: Media and media dependent layers - Power line for HBES Class 1 2005

EN 50090-5-2 Part 5-2: Media and media dependent layers - Network based on HBES Class 1, Twisted Pair 2005

EN 50090-5-3 Part 5-3: Media and media dependent layers - Radio frequency 2007

EN 50090-7-1 Part 7-1: System management - Management procedures 2005

EN 50090-8 Part 8: Conformity assessment of products 2001

EN 50090-9-1 Part 9-1: Installation requirements - Generic cabling for HBES Class 1 Twisted Pair 2005

CLC/TR 50090-9-2 Part 9-2: Installation requirements - Inspection and testing of HBES installation 2009

267
 TECHNICAL020EN

Energy efficiency in buildings

TECHNICAL SECTION

Based on the fact that buildings in Europe account for over 40% of total energy
consumption, the European Union intensified its efforts over the last years so that
buildings be projected and re-qualified, thereby restraining consumptions as much
as possible. The declared objective is to reduce energy dependence and the emission
of polluting and climate-changing gases. The starting point was the publishing of
Directive 91 in 2002 about energy performance in building (known as EPBD – Energy
Performance Building Directive) - a mandatory implementation for European Union
countries – which introduced important new facts, such as the energy performance
certification, aimed at informing users about the building’s energy performance
and leaving up to national measures the identification of the most appropriate
interventions needed to increase energy efficiency. The innovative approach required
coordinated interventions on the envelope-system integrated system.

Final energy consumption by sector (EU)

Industry
28% Buildings
41%

Transportation
31%

The EN 15232 norm

Following the Directive 2002/91/EC, the next step is to pay attention to efficiency
recovery in individual behaviours and to concentrate on the relationship between
the rate of automation in a building’s plan and the corresponding achievable energy
saving. This has brought CENELEC to publish the EN 15232 norm, later acknowledged
by the standard committee of several European countries. The norm evaluates the
savings achievable through the adoption of growing automation levels – both during
planning and energy verification operations – and to place buildings in one of four
energy efficiency classes: from A (the most efficient) to D (the least efficient).

C
BACS: Building Automation Control System D
TBM: Technical Building Management System

268
 03 18 179 239 241 251 255 261 271 273 278
Introduction Wall-mounting devices Rail-mounting devices Accessories Supervision Tools Sales kit Technical section General terms of sale Index (codes) Index (description)

A class
A class includes highly energy-efficient buildings, fitted with control and automation
systems (BACS) and technical system management (TBM), characterized by high
levels of precision and completeness in terms of automatic control.

B class
B class includes energetically advanced buildings, fitted with control and automation
systems (BACS) and technical system management (TBM) allowing a centralized-
type of control.

C class
C class includes buildings, which are standard from an energy point of view and are
fitted with basic control and automation systems (BACS). This class is also used as a
reference for the calculation of efficiency factors.

D class
D class includes buildings, which are not energy-efficient, having technical systems
exclusively of a traditional type, lacking any kind of automation.

The EN 15232 norm also specifies:

• a structured list of regulation functions, automation and technical management
which have a certain effect on the energy efficiency of buildings;
• a method to define minimal requirements to apply for regulation, automation and
technical management of buildings of different complexity;
• detailed methods to evaluate the effects of such functions on a specific building;
• a simplified method to reach a first impact estimate of such functions on
representative buildings.

269
 TECHNICAL020EN

Quality certification Documentation on the Web

The Ekinex products described in this catalogue are developed and built in conformity
®
All tech documents for Ekinex® devices are available for download from the www.
with the quality management system adopted by Ekinex S.p.A. and certified by DNV ekinex.com website, without requiring any registration. The search is free, and
– Det Norske Veritas – in accordance ISO EN 9001:2008. products may be searched by their code, family or type. The same documentation can
quickly be accessed from within the product pages, too.
Access through mobile devices
All QR* codes appearing on labels and packagings of Ekinex® devices, and in the
product catalogue pages, provide quick access - at any time and from any place – to
technical documentation or any other web content published at www.ekinex.com, by
using mobile devices such as smart-phones or tablets. In order to decode QR, one
simply must upload to his mobile device any freeware application found online.

(*) QR Code® is a trademark registered by Denso Wave Incorporated

ETS application software in several languages

All Ekinex® devices have ETS application software in 4 languages: English, German,
French and Italian.

Single packaging
Ekinex® devices are individually protected against shock & dust by means of a
dedicated packaging. The label clearly describes the contents and bears both an
(EAN) bar-code and a QR. Inside the packaging, the instructions sheet supplies
information for the installation of the product.

270
 03 18 179 239 241 251 255 261 271 273 278
Introduction Wall-mounting devices Rail-mounting devices Accessories Supervision Tools Sales kit Technical section General terms of sale Index (codes) Index (description)

General terms of sale

Valid for the Ekinex® product range.

1. DEFINITIONS
1.1 In this General Terms of Sale, the below-mentioned terms assume the following meaning:
a) “Producer”: Ekinex S.p.A, with Head Office in Vaprio d’Agogna (28010 NO), via Novara 37;
b) “Customer”: Professional customer, sole trader or company requesting the purchase of Ekinex® products
c) “Part” or “Parts”: Ekinex S.p.A. and the Customer;
d) “Order” or “Orders”: purchasing order(s), related to Ekinex® products, issued by Customer to Ekinex S.p.A.;
e) “Products”: all Ekinex® products for the control of homes and buildings listed in the Ekinex® product catalogue, be it either printed and/or electronic and on the www.ekinex.com site.
f) “General Conditions”: the general terms of sales, as indicated hereunder.

2. SCOPE
2.1. These General Terms of Sale discipline all purchasing contracts, concerning Ekinex® products, set between Parts;
2.2. The Customer cannot plea nor object different conditions other than those specified in General Terms of Sale. Hence, any contingent conditions requested by the Customer, be it at order time or during any other
contractual phase, or after accepting / becoming aware of our General Terms, or mentioned in the Customer’s General Terms of Purchase, will be void. The Producer’s implementation of the Order, even partially, or
any other fulfilments in favour of the Customer are not valid and cannot be interpreted as tacit or implicit acceptance of whatsoever contractual condition other than those indicated in these General Terms of Sale,
unless explicitly accepted in writing from Ekinex S.p.A. Even in the case of agreed exceptions accepted in writing, the present Terms of Sale will continue to be applicable to all other contractual parts not included
in the exception.
2.3. The General Terms of Sale are exclusively applicable to contractual relationships between Ekinex S.p.A. and professional operators, thus not covered by the Italian D.Lgs. n. 206 (Consumer Code) dated September
6th, 2005 and all further modifications.
2.4. It is the faculty of Ekinex S.p.A. to modify the present General Terms of Sale at any moment and without any notice. Each contract will be regulated by the General Terms of Sale in force at the moment of
acceptance of the Order issued by the Customer.

3. CONTRACT FORMATION
3.1. Acceptance of the offer on the part of the Customer or the order confirmation on the part of Ekinex S.p.A., no matter in what form, entail the application of the General Terms of Sale.
3.2. Any offer submitted by agents, representatives or Ekinex S.p.A. business partners are not binding for Ekinex S.p.A. until she confirms them in writing
All sale offers formulated by Ekinex S.p.A. have a validity of 30 days from date-of-issue and are limited to the complete supply of products thereby quoted. After the above-mentioned deadline, the sale offer will no
longer be valid.
3.3. The Order sent from the Customer to Ekinex S.p.A. constitutes a binding, irrevocable contractual proposal for a period of three months, starting from the moment Ekinex S.p.A. becomes aware of its existence.
During the period of three months, Ekinex S.p.A. reserves the right – at its sole discretion – to either accept or reject the Order, informing the Customer of the decision taken.
Should Ekinex S.p.A.’s order confirmation differ from the Order sent by the Customer (for example, in terms of product quantity, prices, discounts, delivery terms, shipping), such confirmation will count as a counter-
proposal of Ekinex S.p.A., which will have to be explicitly accepted by the Customer in order for the contract to be concluded.
3.4. By sending an Order, the Customer acknowledges and declares to have carefully examined all the indications submitted to him during the purchasing phase and he declares to unreservedly accept the present
General Terms of Sale.
3.5. The acceptance will be made official by a confirmation e-mail message sent to the electronic mail address indicated by the Customer. The confirmation message will bear Order date and time and a “Customer
Order Number” to be used in all subsequent communications with Ekinex S.p.A. The Customer will be able to monitor the status of his Order at any time either contacting Ekinex S.p.A. by phone at (+39) 0321 1828980
or by sending an e-mail to [email protected].
3.6. Should the Customer require Order cancellation before its acceptance or execution on the part of Ekinex S.p.A., the latter may ask the Customer to reimburse any expenses or duties sustained for the handling
of the Order – in full or in part –, as well as reimbursement for any damages.

4. PRODUCT AVAILABILITY
4.1. Ekinex S.p.A. reserves the right to modify, without any notice, the Ekinex® product catalogue, as well as the technical characteristics of its products.
4.2. Should one of the requested products be unavailable, Ekinex S.p.A. commits to contact the Customer within 20 working days from Order receipt, informing the Customer at his e-mail address about the una-
vailability and suggesting any alternatives. In this case, the Customer may select to wait for Order dispatch, as long as Ekinex S.p.A. believes she may trace the missing product on the market, or cancel the order,
eventually obtaining reimbursement for prepaid and missing products.

5. PAYMENT METHODS
5.1. Product prices will refer to the price list in force at sale-offer acceptance on the part of the Customer or at issuance of Order confirmation on the part of Ekinex S.p.A.
Ekinex S.p.A. reserves the right to modify its price lists at any time, after written communication to the Customer should costs increase for raw material, manpower or any other factor which may cause a relevant
rise in production costs.
Product prices are always Free Carrier (FCA Incoterms 2010) and, therefore, any risks related to the shipping pass onto the Customer’s side the moment that products are handed in to the carrier, unless different
agreements are reached between Parts in advance.
5.2. Payments will have to be made in accordance with the indications contained in the sale offer or in the order confirmation. Payments, as well as any other due sum, will be made to the Ekinex S.p.A. Head office
address and in Euro, unless otherwise agreed between Parts.
5.3. Any delay or irregularity in payments will confer Ekinex S.p.A. the right to:
a) suspend ongoing supplies, even if not related to the payment in question;
b) modify the form of payment and discounts for further supplies, requesting advance payments or the issuance of further guarantees as necessary;
c) request, starting from the planned payment expiry date and without need of a formal notice of default, arrears due on the unpaid sums, calculated according to current law terms for commercial transactions (in
particular, as indicated by the Italian D.lgs. 231/2002 and further integrations). In any case, Ekinex S.p.A. reserves the right to request compensation for the highest damage incurred.
Furthermore, in all the above cases, any sum due to Ekinex S.p.A. on whatever basis becomes immediately collectable. The Customer will compel to pay the products in full even if any exceptions, objections or disputes
should arise. Any argument will be defined only after payment of all monies due.

271
 TECHNICAL020EN

General terms of sale

6 TRANSPORTATION AND DELIVERY OF PRODUCTS
6.1. Delivery of goods is understood to be Free Carrier (FC Incoterms) and, therefore, any risk related to the supply pass onto the Customer the moment that products are delivered to the carrier, unless previously
arranged differently in writing between parts.
6.2. Delivery terms, except where explicitly agreed, are purely indicative.
In the case that order execution is hindered by force majeure circumstances, irregular or missing procurement of prime materials or by other unpredictable circumstances, delivery terms will be considered deferred
and new terms will be established between parts without possibility to request any compensation and/or damages for delay in the delivery.
6.3. Upon delivery of goods from the carrier, the Customer is due to check that the content of delivered packages corresponds to order and to details in the invoice transmitted by mail. Any damage to packaging
and/or product or any discrepancy in the number of packages must be notified within 3 working days from delivery to customer service of Ekinex S.p.A. at the email address [email protected]. After such term, the
Customer may no longer advance any complaint in matter of packaging conditions or number of parcels received.

7. WARRANTY
7.1. Ekinex S.p.A. guarantees the conformity of its products in terms of legislation and technical regulations enforced in Italy.
7.2. Ekinex S.p.A. guarantees that the supplied products correspond, in terms of quality and type, to whatever established by the contract, and to be free from defects that may render them unsuitable for the use
which they are expressly meant for.
The guarantee for manufacturing defects is limited to the sole defects that may be attributable to materials used or to design and production problems attributable to Ekinex S.p.A.
All Ekinex® products sold by Ekinex S.p.A. come with a guarantee of proper operation and a guarantee for design and production defects, valid for a 24 months period from delivery, except for parts subject to standard
wear & tear. After such period, the guarantee ceases, even if the products have not been put to work for any reason.
The operability of guarantees on the products is subject to the condition precedent of full payment received.
7.3. The above-said guarantee is operative provided that the products be correctly stored and used in conformity with the instructions included in the General Catalogue and the technical sheets supplied by Ekinex
S.p.A., that no repair, modification or alteration be applied without prior written consent of Ekinex S.p.A. and that ascertained defects not be caused by chemical agents or electricity. The Customer will report any
faults or defects in writing within 8 days from product consignment, while any hidden defects and/or malfunctioning (which can only be detected with use) will have to be reported within 8 days from discovery and,
in any case, never beyond the guarantee’s period of validity.
The guarantee is void in case the malfunctioning is caused by software installed on the product; overload, interruption or suspension of electricity.
7.4. Complaints will be forwarded in writing to Ekinex S.p.A., in accordance with instructions and modalities supplied by the latter (see quick-replacement procedure in the General Catalogue), specifying in detail
the faults or discrepancies ascertained.
The Customer will lose all guarantee rights, should he not allow for reasonable checks that Ekinex S.p.A. may deem necessary or lack to return the faulty product within 10 days from request. Following regular Customer
complaint, Ekinex S.p.A., at her choice, may: a) repair the faulty products; b) supply, free of charge, the Customer (DAP Incoterms 2010) with products of the same kind and quantity of those deemed faulty; c) issue a
credit note in favour of Customer for the same amount of the original invoice of returned products. In such cases, Ekinex S.p.A. may request the return of faulty products, which will become her property. Unless arranged
differently between parts, it is understood that all expenses related to the interventions of Ekinex S.p.A.’s technical assistance will be sustained by the latter.
Both in case of replacement and/or repair of the products or the defective components, the guarantee will continue to elapse from its original term which, therefore, remains unchanged and will not be extended.
7.5. In the case where defects observed on the products are not imputable to the responsibility of Ekinex S.p.A., all repair and substitution expenses thereby incurred shall be accounted for and invoiced to the Cus-
tomer. The guarantee referred to in this article absorbs and replaces legal guarantees for faults and conformity and excludes any other responsibility on the part of Ekinex S.p.A. originating, in any form or way, from
its finished products; in particular, the Customer will not submit any other request for reimbursement and, in no case, Ekinex S.p.A. shall be deemed responsible for indirect or consequential damage.

8. INDUSTRIAL PROPERTY
8.1. Ekinex S.p.A. remains exclusive proprietor of patents, drawings, projects and anything else used for the realization of products, and the Customer commits not to distribute them to third parties, not to reproduce
them and not to use them. Should the realization of products be carried out by Ekinex S.p.A. by specific request and technical documentation of the Customer, Ekinex S.p.A. assumes no responsibility for the violation of
third-party industrial property rights, which will be exclusively accountable to the Customer who commits to guarantee and to keep Ekinex S.p.A. released and indemnified from any claim against her. 8.2. The Custom-
er commits to use Ekinex S.p.A. trademarks only for identification, advertising and sale purposes, abstaining from registering them or from having them registered by others without written consent from Ekinex S.p.A.

9. DAMAGE COMPENSATION
9.1.The responsibility of Ekinex S.p.A., deriving from either the implementation or non-implementation of the contract, or guarantee, or tort claim, or objective responsibility, will never exceed the value of the product
to which it relates. Under no circumstance, Ekinex S.p.A. will be held responsible for neither missed or loss of profits, nor for missed use or technical halt of the product or any associated machinery, nor for Customer
and/or third-parties complaints related to such damage, nor for any other type of indirect or consequential damage.

10. PRIVACY
10.1. The Customer accepts to (i) treat the information/data/drawings/know-how/documentation received and/or comprehended from Ekinex S.p.A. as reserved; (ii) limit the use of such information/documentation
and access to them solely for contractual purposes. The reserved information/documentation will not be reproduces without written consent of Ekinex S.p.A. and any copies of them will be immediately surrendered
upon Ekinex S.p.A. request.
Above provisions do not apply to information which: (i) is public or become public for divulgation not performed by the Customer, his employees or collaborators (ii) were in the hands of the Customer before he
received them from Ekinex S.p.A. o (iii) were divulged by sources who are not subordinate to the same restrictions as the Customer in terms of use, or (iv) can be disclosed to third parties following a written author-
ization of Ekinex S.p.A.

11. SETTLEMENT OF DISPUTES

11.1. The present General Terms and related contracts of supply shall be disciplined by the Italian law. Any dispute related to or in any way connected to contracts under the present General Terms, will fall under
exclusive jurisdiction of the Court of Novara (Italy).

12. RESTRICTIVE CLAUSES

12.1 In accordance with articles 1341 and 1342 of the Italian civil code, the Customer expressly declares to approve the following clauses: 2. Scope; 5. Payment Methods; 6. Transportation and delivery of products;
7. Warranty; 9. Damage compensation; 11 Settlement of disputes.

272
 03 18 179 239 241 251 255 261 271 273 278
Introduction Wall-mounting devices Rail-mounting devices Accessories Supervision Tools Sales kit Technical section General terms of sale Index (codes) Index (description)

Index by code

EK-112-TP Bus cable - bus connection 239 EK-CBP-NTM Color Box Pro - Fenix NTM® 257

EK-114-TP Bus cable - bus connection and spare pair 239 EK-CBP-PLA-MET Color Box Pro - Plastic and Metal 257

EK-A71 Adapter for double plate with a Form or Flank frame 136-149 EK-CC2-TP Universal interface 2 IN, 2 OUT 191

EK-A71-1-NF Adapter for Deep double plate 139 EK-CC-FEN Color Ring - Fenix NTM® 256

EK-A71-1-NF Adapter for double plate without frame (‘NF series) 136-149 EK-CC-MET Color Ring - Metal 256

EK-A71-1-NFW Adapter for double plate without frame (‘NF series) - white profile 136 EK-CC-PLA Color Ring - Plastic 256

EK-A71-5-NF Adapter for Deep double plate - Package 5 pcs. 139 EK-CD2-TP Universal interface 4 IN, 4 OUT 191

EK-A71-5-NF Adapter for double plate without frame (‘NF series) - Package 5 pcs. 136-149 EK-CE2-TP Universal interface 4 IN, 2 OUT (relay 5A) 193

Adapter for double plate without frame (‘NF series) - white profile - EK-CF2-TP Load monitoring and control interface 194
EK-A71-5-NFW 136
Package 5 pcs.

EK-AB1-TP 640 mA bus power supply 183 EK-CG2-TP Universal interface 4 configurable IN, 4 OUT 192

EK-ACC-L100 Software License up to 100 reader 115 EK-CLM-GA_ Lens with cover for sensor EK-SM2-TP - other colours on request 76

EK-ACC-L12 Software License up to 12 reader 115 EK-CLM-GAA Lens with cover for sensor EK-SM2-TP - ice white 76

EK-ACC-L200 Software License up to 200 reader 115 EK-D2C-… Deep plate with 120 x 60 mm window 149

EK-ACC-L25 Software License up to 25 reader 115 EK-D2E Deep double plate - window 45 x 45 mm (2) 139

EK-ACC-L50 Software License up to 50 reader 115 EK-D2F Deep double plate - window 45 x 45 mm (1) - window 60 x 60 mm (1) 139

EK-ACC-LC Client License for additional programming workstation 115 EK-D2G-... Deep double plate - window 55 x 55 mm (1) - window 60 x 60 mm (1) 139

EK-AG1-TP 640 mA bus power supply with 30 Vdc auxiliary output 183 EK-D2P-... Deep double plate - window 55 x 55 mm (2) 139

EK-B71-1-NF Adapter for Deep triple plate 140 EK-D2S-... Deep double plate - window 60 x 60 mm (2) 139

EK-B71-5-NF Adapter for Deep triple plate - Package 5 pcs. 140 EK-D3P-... Deep triple plate - window 55 x 55 mm (3) 140

EK-BA1-TP Line / area coupler 186 EK-D3S-... Deep triple plate - window 60 x 60 mm (3) 140

EK-BB1-TP IP interface and IP router 187 EK-DEL-5FR-... Aluminium frame for Delégo panel 5” 248

EK-BC1-TP IP interface and IP router 188 EK-DEL-5PAN Delégo panel 5” - black panel 248

EK-BD1-TP USB interface 185 EK-DEL-5PANWH Delégo panel 5” - white panel 248

EK-BG1-TP Gateway DALI - KNX 228 EK-DEL-8PAN Delégo panel 8” - black panel 248

EK-BH1-TP-485 Gateway Modbus RS485 - KNX 222 EK-DEL-8PANWH Delégo panel 8” - white panel 248

EK-DEL-SRV-
EK-BH1-TP-TCP Gateway Modbus TCP/IP - KNX 223 Delégo server - ADVANCED 248
ADV-TP

EK-BJ1-TP-IP Gateway BACnet - KNX 224 EK-DEL-SRV-

Delégo server - BASIC 248
BAS-TP
EK-BJ1-TP-MSTP Gateway DMX - KNX 224 EK-DEL-SRV-
Delégo server - PREMIUM 248
PRM-TP
EK-BK1-TP Gateway M-Bus - KNX 225
Tosibox® Key cryptographic micro-controller that realizes 1 client PC
EK-DEL-TBK1 117-220
+ 1 mobile client
EK-BM1-TP-160 Gateway PROFINET - KNX - max 160 slave devices 226
EK-DEL-TBL1 Router Tosibox® Lock 150 116
EK-BM1-TP-20 Gateway PROFINET - KNX - max 20 slave devices 226
EK-DEL-TBL5-SIM Router Tosibox® Lock 500i 116
EK-BM1-TP-40 Gateway PROFINET - KNX - max 40 slave devices 226
EK-DEL-TBMC1 Additional license for Tosibox® Key with 1 mobile client 117
EK-BM1-TP-80 Gateway PROFINET - KNX - max 80 slave devices 226
EK-DEL-TBMC10 Additional license for Tosibox® Key with 10 mobile client 117
EK-BN1-TP Gateway PROFINET - KNX 227
EK-DEL-TBMC5 Additional license for Tosibox Key with 5 mobile client
®
117
EK-BQ1-TP CoolMasterNet with integrated KNX module 230
Tosibox SoftKey software key to be combined with a key, with Sub
®
EK-DEL-TBSK1 117
EK-BW1-TP Voice control interface 229 Key function

EK-DEL-UPGR-BA Upgrade server Delégo BASIC-ADVANCED 248

EK-CA1-TP 8-fold binary input 198

273
 TECHNICAL020EN

Index by code

EK-DEL-UPGR-BP Upgrade server Delégo BASIC-PREMIUM 248 EK-E20-TP-4LS 4-fold pushbutton (left) with led 20venti series 34

EK-DEL-UPGR-AP Upgrade server Delégo ADVANCED-PREMIUM 248 EK-E20-TP-8L 8-fold pushbutton with led 20venti series 34

EK-DEL-V1 Voucher 248 EK-E20-TP-8L-R 8-fold pushbutton with led for rectangular wall-box 20venti series 35

EK-DF2-TP Presence sensors for ceiling/counter-ceiling mounting 77 EK-E20-TP-5LD 5-fold pushbutton (right) with led 20venti series 38

EK-DFL Template for side-by-side mounting of FF series with Flank frames 152 EK-E20-TP-5LS 5-fold pushbutton (left) with led 20venti series 38

EK-DFO Template for side-by-side mounting of FF series with Form frames 152 EK-E20-TP-10L 10-fold pushbutton with led 20venti series 38

EK-DG2-TP Presence sensor for ceiling mounting 78 EK-E20-TP-10L-R 10-fold pushbutton with led for rectangular wall-box 20venti series 39
4-fold pushbutton (right) with backlit text/symbols and proximity
EK-DH4-TP Presence sensor for outdoor mounting 79 EK-E20-TP-4TD-P 32
sensor - 20venti series
4-fold pushbutton (left) with backlit text/symbols and proximity
EK-DPS-D-1 Template for Surface plates - devices of 71 series 144 EK-E20-TP-4TS-P 32
sensor - 20venti series
8-fold pushbutton with backlit text/symbols and proximity sensor -
EK-DPS-D-5 Template for Surface plates - devices of 71 series - Package 5 pcs. 144 EK-E20-TP-8T-P 32
20venti series
EK-E20-TP-8T- 8-fold pushbutton with backlit text/symbols and proximity sensor for
EK-DPS-Q-1 Template for Surface plates - standard flush-mounted inserts 144 33
P-R rectangular wall-box - 20venti series
Template for Surface plates - standard flush-mounted inserts - 5-fold pushbutton (right) with backlit text/symbols and proximity
EK-DPS-Q-5 144 EK-E20-TP-5TD-P 36
Package 5 pcs. sensor - 20venti series
5-fold pushbutton (left) with backlit text/symbols and proximity
EK-DPS-R-1 Template for Surface plates - standard flush-mounted inserts 144 EK-E20-TP-5TS-P 36
sensor - 20venti series
10-fold pushbutton with backlit text/symbols and proximity sensor
Template for Surface plates - standard flush-mounted inserts - EK-E20-TP-10T-P 36
EK-DPS-R-5 144 - 20venti series
Package 5 pcs. EK-E20-TP-10T- 10-fold pushbutton with backlit text/symbols and proximity sensor
37
EK-DQG-... Deep square plate - window 55 x 55 mm 137 P-R for rectangular wall-box - 20venti series
4-fold basic pushbutton - 71 series - mounting with square frame of
EK-E22-TP 96
EK-DQP-... Deep square plate - window 45 x 45 mm 137 Form or Flank series
4-fold basic pushbutton - 71 series - mounting without frame (‘NF
EK-DQS-... Deep square plate - window 60 x 60 mm 137 EK-E22-TP-NF 96
series)

EK-DQT-... Deep square plate - window 30 x 60 mm 137 4-fold basic pushbutton and room thermostat for rectangular wall-
EK-E22-TP-NF-R 97
box - 71 series - mounting without frame (‘NF series)
EK-DRG-... Deep rectangular plate - window 68 x 45 mm 138 4-fold basic pushbutton - 71 series - mounting without frame (‘NF
EK-E22-TP-NFW 96
series) - white profile
EK-DRS-... Deep rectangular plate - window 60 x 60 mm 138
4-fold basic pushbutton and room thermostat for rectangular wall-
EK-E22-TP-NFW-R 97
4-fold pushbutton and room thermostat - 71 series - mounting with box - 71 series - mounting without frame (‘NF series) - white profile
EK-E12-TP 98
square frame of Form or Flank series - blue / green led 4-fold basic pushbutton and room thermostat for rectangular wall-
EK-E22-TP-R 97
4-fold pushbutton and room thermostat - 71 series - mounting box - 71 series - mounting with square frame of Form or Flank series
EK-E12-TP-BG-NF 98
without frame (‘NF series) - blue / green led 4-fold basic pushbutton - FF series mounting with square frame of
EK-E32-TP 56
EK-E12-TP-BG- 4-fold pushbutton and room thermostat for rectangular wall-box - 71 Form or Flank series
99
NF-R series - mounting without frame (‘NF series) - blue / green led 4-fold basic pushbutton - FF series mounting without frame (‘NF
EK-E32-TP-NF 56
4-fold pushbutton and room thermostat - 71 series - mounting series)
EK-E12-TP-BG-NFW 98
without frame (‘NF series) - blue / green led - white profile 4-fold basic pushbutton - FF series mounting without frame (‘NF
EK-E32-TP-NFW 56
4-fold pushbutton and room thermostat for rectangular wall-box - 71 series) - white profile
EK-E12-TP-BG-
series - mounting without frame (‘NF series) - blue / green led - white 99 Room thermostat - 71 series - mounting with square frame of Form
NFW-R EK-E72-TP 104
profile or Flank series
4-fold pushbutton and room thermostat for rectangular wall-box - 71
EK-E72-TP-NF Room thermostat - 71 series - mounting without frame (‘NF series) 104
EK-E12-TP-R series - mounting with square frame of Form or Flank series - blue 99
/ green led Room thermostat for rectangular wall-box - 71 series - mounting
EK-E72-TP-NF-R 105
4-fold pushbutton and room thermostat - 71 series - mounting with without frame (‘NF series)
EK-E12-TP-RW 98
square frame of Form or Flank series - red / white led Room thermostat - 71 series - mounting without frame (‘NF series)
EK-E72-TP-NFW 104
4-fold pushbutton and room thermostat - 71 series - mounting - white profile
EK-E12-TP-RW-NF 98
without frame (‘NF series) - red / white led Room thermostat for rectangular wall-box - 71 series - mounting
EK-E72-TP-NFW-R 105
EK-E12-TP-RW- 4-fold pushbutton and room thermostat for rectangular wall-box - 71 without frame (‘NF series) - white profile
99
NF-R series - mounting without frame (‘NF series) - red / white led Room thermostat for rectangular wall-box - 71 series - mounting
EK-E72-TP-R 105
4-fold pushbutton and room thermostat - 71 series - mounting with square frame of Form or Flank series
EK-E12-TP-RW-NFW 98
without frame (‘NF series) - red / white led - white profile Touch&See display - mounting with square frame of Form or Flank
EK-EC2-TP 72
4-fold pushbutton and room thermostat for rectangular wall-box - 71 series
EK-E12-TP-RW-
series - mounting without frame (‘NF series) - red / white led - white 99 EK-EC2-TP-00-NF Touch&See display - mounting without frame (‘NF Series) 72
NFW-R
profile
4-fold pushbutton and room thermostat for rectangular wall-box - 71 EK-EC2-TP-00- Touch&See display - mounting without frame (‘NF Series) - white
72
EK-E12-TP-RW-R series - mounting with square frame of Form or Flank series - red / 99 NFW profile
white led 4-fold pushbutton and room thermostat - FF series - mounting with
EK-ED2-TP 57
square frame of Form or Flank series - blue / green led
EK-E20-TP-4LD 4-fold pushbutton (right) with led 20venti series 34

274
 03 18 179 239 241 251 255 261 271 273 278
Introduction Wall-mounting devices Rail-mounting devices Accessories Supervision Tools Sales kit Technical section General terms of sale Index (codes) Index (description)

Index by code
4-fold pushbutton and room thermostat - FF series - mounting Multisensor with humidity, TVOC and CO2 eq. regulator for
EK-ED2-TP-BG-NF 57
without frame (‘NF series) - blue / green led EK-ES2-TP-R rectangular wall-box - mounting with square frame of Form or Flank 109
EK-ED2-TP-BG- 4-fold pushbutton and room thermostat - FF series - mounting series
57
NFW without frame (‘NF series) - blue / green led - white profile Multisensor quality air with regulator - mounting with square frame
EK-ET2-TP 106
4-fold pushbutton and room thermostat - FF series - mounting with of Form or Flank series
EK-ED2-TP-RW 57
square frame of Form or Flank series - red / white led Multisensor quality air with regulator - mounting without frame (‘NF
EK-ET2-TP-NF 106
4-fold pushbutton and room thermostat - FF series - mounting series)
EK-ED2-TP-RW-NF 57
without frame (‘NF series) - red / white led Multisensor quality air with regulator for rectangular wall-box -
EK-ET2-TP-NF-R 107
EK-ED2-TP-RW- 4-fold pushbutton and room thermostat - FF series - mounting mounting without frame (‘NF series)
57
NFW without frame (‘NF series) - red / white led - white profile Multisensor quality air with regulator - mounting without frame (‘NF
EK-ET2-TP-NFW 106
Touch&See display with 2-fold pushbutton - mounting with square series) - white profile
EK-EF2-TP 73
frame of Form or Flank series - blue / green led Multisensor quality air with regulator for rectangular wall-box -
EK-ET2-TP-NFW-R 107
Touch&See display with 2-fold pushbutton - mounting with square mounting without frame (‘NF series) - white profile
EK-EF2-TP-RW 73
frame of Form or Flank series - red / white led Multisensor quality air with regulator for rectangular wall-box -
EK-ET2-TP-R 107
mounting with square frame of Form or Flank series
EK-EH2-TP 6-fold pushbutton - FF series - blue / green led 58
EK-FA1-TP 4-fold binary output 200
EK-EH2-TP-RW 6-fold pushbutton - FF series- red / white led 58
EK-FB1-TP 8-fold binary output 201
Room thermostat - FF series - mounting with square frame of Form or
EK-EP2-TP 65
Flank series - blue / green led EK-FE1-TP 8-fold binary output/4-fold blind actuator 202
Room thermostat - FF series - mounting without frame (‘NF series) -
EK-EP2-TP-BG-NF 65
blue / green led EK-FF1-TP 16-fold binary output/8-fold blind actuator 203
EK-EP2-TP-BG- Room thermostat - FF series - mounting without frame (‘NF series) -
65 EK-FL2-... Double frame - Flank series 133
NFW blue / green led - white profile
Room thermostat - FF series - mounting with square frame of Form or EK-FLQ-... Square frame - Flank series 132
EK-EP2-TP-RW 65
Flank series - red / white led
Room thermostat - FF series - mounting without frame (‘NF series) EK-FLR-... Rectangular frame - Flank series 132
EK-EP2-TP-RW-NF 65
- red / white led
EK-FO2-... Double frame - Form series 133
EK-EP2-TP-RW- Room thermostat - FF series - mounting without frame (‘NF series) -
65
NFW red / white led - white profile EK-FOQ-... Square frame - Form series 131
Room thermostat - FF series with relative humidity sensor - mounting
EK-EQ2-TP 66
with square frame of Form or Flank series - blue / green led EK-FOR-... Rectangular frame - Form series 131
Room thermostat - FF series with relative humidity sensor - mounting
EK-EQ2-TP-BG-NF 66 EK-GA1-TP 2-fold dimming actuator 208
without frame (‘NF series) - blue / green led
EK-EQ2-TP-BG- Room thermostat - FF series with relative humidity sensor - mounting EK-GC1-TP 4-fold RGBW LED dimmer 209
66
NFW without frame (‘NF series) - blue / green led - white profile
Room thermostat - FF series with relative humidity sensor - mounting EK-GF1-TP 4-fold 0-10 V actuator 210
EK-EQ2-TP-RW 66
with square frame of Form or Flank series - red / white led
EK-GPS-1 GPS Module 184
Room thermostat - FF series with relative humidity sensor - mounting
EK-EQ2-TP-RW-NF 66
without frame (‘NF series) - red / white led
EK-HA1-TP Fancoil actuator / controller 3-speed fan control 212
EK-EQ2-TP-RW- Room thermostat - FF series with relative humidity sensor - mounting
66
NFW without frame (‘NF series) - red / white led - white profile EK-HB1-TP Fancoil actuator / controller 0-10 V fan control 213
Easy room thermostat - FF series - mounting with square frame of
EK-ER2-TP 64 EK-HC1-TP Fancoil actuator / controller full version 214
Form or Flank series - blue / green led
Easy room thermostat - FF series - mounting without frame (‘NF EK-HE1-TP 8-fold actuator / controller for electrothermal valve drives 215
EK-ER2-TP-BG-NF 64
series) - blue / green led
EK-ER2-TP-BG- Easy room thermostat - FF series - mounting without frame (‘NF EK-HH1-TP Mixing actuator 216
64
NFW series) - blue / green led - white profile
EK-HO1-TP Input/output module for hotel applications 206
Easy room thermostat - FF series - mounting with square frame of
EK-ER2-TP-RW 64
Form or Flank series - red / white led
EK-HU1-TP Input/output module for office applications 205
Easy room thermostat - FF series - mounting without frame (‘NF
EK-ER2-TP-RW-NF 64
series) - red / white led EK-IA1-TP CODESYS PLC with KNX interface 218
EK-ER2-TP-RW- Easy room thermostat - FF series - mounting without frame (‘NF
64 EK-IB1 SMART-U PLC - Ethernet port or Wi-Fi connection 220
NFW series) - red / white led - white profile
Multisensor with humidity, TVOC and CO2 eq. regulator - mounting EK-IBC1-ACC 3-pole terminals 220
EK-ES2-TP 108
with square frame of Form or Flank series
Multisensor with humidity, TVOC and CO2 eq. regulator - mounting EK-IC1 SMART-U PLC - Ethernet port 220
EK-ES2-TP-NF 108
without frame (‘NF series)
EK-LM2-TP Configurable logical module 190
Multisensor with humidity, TVOC and CO2 eq. regulator for
EK-ES2-TP-NF-R 109
rectangular wall-box - mounting without frame (‘NF series)
EK-MAR-1 Spring for snapping on wall-mounting devices 196
Multisensor with humidity, TVOC and CO2 eq. regulator - mounting
EK-ES2-TP-NFW 108
without frame (‘NF series) - white profile EK-MAR-5 Spring for snapping on wall-mounting devices - Package 5 pcs. 196
Multisensor with humidity, TVOC and CO2 eq. regulator for
EK-ES2-TP-NFW-R rectangular wall-box - mounting without frame (‘NF series) - white 109 EK-MC1-MD Modbus communication module 237
profile

275
 TECHNICAL020EN

Index by code

EK-MC1-TP KNX communication module 238 Double supports for installation with 60 mm device centre distance
EK-SM2-CHA 148
- vertical
EK-ME1-06T 6 A MID three phase energy meter 235 Double supports for installation with 60 mm device centre distance
EK-SM2-CHB 148
- vertical
EK-ME1-80M 80 A MID single phase energy meter 234
Double supports for installation with 60 mm device centre distance
EK-SM2-CHC 148
- vertical
EK-ME1-80T 80 A MID three phase energy meter 236
Double supports for installation with 60 mm device centre distance
EK-SM2-CHD 148
EK-ME1-MDB Network analyzer 232 - horizontal
Double supports for installation with 60 mm device centre distance
Kit with network analyzer and Rogowski coils - 3 Rogowski coils 30 EK-SM2-CHE 148
EK-MEK-30 233 - horizontal
cm length
Double supports for installation with 60 mm device centre distance
Kit with network analyzer and Rogowski coils - 3 Rogowski coils 45 EK-SM2-CHF 148
EK-MEK-45 233 - horizontal
cm length
Kit with network analyzer and Rogowski coils - 3 Rogowski coils 70 EK-SM2-TP Movement sensor 76
EK-MEK-70 233
cm length
EK-SMG-35-1 Support for DIN-rail mounting 196
EK-MGB-TP Terminal blocks - yellow/white - SELV connection 239
EK-SMG-35-5 Support for DIN-rail mounting - Package 5 pcs. 196
EK-MNR-TP Terminal blocks - red/black - bus connection 239
EK-SMQ Square mounting support - thermostats and Touch&See FF series 151
EK-P2C-… NF plate with 120 x 60 mm window 149
Square mounting support - devices of 20venti or 71 series and 4-fold
EK-SMQ-71 151
EK-P2E-… Double plate - window 45 x 45 mm (2) 136 pushbutton of FF series
Rectangular mounting support - 6-fold pushbutton and Touch&See
EK-P2F-… Double plate - window 45 x 45 mm (1) - window 60 x 60 mm (1) 136 EK-SMR 151
with 2-fold pushbutton of FF series

EK-P2G-... Double plate - window 55 x 55 mm (1) - window 60 x 60 mm (1) 136 EK-SMR-71 Rectangular mounting support - devices of 20venti or 71 series 151

EK-P2P-... Double plate - window 55 x 55 mm (2) 136 EK-SP-TX2 Adapter for card holder and card reader 110

EK-P2S-... Double plate - window 60 x 60 mm (2) 136 EK-SP-TX2 Adapter for card holder and card reader 110

EK-POC-BOX-EN Pocket Box 256 EK-SQG-... Surface square plate - window 55 x 55 mm 141

EK-PQG-... Square plate - window 55 x 55 mm 134 EK-SQP-... Surface square plate - window 45 x 45 mm 141

EK-PQP-... Square plate - window 45 x 45 mm 134 EK-SQS-... Surface square plate - window 60 x 60 mm 141

EK-PQS-... Square plate - window 60 x 60 mm 134 EK-SQT-... Surface square plate - window 30 x 60 mm 141

EK-PRG-... Rectangular plate - window 55 x 55 mm 135 EK-SRG-... Surface rectangular plate - window 68 x 45 mm 142

EK-PRP-… Rectangular plate - window 45 x 45 mm 135 EK-SRS Surface rectangular plate - window 60 x 60 mm 142

EK-PRS Rectangular plate - window 60 x 60 mm 135 EK-STC-10K-3435 NTC 10 k temperature sensors - contact 217

77-78- EK-STE-10K-3435 NTC 10 k temperature sensors - outdoor 217

EK-QR6-IR IR Remote Controller (presence sensors)
79
77-78- EK-STI-10K-3435 NTC 10 k temperature sensors - immersion 217
EK-QS3 Support for external mounting (presence sensors)
79
EK-STL-10K-3435 NTC 10 k temperature sensors - air mass 217
EK-S2C-… Surface plate with 120 x 60 mm window 150
EK-T1Q-... 1 Square rocker for pushbuttons - 71 series 122
EK-S2E Surface double plate - window 45 x 45 mm (2) 143
EK-T1Q-...-ES2 Full front cover for Multisensor EK-ES2-TP - 71 Series 124
EK-S2F Surface double plate - window 45 x 45 mm (1) - window 60 x 60 mm (1) 143
EK-T1Q-...-ET2 Full front cover for Multisensor EK-ET2-TP - 71 Series 123
EK-S2G-... Surface double plate - window 55 x 55 mm (1) - window 60 x 60 mm (1) 143
EK-T2R-... 2 Rectangular vertical rockers for pushbuttons - 71 series 122
EK-S2P-... Surface double plate - window 55 x 55 mm (2) 143
EK-T4Q-... 4 Square rockers for pushbuttons - 71 series 122
EK-S2S-... Surface double plate - window 60 x 60 mm (2) 143
EK-T4R-... 4 Rectangular horizontal rockers for pushbuttons - 71 series 122
EK-SB4-20VENTI Style box 20venti series 258
EK-T2Q-20-BS... 2 Square rockers for pushbuttons (symbols backlit) - 20venti series 118
EK-SB4-5PAN Style box Delégo panel 5” 258
4 Rectangular rockers for pushbuttons (symbols/texts backlit)
EK-T4R-20-BL... 118
EK-SB4-71-DEEP Style box 71 series - Deep 258 20venti series

EK-SB4-71-SUR- EK-T4R-20-BS... 4 Rectangular rockers for pushbuttons (LED) - 20venti series 118
Style box 71 series - Surface 258
FACE
EK-TA-05A Current transformer (TA) for EK-CF2-TP interface - 0...5 195
EK-SB4-FF-FORM Style box FF series - Form 258
EK-TA-20A Current transformer (TA) for EK-CF2-TP interface - 0…20 195
EK-SC1-01 Style Case 258
EK-TA-30A Current transformer (TA) for EK-CF2-TP interface - 0…30 195

276
 03 18 179 239 241 251 255 261 271 273 278
Introduction Wall-mounting devices Rail-mounting devices Accessories Supervision Tools Sales kit Technical section General terms of sale Index (codes) Index (description)

Index by code

EK-TA-40A Current transformer (TA) for EK-CF2-TP interface - 0…40 195

EK-TA-50A Current transformer (TA) for EK-CF2-TP interface - 0...50 195

EK-TA-60A Current transformer (TA) for EK-CF2-TP interface - 0…60 195

EK-TAQ Adapter for square plate with a Form or Flank frame 134

EK-TAQ-1-NF Adapter for Deep square plate 137

EK-TAQ-1-NF Adapter for square plate without frame (‘NF series) 134

EK-TAQ-1-NFW Adapter for square plate without frame (‘NF series) - white profile 134

EK-TAQ-5-NF Adapter for Deep square plate - Package 5 pcs. 137

EK-TAQ-5-NF Adapter for square plate without frame (‘NF series) - Package 5 pcs. 134

Adapter for square plate without frame (‘NF series) - white profile -
EK-TAQ-5-NFW 134
Package 5 pcs.

EK-TAR Adapter for rectangular plate with a Form or Flank frame 135

EK-TAR-1-NF Adapter for Deep rectangular plate 138

EK-TAR-1-NF Adapter for rectangular plate without frame (‘NF series) 135

Adapter for rectangular plate without frame (‘NF series) - white

EK-TAR-1-NFW 135
profile

EK-TAR-5-NF Adapter for Deep square plate - Package 5 pcs. 138

Adapter for rectangular plate without frame (‘NF series) - Package

EK-TAR-5-NF 135
5 pcs.
Adapter for rectangular plate without frame (‘NF series) - white
EK-TAR-5-NFW 135
profile - Package 5 pcs.

EK-TAS-D-1 Adapter for Surface double plate 143-150

EK-TAS-D-5 Adapter for Surface double plate - Package 5 pcs. 143-150

EK-TAS-Q-1 Adapter for Surface square plate 141

EK-TAS-Q-5 Adapter for Surface square plate - Package 5 pcs. 141

EK-TAS-R-1 Adapter for Surface rectangular plate 142

EK-TAS-R-5 Adapter for Surface square plate - Package 5 pcs. 142

EK-TBL5 Router Tosibox® Lock 500 116

EK-TCA-TP Tech Case advanced version 259

EK-TCB-TP Tech Case basic version 259

EK-TCC-10 Smart-card - Client logo 115

EK-TCE-10 Smart-card - Ekinex logo 115

EK-TH2-TP Card holder - 113

EK-TM1-TP Time / astronomical digital switch 184

EK-TP2-TP Cards programmer 114

EK-TQQ-... 4 Square rockers for 4-fold pushbuttons - FF series 119

EK-TQQ-... Square rockers for 6-fold pushbuttons and Touch&See - FF series 120

EK-TQQ-...-EP2 Set 2 square rockers for room thermostats - FF series 121

EK-TR2-TP Card reader 112

EK-TRO-... 4 Rectangular horizontal rockers for 4-fold pushbuttons - FF series 119

EK-TRV-... 2 Rectangular vertical rockers for 4-fold pushbuttons - FF series 119

277
 TECHNICAL020EN

Index by description

Bus cable - bus connection EK-112-TP 239 4-fold pushbutton (right) with led 20venti series EK-E20-TP-4LD 34

Bus cable - bus connection and spare pair EK-114-TP 239 4-fold pushbutton and room thermostat - 71 series - mounting with square
EK-E12-TP 98
frame of Form or Flank series - blue / green led
1 Square rocker for pushbuttons - 71 series EK-T1Q-... 122 4-fold pushbutton and room thermostat - 71 series - mounting with square
EK-E12-TP-RW 98
frame of Form or Flank series - red / white led
10-fold pushbutton with backlit text/symbols and proximity sensor - EK-E20-TP-
36 4-fold pushbutton and room thermostat - 71 series - mounting without EK-E12-TP-
20venti series 10T-P 98
frame (‘NF series) - blue / green led BG-NF
10-fold pushbutton with backlit text/symbols and proximity sensor for EK-E20-TP-
37 4-fold pushbutton and room thermostat - 71 series - mounting without EK-E12-TP-BG-
rectangular wall-box - 20venti series 10T-P-R 98
frame (‘NF series) - blue / green led - white profile NFW
10-fold pushbutton with led 20venti series EK-E20-TP-10L 38
4-fold pushbutton and room thermostat - 71 series - mounting without EK-E12-TP-
98
EK-E20-TP- frame (‘NF series) - red / white led RW-NF
10-fold pushbutton with led for rectangular wall-box 20venti series 39
10L-R 4-fold pushbutton and room thermostat - 71 series - mounting without EK-E12-TP-RW-
98
frame (‘NF series) - red / white led - white profile NFW
16-fold binary output/8-fold blind actuator EK-FF1-TP 203
4-fold pushbutton and room thermostat - FF series - mounting with square
EK-ED2-TP 57
2 Rectangular vertical rockers for 4-fold pushbuttons - FF series EK-TRV-... 119 frame of Form or Flank series - blue / green led
4-fold pushbutton and room thermostat - FF series - mounting with square
2 Rectangular vertical rockers for pushbuttons - 71 series EK-T2R-... 122 EK-ED2-TP-RW 57
frame of Form or Flank series - red / white led
EK-T2Q-20- 4-fold pushbutton and room thermostat - FF series - mounting without EK-ED2-TP-
2 Square rockers for pushbuttons (symbols backlit) - 20venti series 118 57
BS... frame (‘NF series) - blue / green led BG-NF

2-fold dimming actuator EK-GA1-TP 208 4-fold pushbutton and room thermostat - FF series - mounting without EK-ED2-TP-BG-
57
frame (‘NF series) - blue / green led - white profile NFW
3-pole terminals EK-IBC1-ACC 220 4-fold pushbutton and room thermostat - FF series - mounting without EK-ED2-TP-
57
frame (‘NF series) - red / white led RW-NF
4 Rectangular horizontal rockers for 4-fold pushbuttons - FF series EK-TRO-... 119 4-fold pushbutton and room thermostat - FF series - mounting without EK-ED2-TP-RW-
57
frame (‘NF series) - red / white led - white profile NFW
4 Rectangular horizontal rockers for pushbuttons - 71 series EK-T4R-... 122
4-fold pushbutton and room thermostat for rectangular wall-box - 71
EK-T4R-20- series - mounting with square frame of Form or Flank series - blue / green EK-E12-TP-R 99
4 Rectangular rockers for pushbuttons (LED) - 20venti series 118
BS... led
4 Rectangular rockers for pushbuttons (symbols/texts backlit) 20venti 4-fold pushbutton and room thermostat for rectangular wall-box - 71
EK-T4R-20-BL... 118 EK-E12-TP-
series series - mounting with square frame of Form or Flank series - red / white 99
RW-R
led
4 Square rockers for 4-fold pushbuttons - FF series EK-TQQ-... 119
4-fold pushbutton and room thermostat for rectangular wall-box - 71 EK-E12-TP-BG-
99
4 Square rockers for pushbuttons - 71 series EK-T4Q-... 122 series - mounting without frame (‘NF series) - blue / green led NF-R
4-fold pushbutton and room thermostat for rectangular wall-box - 71
4-fold 0-10 V actuator EK-GF1-TP 210 EK-E12-TP-BG-
series - mounting without frame (‘NF series) - blue / green led - white 99
NFW-R
4-fold basic pushbutton - 71 series - mounting with square frame of Form profile
EK-E22-TP 96
or Flank series 4-fold pushbutton and room thermostat for rectangular wall-box - 71 EK-E12-TP-RW-
99
series - mounting without frame (‘NF series) - red / white led NF-R
4-fold basic pushbutton - 71 series - mounting without frame (‘NF series) EK-E22-TP-NF 96
4-fold pushbutton and room thermostat for rectangular wall-box - 71
4-fold basic pushbutton - 71 series - mounting without frame (‘NF series) EK-E12-TP-RW-
EK-E22-TP-NFW 96 series - mounting without frame (‘NF series) - red / white led - white 99
- white profile NFW-R
profile
4-fold basic pushbutton - FF series mounting with square frame of Form
EK-E32-TP 56 4-fold RGBW LED dimmer EK-GC1-TP 209
or Flank series
5-fold pushbutton (left) with backlit text/symbols and proximity sensor - EK-E20-TP-
4-fold basic pushbutton - FF series mounting without frame (‘NF series) EK-E32-TP-NF 56 36
20venti series 5TS-P
4-fold basic pushbutton - FF series mounting without frame (‘NF series)
EK-E32-TP-NFW 56 5-fold pushbutton (left) with led 20venti series EK-E20-TP-5LS 38
- white profile
4-fold basic pushbutton and room thermostat for rectangular wall-box - 5-fold pushbutton (right) with backlit text/symbols and proximity sensor EK-E20-TP-
EK-E22-TP-R 97 36
71 series - mounting with square frame of Form or Flank series - 20venti series 5TD-P
4-fold basic pushbutton and room thermostat for rectangular wall-box - EK-E22-TP- 5-fold pushbutton (right) with led 20venti series EK-E20-TP-5LD 38
97
71 series - mounting without frame (‘NF series) NF-R
4-fold basic pushbutton and room thermostat for rectangular wall-box - EK-E22-TP- 6 A MID three phase energy meter EK-ME1-06T 235
97
71 series - mounting without frame (‘NF series) - white profile NFW-R
640 mA bus power supply EK-AB1-TP 183
4-fold binary output EK-FA1-TP 200
640 mA bus power supply with 30 Vdc auxiliary output EK-AG1-TP 183
4-fold pushbutton (left) with backlit text/symbols and proximity sensor - EK-E20-TP-
32
20venti series 4TS-P 6-fold pushbutton - FF series - blue / green led EK-EH2-TP 58
4-fold pushbutton (left) with led 20venti series EK-E20-TP-4LS 34
6-fold pushbutton - FF series- red / white led EK-EH2-TP-RW 58
4-fold pushbutton (right) with backlit text/symbols and proximity sensor EK-E20-TP-
32 80 A MID single phase energy meter EK-ME1-80M 234
- 20venti series 4TD-P

278
 03 18 179 239 241 251 255 261 271 273 278
Introduction Wall-mounting devices Rail-mounting devices Accessories Supervision Tools Sales kit Technical section General terms of sale Index (codes) Index (description)

Index by description

80 A MID three phase energy meter EK-ME1-80T 236 Adapter for Surface double plate - Package 5 pcs. EK-TAS-D-5 143-150

8-fold actuator / controller for electrothermal valve drives EK-HE1-TP 215 Adapter for Surface rectangular plate EK-TAS-R-1 142

8-fold binary input EK-CA1-TP 198 Adapter for Surface square plate EK-TAS-Q-1 141

8-fold binary output EK-FB1-TP 201 Adapter for Surface square plate - Package 5 pcs. EK-TAS-Q-5 141

8-fold binary output/4-fold blind actuator EK-FE1-TP 202 Adapter for Surface square plate - Package 5 pcs. EK-TAS-R-5 142

8-fold pushbutton with backlit text/symbols and proximity sensor - EK-E20-TP- Additional license for Tosibox® Key with 1 mobile client EK-DEL-TBMC1 117
32
20venti series 8T-P
8-fold pushbutton with backlit text/symbols and proximity sensor for EK-E20-TP-8T- EK-DEL-TB-
33 Additional license for Tosibox® Key with 10 mobile client 117
rectangular wall-box - 20venti series P-R MC10

EK-E20-TP- Additional license for Tosibox® Key with 5 mobile client EK-DEL-TBMC5 117
8-fold pushbutton with led for rectangular wall-box 20venti series 35
8L-R
Aluminium frame for Delégo panel 5” EK-DEL-5FR-... 248
8-fold pushbutton with led 20venti series EK-E20-TP-8L 34
Card holder - EK-TH2-TP 113
Adapter for card holder and card reader EK-SP-TX2 110
Card reader EK-TR2-TP 112
Adapter for card holder and card reader EK-SP-TX2 110
Cards programmer EK-TP2-TP 114
Adapter for Deep double plate EK-A71-1-NF 139
Client License for additional programming workstation EK-ACC-LC 115
Adapter for Deep double plate - Package 5 pcs. EK-A71-5-NF 139
CODESYS PLC with KNX interface EK-IA1-TP 218
Adapter for Deep rectangular plate EK-TAR-1-NF 138
Color Box Pro - Fenix NTM® EK-CBP-NTM 257
Adapter for Deep square plate EK-TAQ-1-NF 137
EK-CBP-PLA-
Color Box Pro - Plastic and Metal 257
Adapter for Deep square plate - Package 5 pcs. EK-TAQ-5-NF 137 MET

Adapter for Deep square plate - Package 5 pcs. EK-TAR-5-NF 138 Color Ring - Fenix NTM® EK-CC-FEN 256

Adapter for Deep triple plate EK-B71-1-NF 140 Color Ring - Metal EK-CC-MET 256

Adapter for Deep triple plate - Package 5 pcs. EK-B71-5-NF 140 Color Ring - Plastic EK-CC-PLA 256

Adapter for double plate with a Form or Flank frame EK-A71 136-149 Configurable logical module EK-LM2-TP 190

Adapter for double plate without frame (‘NF series) EK-A71-1-NF 136-149 CoolMasterNet with integrated KNX module EK-BQ1-TP 230

Adapter for double plate without frame (‘NF series) - Package 5 pcs. EK-A71-5-NF 136-149 Current transformer (TA) for EK-CF2-TP interface - 0...5 EK-TA-05A 195

Adapter for double plate without frame (‘NF series) - white profile EK-A71-1-NFW 136 Current transformer (TA) for EK-CF2-TP interface - 0...50 EK-TA-50A 195

Adapter for double plate without frame (‘NF series) - white profile - Current transformer (TA) for EK-CF2-TP interface - 0…20 EK-TA-20A 195
EK-A71-5-NFW 136
Package 5 pcs.
Current transformer (TA) for EK-CF2-TP interface - 0…30 EK-TA-30A 195
Adapter for rectangular plate with a Form or Flank frame EK-TAR 135
Current transformer (TA) for EK-CF2-TP interface - 0…40 EK-TA-40A 195
Adapter for rectangular plate without frame (‘NF series) EK-TAR-1-NF 135
Current transformer (TA) for EK-CF2-TP interface - 0…60 EK-TA-60A 195
Adapter for rectangular plate without frame (‘NF series) - Package 5 pcs. EK-TAR-5-NF 135
Deep double plate - window 45 x 45 mm (1) - window 60 x 60 mm (1) EK-D2F 139
Adapter for rectangular plate without frame (‘NF series) - white profile EK-TAR-1-NFW 135
Deep double plate - window 45 x 45 mm (2) EK-D2E 139
Adapter for rectangular plate without frame (‘NF series) - white profile -
EK-TAR-5-NFW 135
Package 5 pcs.
Deep double plate - window 55 x 55 mm (1) - window 60 x 60 mm (1) EK-D2G-... 139
Adapter for square plate with a Form or Flank frame EK-TAQ 134
Deep double plate - window 55 x 55 mm (2) EK-D2P-... 139
Adapter for square plate without frame (‘NF series) EK-TAQ-1-NF 134
Deep double plate - window 60 x 60 mm (2) EK-D2S-... 139
Adapter for square plate without frame (‘NF series) - Package 5 pcs. EK-TAQ-5-NF 134
Deep plate with 120 x 60 mm window EK-D2C-… 149
Adapter for square plate without frame (‘NF series) - white profile EK-TAQ-1-NFW 134
Deep rectangular plate - window 60 x 60 mm EK-DRS-... 138
Adapter for square plate without frame (‘NF series) - white profile
EK-TAQ-5-NFW 134
Package 5 pcs. Deep rectangular plate - window 68 x 45 mm EK-DRG-... 138
Adapter for Surface double plate EK-TAS-D-1 143-150
Deep square plate - window 30 x 60 mm EK-DQT-... 137

279
 TECHNICAL020EN

Index by description

Deep square plate - window 45 x 45 mm EK-DQP-... 137 Full front cover for Multisensor EK-ES2-TP - 71 Series EK-T1Q-...-ES2 124

Deep square plate - window 55 x 55 mm EK-DQG-... 137 Full front cover for Multisensor EK-ET2-TP - 71 Series EK-T1Q-...-ET2 123

Deep square plate - window 60 x 60 mm EK-DQS-... 137 Gateway BACnet - KNX EK-BJ1-TP-IP 224

Deep triple plate - window 55 x 55 mm (3) EK-D3P-... 140 Gateway DALI - KNX EK-BG1-TP 228

Deep triple plate - window 60 x 60 mm (3) EK-D3S-... 140 EK-BJ1-TP-

Gateway DMX - KNX 224
MSTP
Delégo panel 5” - black panel EK-DEL-5PAN 248 Gateway M-Bus - KNX EK-BK1-TP 225
EK-DEL-5PAN-
Delégo panel 5” - white panel 248 Gateway Modbus RS485 - KNX EK-BH1-TP-485 222
WH

Delégo panel 8” - black panel EK-DEL-8PAN 248 Gateway Modbus TCP/IP - KNX EK-BH1-TP-TCP 223

EK-DEL-8PAN- Gateway PROFINET - KNX EK-BN1-TP 227

Delégo panel 8” - white panel 248
WH
EK-DEL-SRV- EK-BM1-
Delégo server - ADVANCED 248 Gateway PROFINET - KNX - max 160 slave devices 226
ADV-TP TP-160

EK-DEL-SRV- Gateway PROFINET - KNX - max 20 slave devices EK-BM1-TP-20 226

Delégo server - BASIC 248
BAS-TP
Gateway PROFINET - KNX - max 40 slave devices EK-BM1-TP-40 226
EK-DEL-SRV-
Delégo server - PREMIUM 248
PRM-TP
Gateway PROFINET - KNX - max 80 slave devices EK-BM1-TP-80 226
Double frame - Flank series EK-FL2-... 133
GPS Module EK-GPS-1 184
Double frame - Form series EK-FO2-... 133
Input/output module for hotel applications EK-HO1-TP 206
Double plate - window 45 x 45 mm (1) - window 60 x 60 mm (1) EK-P2F-… 136
Input/output module for office applications EK-HU1-TP 205
Double plate - window 45 x 45 mm (2) EK-P2E-… 136
IP interface and IP router EK-BB1-TP 187
Double plate - window 55 x 55 mm (1) - window 60 x 60 mm (1) EK-P2G-... 136
IP interface and IP router EK-BC1-TP 188
Double plate - window 55 x 55 mm (2) EK-P2P-... 136
IR Remote Controller (presence sensors) EK-QR6-IR 77-78-79
Double plate - window 60 x 60 mm (2) EK-P2S-... 136
Kit with network analyzer and Rogowski coils - 3 Rogowski coils 30 cm
EK-MEK-30 233
Double supports for installation with 60 mm device centre distance - length
EK-SM2-CHD 148
horizontal Kit with network analyzer and Rogowski coils - 3 Rogowski coils 45 cm
EK-MEK-45 233
Double supports for installation with 60 mm device centre distance - length
EK-SM2-CHE 148
horizontal Kit with network analyzer and Rogowski coils - 3 Rogowski coils 70 cm
EK-MEK-70 233
Double supports for installation with 60 mm device centre distance - length
EK-SM2-CHF 148
horizontal
KNX communication module EK-MC1-TP 238
Double supports for installation with 60 mm device centre distance -
EK-SM2-CHA 148
vertical Lens with cover for sensor EK-SM2-TP - ice white EK-CLM-GAA 76
Double supports for installation with 60 mm device centre distance -
EK-SM2-CHB 148 Lens with cover for sensor EK-SM2-TP - other colours on request EK-CLM-GA_ 76
vertical
Double supports for installation with 60 mm device centre distance - Line / area coupler EK-BA1-TP 186
EK-SM2-CHC 148
vertical
Easy room thermostat - FF series - mounting with square frame of Form or Load monitoring and control interface EK-CF2-TP 194
EK-ER2-TP 64
Flank series - blue / green led
Easy room thermostat - FF series - mounting with square frame of Form or Mixing actuator EK-HH1-TP 216
EK-ER2-TP-RW 64
Flank series - red / white led
Modbus communication module EK-MC1-MD 237
Easy room thermostat - FF series - mounting without frame (‘NF series) - EK-ER2-TP-
64
blue / green led BG-NF Movement sensor EK-SM2-TP 76
Easy room thermostat - FF series - mounting without frame (‘NF series) - EK-ER2-TP-BG-
64 Multisensor quality air with regulator - mounting with square frame of
blue / green led - white profile NFW EK-ET2-TP 106
Form or Flank series
Easy room thermostat - FF series - mounting without frame (‘NF series) - EK-ER2-TP-
64 Multisensor quality air with regulator - mounting without frame (‘NF
red / white led RW-NF EK-ET2-TP-NF 106
series)
Easy room thermostat - FF series - mounting without frame (‘NF series) - EK-ER2-TP-RW-
64 Multisensor quality air with regulator - mounting without frame (‘NF
red / white led - white profile NFW EK-ET2-TP-NFW 106
series) - white profile
Fancoil actuator / controller 0-10 V fan control EK-HB1-TP 213 Multisensor quality air with regulator for rectangular wall-box - mounting
EK-ET2-TP-R 107
with square frame of Form or Flank series
Fancoil actuator / controller 3-speed fan control EK-HA1-TP 212
Multisensor quality air with regulator for rectangular wall-box - mounting
EK-ET2-TP-NF-R 107
Fancoil actuator / controller full version EK-HC1-TP 214 without frame (‘NF series)

280
 03 18 179 239 241 251 255 261 271 273 278
Introduction Wall-mounting devices Rail-mounting devices Accessories Supervision Tools Sales kit Technical section General terms of sale Index (codes) Index (description)

Index by description
Multisensor quality air with regulator for rectangular wall-box - mounting EK-ET2-TP- Room thermostat - FF series with relative humidity sensor - mounting with
107 EK-EQ2-TP 66
without frame (‘NF series) - white profile NFW-R square frame of Form or Flank series - blue / green led
Multisensor with humidity, TVOC and CO2 eq. regulator - mounting with Room thermostat - FF series with relative humidity sensor - mounting with
EK-ES2-TP 108 EK-EQ2-TP-RW 66
square frame of Form or Flank series square frame of Form or Flank series - red / white led
Multisensor with humidity, TVOC and CO2 eq. regulator - mounting Room thermostat - FF series with relative humidity sensor - mounting EK-EQ2-TP-
EK-ES2-TP-NF 108 66
without frame (‘NF series) without frame (‘NF series) - blue / green led BG-NF
Multisensor with humidity, TVOC and CO2 eq. regulator - mounting Room thermostat - FF series with relative humidity sensor - mounting EK-EQ2-TP-BG-
EK-ES2-TP-NFW 108 66
without frame (‘NF series) - white profile without frame (‘NF series) - blue / green led - white profile NFW
Multisensor with humidity, TVOC and CO2 eq. regulator for rectangular Room thermostat - FF series with relative humidity sensor - mounting EK-EQ2-TP-
EK-ES2-TP-R 109 66
wall-box - mounting with square frame of Form or Flank series without frame (‘NF series) - red / white led RW-NF
Multisensor with humidity, TVOC and CO2 eq. regulator for rectangular EK-ES2-TP- Room thermostat - FF series with relative humidity sensor - mounting EK-EQ2-TP-RW-
109 66
wall-box - mounting without frame (‘NF series) NF-R without frame (‘NF series) - red / white led - white profile NFW
Multisensor with humidity, TVOC and CO2 eq. regulator for rectangular EK-ES2-TP- Room thermostat for rectangular wall-box - 71 series - mounting with
109 EK-E72-TP-R 105
wall-box - mounting without frame (‘NF series) - white profile NFW-R square frame of Form or Flank series

Network analyzer EK-ME1-MDB 232 Room thermostat for rectangular wall-box - 71 series - mounting without EK-E72-TP-
105
frame (‘NF series) NF-R
NF plate with 120 x 60 mm window EK-P2C-… 149 Room thermostat for rectangular wall-box - 71 series - mounting without EK-E72-TP-
105
frame (‘NF series) - white profile NFW-R
EK-STL-
NTC 10 k temperature sensors - air mass 217
10K-3435 Router Tosibox® Lock 150 EK-DEL-TBL1 116
EK-STC-
NTC 10 k temperature sensors - contact 217 Router Tosibox® Lock 500 EK-TBL5 116
10K-3435
EK-STI- EK-DEL-TBL5-
NTC 10 k temperature sensors - immersion 217 Router Tosibox® Lock 500i 116
10K-3435 SIM
EK-STE- Set 2 square rockers for room thermostats - FF series EK-TQQ-...-EP2 121
NTC 10 k temperature sensors - outdoor 217
10K-3435
EK-POC-BOX- Smart-card - Client logo EK-TCC-10 115
Pocket Box 256
EN
Smart-card - Ekinex logo EK-TCE-10 115
Presence sensor for ceiling mounting EK-DG2-TP 78
SMART-U PLC - Ethernet port EK-IC1 220
Presence sensor for outdoor mounting EK-DH4-TP 79
SMART-U PLC - Ethernet port or Wi-Fi connection EK-IB1 220
Presence sensors for ceiling/counter-ceiling mounting EK-DF2-TP 77
Software License up to 100 reader EK-ACC-L100 115
Rectangular frame - Flank series EK-FLR-... 132
Software License up to 12 reader EK-ACC-L12 115
Rectangular frame - Form series EK-FOR-... 131
Software License up to 200 reader EK-ACC-L200 115
Rectangular mounting support - 6-fold pushbutton and Touch&See with
EK-SMR 151
2-fold pushbutton of FF series
Software License up to 25 reader EK-ACC-L25 115
Rectangular mounting support - devices of 20venti or 71 series EK-SMR-71 151
Software License up to 50 reader EK-ACC-L50 115
Rectangular plate - window 45 x 45 mm EK-PRP-… 135
Spring for snapping on wall-mounting devices EK-MAR-1 196
Rectangular plate - window 55 x 55 mm EK-PRG-... 135
Spring for snapping on wall-mounting devices - Package 5 pcs. EK-MAR-5 196
Rectangular plate - window 60 x 60 mm EK-PRS 135
Square frame - Flank series EK-FLQ-... 132
Room thermostat - 71 series - mounting with square frame of Form or
EK-E72-TP 104
Flank series Square frame - Form series EK-FOQ-... 131
Room thermostat - 71 series - mounting without frame (‘NF series) EK-E72-TP-NF 104 Square mounting support - devices of 20venti or 71 series and 4-fold
EK-SMQ-71 151
pushbutton of FF series
Room thermostat - 71 series - mounting without frame (‘NF series) - white
EK-E72-TP-NFW 104
profile Square mounting support - thermostats and Touch&See FF series EK-SMQ 151
Room thermostat - FF series - mounting with square frame of Form or
EK-EP2-TP 65 Square plate - window 45 x 45 mm EK-PQP-... 134
Flank series - blue / green led
Room thermostat - FF series - mounting with square frame of Form or Square plate - window 55 x 55 mm EK-PQG-... 134
EK-EP2-TP-RW 65
Flank series - red / white led
Room thermostat - FF series - mounting without frame (‘NF series) - blue EK-EP2-TP- Square plate - window 60 x 60 mm EK-PQS-... 134
65
/ green led BG-NF
Room thermostat - FF series - mounting without frame (‘NF series) - blue / EK-EP2-TP-BG- Square rockers for 6-fold pushbuttons and Touch&See - FF series EK-TQQ-... 120
65
green led - white profile NFW
Style box 20venti series EK-SB4-20VENTI 258
Room thermostat - FF series - mounting without frame (‘NF series) - red EK-EP2-TP-
65 EK-SB4-71-
/ white led RW-NF Style box 71 series - Deep 258
DEEP
Room thermostat - FF series - mounting without frame (‘NF series) - red / EK-EP2-TP-RW-
65
white led - white profile NFW

281
 TECHNICAL020EN

Index by description
EK-SB4-71- EK-EC2-TP-00-
Style box 71 series - Surface 258 Touch&See display - mounting without frame (‘NF Series) - white profile 72
SURFACE NFW

Style box Delégo panel 5” EK-SB4-5PAN 258 Touch&See display with 2-fold pushbutton - mounting with square frame
EK-EF2-TP 73
of Form or Flank series - blue / green led
EK-SB4-FF- Touch&See display with 2-fold pushbutton - mounting with square frame
Style box FF series - Form 258 EK-EF2-TP-RW 73
FORM of Form or Flank series - red / white led
Style Case EK-SC1-01 258 Universal interface 2 IN, 2 OUT EK-CC2-TP 191
Support for DIN-rail mounting EK-SMG-35-1 196 Universal interface 4 configurable IN, 4 OUT EK-CG2-TP 192
Support for DIN-rail mounting - Package 5 pcs. EK-SMG-35-5 196 Universal interface 4 IN, 2 OUT (relay 5A) EK-CE2-TP 193
Support for external mounting (presence sensors) EK-QS3 77-78-79 Universal interface 4 IN, 4 OUT EK-CD2-TP 191
Surface double plate - window 45 x 45 mm (1) - window 60 x 60 mm (1) EK-S2F 143 EK-DEL-UP-
Upgrade server Delégo ADVANCED-PREMIUM 248
GR-AP
Surface double plate - window 45 x 45 mm (2) EK-S2E 143
EK-DEL-UPGR-
Upgrade server Delégo BASIC-ADVANCED 248
BA
Surface double plate - window 55 x 55 mm (1) - window 60 x 60 mm (1) EK-S2G-... 143
EK-DEL-UPGR-
Upgrade server Delégo BASIC-PREMIUM 248
Surface double plate - window 55 x 55 mm (2) EK-S2P-... 143 BP

USB interface EK-BD1-TP 185

Surface double plate - window 60 x 60 mm (2) EK-S2S-... 143
Voice control interface EK-BW1-TP 229
Surface plate with 120 x 60 mm window EK-S2C-… 150
Voucher EK-DEL-V1 248
Surface rectangular plate - window 60 x 60 mm EK-SRS 142

Surface rectangular plate - window 68 x 45 mm EK-SRG-... 142

Surface square plate - window 30 x 60 mm EK-SQT-... 141

Surface square plate - window 45 x 45 mm EK-SQP-... 141

Surface square plate - window 55 x 55 mm EK-SQG-... 141

Surface square plate - window 60 x 60 mm EK-SQS-... 141

Tech Case advanced version EK-TCA-TP 259

Tech Case basic version EK-TCB-TP 259

Template for side-by-side mounting of FF series with Flank frames EK-DFL 152

Template for side-by-side mounting of FF series with Form frames EK-DFO 152

Template for Surface plates - devices of 71 series EK-DPS-D-1 144

Template for Surface plates - devices of 71 series - Package 5 pcs. EK-DPS-D-5 144

Template for Surface plates - standard flush-mounted inserts EK-DPS-Q-1 144

Template for Surface plates - standard flush-mounted inserts EK-DPS-R-1 144

Template for Surface plates - standard flush-mounted inserts - Package

EK-DPS-Q-5 144
5 pcs.
Template for Surface plates - standard flush-mounted inserts - Package
EK-DPS-R-5 144
5 pcs.

Terminal blocks - red/black - bus connection EK-MNR-TP 239

Terminal blocks - yellow/white - SELV connection EK-MGB-TP 239

Time / astronomical digital switch EK-TM1-TP 184

Tosibox Key cryptographic micro-controller that realizes 1 client PC + 1

®
EK-DEL-TBK1 117-220
mobile client
Tosibox® SoftKey software key to be combined with a key, with Sub Key
EK-DEL-TBSK1 117
function

Touch&See display - mounting with square frame of Form or Flank series EK-EC2-TP 72

EK-EC2-TP-
Touch&See display - mounting without frame (‘NF Series) 72
00-NF

282
Contacts
EKINEX S.p.A.
Via Novara, 37
I-28010 Vaprio d’Agogna NO - ITALY
T +39 0321 1828980
[email protected]
www.ekinex.com
Ekinex® product catalogue - July 2020
The technical information included in this catalogue is to be deemed purely indicative.
The company reserves the right to modify any piece of information with no advance notice.

For installation, connection and commissioning of Ekinex® devices, please refer to the related technical documentation.

For the availability of Ekinex® products on your market, please contact the Ekinex® sales department ([email protected]).

© EKINEX S.p.A. 2020. The reproduction of any part of this catalog requires prior written consent of Ekinex S.p.A

Credits
Art direction Marketing & Communication Ekinex®
Graphic Design Marketing & Communication Ekinex®
Product development R&D Ekinex®
Editing R&D Ekinex®
Print Tipolitografia Testori Snc
Photos Architecture intérieure: agence Superstane, Lille (FR). Photo © Stéphane Waroczyk, 2019
Giorgio Possenti
Vito Corvasce

CATEKINEXTEC20E
www.ekinex.com